JP5984271B2 - Game machine - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

Conventionally, there is a pachinko machine as a representative example of a gaming machine. In such a conventional gaming machine, there is a gaming machine that outputs a signal indicating that the glass frame or the front frame is opened to the outside.

JP 2008-272342 A

However, only outputs a signal indicating that the glass frame, etc. is opened, it has not been a thing that can prevent unauthorized for controller with gaming machine processing equipment.

In view of the above-described problems, an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can prevent fraud with respect to a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines.

The gaming machine according to claim 1 includes a game control device that manages the progress of a game, and a payout control device that performs control to give a game value to a player based on a command from the game control device . In gaming machines,
The game control device includes:
A game arithmetic processing means for executing a game program and storing game individual identification information is provided.
The payout control device includes:
A payout calculation processing means for executing a payout program for giving game value and storing payout individual identification information;
The gaming individual identification information includes first individual identification information and second individual identification information different from the first individual identification information,
The first individual identification information is configured to be readable by the game program through a predetermined area, while the second individual identification information is configured to be unreadable by the game program,
The individual identification information for payout includes third individual identification information and fourth individual identification information different from the third individual identification information,
The third individual identification information is configured to be readable by the payout program through a predetermined area, while the fourth individual identification information is configured to be unreadable by the payout program,
The game control device includes:
The second individual identification information can be output from a first inspection terminal provided on the game control device to an inspection device outside the gaming machine, and
The state of the gaming machine is configured to be output to an external device outside the gaming machine via an external connection terminal board having an external connection terminal as a gaming machine state signal,
The payout control device includes:
The fourth individual identification information is configured to be output from a second inspection terminal provided on the payout control device to an inspection device outside the gaming machine, and
It is configured so that information relating to payout can be output as a payout state signal to an external device outside the gaming machine via the external connection terminal board provided with the external connection terminal,
The second individual identification information is isolated and output from the gaming arithmetic processing means by a first isolation means provided in the game control device ,
The fourth individual identification information is output by being isolated from the calculation processing means for payout by a second isolation means provided in the payout control device,
Further, the gaming machine state signal and the payout state signal are isolated from the game arithmetic processing means and the payout arithmetic processing means by a third isolation means provided on the external connection terminal board and output. It is characterized by being configured.

According to the present invention, it is possible to prevent fraud with respect to a control device having the arithmetic processing device for gaming machines .

It is a front side perspective view of a pachinko machine. It is a front view of the game board of a pachinko machine. It is a back view of a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view of an external information terminal board. It is a top view of an external information terminal board. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram of a game microcomputer. It is a block diagram of the microcomputer for payout. It is a flowchart which shows the main process of a game control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows a timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows special figure game processing. It is a flowchart which shows a special figure display process. It is a flowchart which shows a winning opening switch / error monitoring process. It is a flowchart which shows an error check process. It is a flowchart which shows an external information edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a serial reception interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information resending process. It is a flowchart which shows the main process of the payout control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows a timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information reception interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information analysis process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information analysis process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information analysis process. It is a flowchart which shows an external information output edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a figure which shows the example of transmission of solid identification information. It is a timing chart at the time of outputting individual identification information. It is a block diagram of a game control device. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a timing chart at the time of outputting individual identification information. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a back view of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram of a game microcomputer. It is a block diagram of the microcomputer for payout. It is a flowchart which shows the main process of a game control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows a timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a special figure display process. It is a flowchart which shows an error check process. It is a flowchart which shows an external information edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information acquisition process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information analysis process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information analysis process. It is a block diagram of a game control device. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information acquisition process. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows a timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a serial reception interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information analysis process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information analysis process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information analysis process. It is a block diagram of a game control device. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the main process of a game control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the main process of a game control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows a timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information acquisition process. It is a flowchart which shows a serial reception interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information acquisition process. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the control system of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows an error check process. It is a flowchart which shows an external information edit process. It is a flowchart which shows an external information edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a timing chart at the time of outputting individual identification information. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a flowchart which shows the main process of a game control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows a special figure display process. It is a flowchart which shows an error check process. It is a flowchart which shows an external information edit process. It is a flowchart which shows an external information edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information acquisition process. It is a timing chart at the time of outputting individual identification information. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information acquisition process. It is a flowchart which shows the main process of a game control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the main process of a game control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information acquisition process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information acquisition process. It is a flowchart which shows a timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information communication error cancellation process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a timing chart at the time of outputting individual identification information. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information communication error cancellation process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information signal edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows the main process of a game control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows a timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a special figure display process. It is a flowchart which shows an error check process. It is a flowchart which shows an external information edit process. It is a flowchart which shows a serial reception interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information resending process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information acquisition process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information acquisition process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information acquisition process. It is a flowchart which shows a specific information acquisition process.

Hereinafter, as a first embodiment of the present invention, a configuration example when applied to a pachinko machine will be described with reference to the drawings.
"Example 1: Serial-serial-retransmission requested-management device"
In this method, the unique ID is serially sent from the main board (game control apparatus) to the payout board (payout control apparatus), and the unique ID is transmitted serially from the payout board to the outside. Further, there is a form in which there is a request for retransmission of the unique ID from the payout board to the main board (details will be described later). A management device is set as the external device.
A. Front Configuration of Pachinko Machine First, the overall configuration of the pachinko machine of this example will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 1 is a front perspective view of the pachinko machine 1 of this example.
The pachinko machine 1 has a machine frame 2 fixed to an island where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, and is pivotally supported by the machine frame 2 at a hinge portion 3 so that the machine frame 2 can be pivoted. And a front frame 4 that can be freely opened and closed. A game board 20 (shown in FIG. 2) is attached to the front frame 4.

A glass frame 5 is attached to the front frame 4 so as to be openable and closable so as to cover the upper front side. Note that a game area 22 (to be described later) of the game board 20 can be viewed from the front through a glass plate (a transparent plastic board may be omitted) held by the glass frame 5. The glass frame 5 is pivotally supported by the front frame 4 at the hinge portion 3 so as to be opened and closed.
Here, the front frame 4 is referred to as a game frame, and the glass frame 5 is sometimes referred to as a front frame. In the present embodiment, the front frame 4 and the glass frame 5 are described.
An operation panel 6 is provided below the glass frame 5.
Normally, the pachinko machine 1 may be provided with a CR unit (card type ball lending control unit) as a game medium lending device, but the illustration is omitted here. However, in FIG. 6, the CR unit is illustrated as a card unit 551, and the card unit connection board 54 that relays transmission of signals and the like to and from the card unit 551 is also illustrated in FIG. 6.

As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 20 has game nails planted on the front surface of a plate-like base material (so-called veneer). 22 is formed. The game area 22 is an area where a game ball that has been thrown in is dropped from above and a determination of whether it is out or safe (determination of whether or not a prize has been won) is made. Is configured such that a predetermined number of game balls are discharged to an upper plate 7 provided at the lower part of the glass frame 5 (that is, discharged as a prize ball).
Further, a key insertion portion 8 of a locking device (not shown) for the front frame 4 and the glass frame 5 is formed at the opening / closing side (right side in FIG. 1) of the front frame 4.

Moreover, the upper plate 7 provided in the lower part of the glass frame 5 temporarily holds a game ball before being discharged as a prize ball or a rental ball. The upper plate 7 is provided with a push button type effect button 9 operated by the player.
Further, the operation panel 6 is provided with a lower plate 10 that can move a game ball on the upper plate 7 by a player's operation, and a launch operation handle 11 that performs a launch operation of the game ball.
In addition, what is indicated by reference numerals 12a and 12b in FIG. 1 is a speaker that outputs sound effects. Of these, reference numeral 12 a denotes upper speakers provided on both the upper left and right sides of the glass frame 5. Reference numeral 12b denotes a lower speaker provided at the left end of the operation panel 6 (left side of the lower plate 10).

  In FIG. 1, reference numeral 13 denotes a decorative lamp having an LED (light emitting diode) provided on the front surface of the glass frame 5 as a light source, and reference numeral 14 denotes the upper left and right sides of the glass frame 5. It is a moving light provided on the front. Although not shown, the moving light 14 includes an LED as a light emission source and a motor as a drive source. Here, the decorative lamp 13 and the moving light 14 constitute a decorative LED 301 shown in FIG.

B. 2 is a guide rail of the game board 20, and as described above, a game area 22 is formed by surrounding a substantially circular area on the front face of the game board with the guide rail 21. ing.
As shown in FIG. 2, the game area 22 includes an out ball inlet 23, a center case 24, a first start winning port 25, a second starting winning port 26 as an ordinary electric accessory (general power), and a variable winning device. 27, general winning openings 28 to 31, a normal start gate 32, a number of game nails (not shown), and the like are provided. A collective display device 35 is provided outside the game area 22 of the game board 20. The game nails flow down while hitting the game balls that have entered the upper part of the game area 22, and a plurality of game nails are planted in the game area excluding the attachment portion such as the center case.

The center case 24 is a member that surrounds the front periphery of the display unit 41a (shown in FIG. 2) of the display device 41 (shown in FIG. 6) attached to the back side of the game board 20. Although not shown in the figure, the center case 24 includes lamps that use LEDs for production or decoration as light sources, and electric accessories that enhance production effects in cooperation with production display on the display device 41 (for example, An accessory having a movable part that is operated by a driving source such as a motor or a solenoid).
Note that lamps for effect or decoration are also provided in portions other than the center case 24 of the game board 20 (may be outside the game area 22). It should be noted that lamps for performance or decoration provided on the game board 20 (including the center case 24) constitute a board decoration device. The electric accessory provided in the center case 24 constitutes a board effect device. It should be noted that the electric accessory constituting the board effect device may be provided at a place other than the center case 24 of the game board 20.

The display device 41 includes, for example, a liquid crystal display device, and is usually referred to as a variable display device. In addition, as the name of the display device 41, there are various names such as a special figure display device, a symbol variation device, a variable symbol display device, an identification information variation device, an identification information variation display device, etc. Items with the same function are in the same category.
The display device 41 has a display unit 41a (screen) capable of displaying identification information (referred to as a special figure) such as numbers and characters, and can display a plurality of special figures. For example, special charts are displayed in three vertical columns on the left, center, and right, and special figures consisting of numbers, letters, etc. in each column are displayed in a stopped state (stop display), or in a fluctuating state (for example, vertically) Display in a scrolling state) (that is, a variable display).
In addition to the special figure, the display unit can display an image for presentation or information notification such as a background image or a character image, or an image corresponding to a so-called ordinary figure. Note that the special figure is identification information that is variably displayed in the variable display game related to the big hit, and the common figure is identification information that is variably displayed in the variable display game related to the common figure (not the big hit). .

The start winning ports 25 and 26 are winning ports that function as start winning ports for special drawings as will be described later. In this example, they are arranged side by side as shown in FIG. The upper first start winning opening 25 is always open. The lower second start winning opening 26 has opening / closing members 26a on both the left and right sides, and when these opening / closing members 26a are opened in a reverse C shape, a winning can be made. As shown in FIG. It is impossible to win if it is closed. The start winning ports 25 and 26 are disposed below the center portion of the center case 24.
The variable winning device 27 is a device (so-called attacker) having a large winning opening 27a that is opened and closed by an opening / closing member 27b. This special winning opening 27a is opened on condition that a big hit, which will be described later, is made, and game balls can be won.

Next, the collective display device 35 displays a so-called ordinary figure display, special figure display, a special figure or general figure start-up memory hold display (sometimes referred to as a special figure hold display, a general figure hold display), a game, The display of the state, for example, a plurality of indicators that use LEDs as the light source (for example, a display composed of one small lamp, or a 7-segment display that can display numbers as a special figure) Instrument). Note that the start memory hold display (in some cases, simply referred to as the start memory display) is a display for informing the number of start memories that are held in a state where the variable display game is not executed, Is displayed by lighting a lamp or the like for each start memory. That is, if there are three start memories, the three lamps are turned on or three figures are displayed.
Note that what is displayed by the display of the collective display device 35 is the special figure or the ordinary figure (formal special figure or ordinary figure), whereas the display unit of the above-described variable display device 41 or the like. The special map and the general map display to be performed are dummy displays for effects for the player. For this reason, when referring to the special figure and the ordinary figure as viewed from the player, this dummy display is pointed out. In the following, when emphasizing this dummy display, for example, “decorative drawing” is described.
Thus, the collective display device 35 is not intended for the player but is used for inspection of the game board 20 and the like. For example, the display of the special figure start memory for the player (special figure hold display) is performed by, for example, the display unit of the variable display device 41 or a plurality of lamps (light emitting units) provided on the game board 20.

C. Next, FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of the back side of the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment.
The main components of the back mechanism in the pachinko machine 1 include a storage tank 51, a guide path 52a, a payout unit 53, a card unit connection board 54, an external information terminal board 55, a payout control device 6010, a game control device 6000, and an effect control device. 300, power supply device 500, and the like.

The storage tank 51 stores in advance the balls before being dispensed, and an insufficient number of balls in the storage tank 51 is detected by a replenishment sensor (not shown). Balls are replenished from the equipment. The balls in the storage tank 51 are guided by the guide path 52a and discharged to the upper plate 7 by a payout unit (not shown) incorporating a payout motor 222 (shown in FIG. 6). Note that the payout unit can discharge, for example, a number of game balls corresponding to the amount of rotation of the payout motor 222, and the payout unit detects a payout ball detection switch 215 (see FIG. 6).
The external information terminal board 55 has a function as a relay terminal board (external terminal board) when various information (including the unique ID) of the pachinko machine 1 is sent to the hall management device. Will be described later.

Here, the above unique ID corresponds to individual identification information that can be individually (uniquely) identified as an arithmetic processing unit (game microcomputer 6001 described later) in the game control device 6000, but in the payout control device 6010. Also in the arithmetic processing device (the payout microcomputer 6011 described later), individual identification information that can individually (uniquely) identify the arithmetic processing device is stored. Therefore, in the first embodiment, the individual identification information that can identify the gaming microcomputer 6001 and the individual identification information that can identify the payout microcomputer 6011 are appropriately distinguished from the payout unique ID as necessary. . The same applies to other examples described later.
In addition, individual identification information that can identify the payout microcomputer 6011 is referred to as payout individual identification information as a concept that distinguishes the individual identification information that can identify the gaming microcomputer 6001 from the individual identification information. The same applies to other examples described later.
It should be noted that without distinction, when simply referred to as a unique ID, it refers to a main board unique ID.
Further, in the inventive concept, the unique ID is referred to as “individual identification information”. However, in general cases such as a normal site level, the individual identification information is often referred to as a unique ID. In Example 1, the individual identification information is described as a unique ID, and the description and drawings may be described and illustrated as unique information or unique identification information in balance with the unique ID (each embodiment described later). The same in).

The payout control device 6010 performs control necessary for paying out game balls (both prize ball payout and rental ball payout), and a circuit board that realizes this control function is housed in a predetermined case. Yes. As shown in FIG. 6, the payout control device 6010 performs a prize ball payout control for discharging a predetermined number of game balls to the upper plate 7 as prize balls based on a payout control command transmitted from the game control device 6000. Further, the payout control device 6010 controls the payout of the balls to discharge a predetermined number of game balls to the upper plate 7 as a loan based on the BRDY signal or the BRQ signal from the card unit 551 (see FIG. 6).
The game control device 6000 controls solenoids and the like disposed on the game board 20 and sends control information (commands) to other control devices to comprehensively manage and control the progress of the game ( A substrate on which a circuit including a microcomputer for performing these controls is formed is housed in a predetermined case.

The effect control device 300 controls the above-described variable display device, decoration lamp, effect device, and speakers 12a and 12b based on the command transmitted from the game control device 6000. This control function is provided in a predetermined case. The circuit board to be realized is housed and configured.
The card unit connection board 54 (see FIG. 3 and also shown in FIG. 6) is a board for wiring connection between the pachinko machine 1 side and the CR unit (the card unit 551, the same applies hereinafter) side that lends a ball. is there. If the wiring connection is not made on the card unit connection board 54, the pachinko machine 1 is controlled so that it is impossible to launch a game ball.

  In general, when changing the model of a pachinko machine, replace the entire pachinko machine except the CR unit, or leave the pachinko machine frame side (including the payout control device) and the game board side (game board and game control). In some cases, only major control devices such as devices are exchanged. However, in the case of a rental ball of 4 yen, a 4-yen ball is used. For example, in the case of a 1-ball rental stand, the game board side and the frame side are exclusively for 1 yen rental. It is assumed that.

Next, details of the external information terminal board 55 will be described with reference to FIGS.
FIG. 4 is a perspective view of the external information terminal board 55, and FIG. 5 is a plan view of the external information terminal board 55. In these drawings, the external information terminal board 55 is provided for signal transmission to an external device outside the gaming machine, and includes a connecting portion 61 and an isolation means 62.
The connection unit 61 includes a first connection unit 63 that connects to the payout control device 6010 and a second connection unit 64 that connects to the external device side. The first connection portion 63 is composed of a male type board-to-wire connector 63a, and by connecting a female type connector (not shown) to this, a gaming machine status signal (game) sent from the payout control device 6010 is provided. Information, prize ball signal, etc.) and information such as the unique ID of the main board.
That is, the female connector (not shown) is located at the end of the cable connected to the payout control device 6010, and the other end of the cable is connected to the payout control device 6010 itself. Then, if the female connector of this cable is inserted into the board-to-wire connector 63a, connection work for receiving all of the gaming machine state signals and the like sent from the payout control device 6010 can be performed.

The board-to-wire connector 63a has a predetermined wiring on the back side of the external information terminal board 55 (rear side in FIG. 4) (for example, a printed wiring created on the board itself, or other wiring structure instead of the printed wiring may be used). In this configuration, it is connected to the isolation means 62. That is, the board-to-wire connector 63a is connected to the signal inlet side (IN side) of the photocoupler group 65.
The isolation means 62 isolates all signals (including the unique ID) from the first connection portion 63 and transmits them in parallel to the second connection portion 64, and has a photocoupler group 65. .
The photocoupler group 65 includes a plurality of photocouplers and resistors corresponding to all the signals (game machine status signal, unique ID, etc.) sent from the payout control device 6010 side, and optically transmits electrical signals. Thus, information is transmitted while being electrically isolated (insulated). For example, in this example, 16 photocouplers and resistors are provided. 4 and 5, 62f represents one of the photocouplers, and 62r represents one of the resistors. Since the others are complicated, the encoding is omitted.

The second connection portion 64 includes a push-type terminal 66 and a board-to-wire connector 67.
The push-type terminal 66 is arranged between the photocoupler group 65 and an external device (external management device or the like) as a transmission position, and similarly, the board-to-wire connector 67 is also a photocoupler group 65 as a transmission position. And an external device (such as an external management device). The signal exit side (OUT side) of the photocoupler group 65 is connected to both the push type terminal 66 and the board-to-wire connector 67 (connected by a predetermined wiring on the back side of the external information terminal board 55). .
The push-type terminal 66 sends a gaming machine status signal (game information, prize ball signal, etc.) sent from the payout control device 6010 via the board-to-wire connector 63a and the photocoupler group 65 to an external device (external management device). 780, etc.), and has a structure in which a terminal is pushed and a lead wire is inserted and sandwiched. That is, the push-type terminal 66 has the same structure as the conventional one, and is provided according to the number of gaming machine status signals (game information, prize ball signals, etc.). And when operating the push type terminal 66, it is a structure in which each lead is pushed and a lead wire connected to an external device is inserted, and when the hand is released, the lead wire is sandwiched and fixed. It is possible to fix. Thereby, the gaming machine state signal from the pachinko machine 1 can be transmitted to the external device.

On the other hand, the board-to-wire connector 67 included in the second connection portion 64 will be described. The board-to-wire connector 67 is for transmitting the unique ID of the main board to an external device. That is, the board-to-wire connector 67 is connected to the signal outlet side (OUT side) of the photocoupler group 65, and this board-to-wire connector 67 is a male type, and a female type connector (not shown in the figure). By connecting to the external device, the unique ID of the main board sent via the photocoupler group 65 is received.
That is, the female connector (not shown) is located at the end of a cable connected to the external device, and the other end of the cable is connected to a signal path that can be transmitted to the external device. When a female connector of a cable connected to an external device is inserted into the board-to-wire connector 67, a connection operation for receiving the unique ID of the main board sent through the photocoupler group 65 can be performed.

Here, when the flow of signals is arranged, all signals of the gaming machine state signal (game information, prize ball signal, etc.) and the main board unique ID sent from the payout control device 6010 are the board-to-wire connector 63a. Is sent to the photocoupler group 65, where it is electrically isolated (insulated), and a gaming machine status signal (game information, prize ball signal, etc.) is sent to the push-type terminal 66, while having a unique ID Is sent to the board-to-wire connector 67, and then sent to the external device via the push-type terminal 66 and the board-to-wire connector 67.
Therefore, the transmission of the unique ID can be performed only by a simple connecting operation of inserting female type connectors into the board-to-wire connector 63a and the board-to-wire connector 67 having the same structure as before. It has the advantage of being easy to make mistakes and easy. Similarly, transmission of gaming machine status signals (game information, prize ball signals, etc.) uses the push-type terminal 66 having the same structure as the conventional one, so that there are few mistakes in connection work and it is simple.
Further, since all the signals (including the unique ID) are transmitted via the photocoupler group 65 as the isolation means 62, there is an advantage that electrical fraud and noise can be cut off and security is improved.

In the above, the push-type terminal 66 corresponds to a member for transmitting a gaming machine state signal from the payout control device 6010. The board-to-wire connector 67 corresponds to a member for transmitting individual identification information (unique ID) from the individual identification information output control means (function of the payout microcomputer 6011).
The external device is a management device 780 (see FIG. 6) that collects gaming machine state signals such as jackpot signals from the gaming machine (pachinko machine 1) provided in the game hall, or a node of this management device 780. In addition to including the communication device, for example, a card unit (see FIG. 6) (CR unit: card-type ball lending control unit) as a game medium lending device provided alongside the gaming machine may be included. Note that the card unit may be included in the same manner as including the communication device that is a node of the management device 780, and the card unit is a node of the ball lending information collecting device that collects the ball lending information. The individual identification information may be collected by using it. In short, any device outside the gaming machine and capable of checking the individual identification information on the gaming store side may be used.

D. Configuration of Control System Next, the control system of the pachinko machine 1 of this example will be described with reference to FIGS. In the drawings and the following description, “SW” means a switch. Further, in the drawings, when the name of the member is long, it is difficult to show the illustration, and therefore, the drawing may be appropriately shortened (illustrated).
The pachinko machine 1 includes a game control device 6000, a payout control device 6010, an effect control device 300, a launch control device 400, and a power supply device 500 as main components of the control system.

(Game control device related)
First, a configuration of the game control device 6000 of the pachinko machine 1 and devices connected to the game control device 6000 will be described with reference to FIG.
Of the signals indicated by the arrows in FIG. 6, “main ID” is a main board unique ID, “external information” is a gaming machine status signal, and “prize ball signal” is a prize ball from the payout controller. The number signal of balls to be paid out, “discharge command” is a discharge command command from the game control device, “various signals” are payout abnormality status signals from the payout control device, shoot ball break switch signal, overflow switch signal, front frame An open switch signal, a game frame open detection switch signal, and the like are respectively shown (the same applies to the embodiments described later).
Further, “external information” and “prize ball signal” are collectively referred to as “external / prize ball”.
Further, the “retransmission request” represents a retransmission request signal of a unique ID from the payout board (payout control apparatus 6010) to the main board (game control apparatus 6000).
The game control device 6000 is a main control device (main board) that comprehensively controls games, and includes a game microcomputer (hereinafter referred to as a game microcomputer) 6001 and an inspection device connection terminal 112. Details of the gaming microcomputer 6001 will be described later.
The game control device 6000 corresponds to a control device.
The gaming microcomputer 6001 has a function as a gaming arithmetic processing device (arithmetic processing device) and corresponds to the first arithmetic processing device of the present invention.
The inspection device connection terminal 112 includes, for example, a photocoupler, and is a terminal to which a cable for transmitting various game information obtained from the game microcomputer 6001 to the inspection device is connected.

The game control device 6000 includes a first start port switch 120 (start port 1 switch in FIG. 6), a second start port switch 121 (start port 2 switch in FIG. 6), a gate switch 122, a winning port switch 123, a count switch. 124, detection signals from the magnetic sensor switch 125 and the vibration sensor switch 126 are input.
Here, the first start port switch 120 is a sensor for detecting winning balls one by one for detecting the game balls won in the first start winning port 25, and the second start port switch 121 is the second start winning port. This is a sensor for detecting a winning ball, which detects one gaming ball that has won a prize 26.
The count switch 124 is a similar sensor that detects a game ball that has won a big winning opening of the variable winning device 27. Further, the winning port switch 123 is a similar sensor provided for the general winning ports 28 to 31, and when there are n general winning ports, one is provided for each and n is provided as a whole. Instead of providing one sensor for each general winning opening, one sensor may be provided for a plurality of general winning openings. The gate switch 122 is a sensor for detecting one game ball passing through the usual starting gate 32 one by one.
Each of the sensors 120, 121, 122, 123, and 124 for detecting these game balls is a proximity switch in this example, and outputs a negative logic detection signal such as a high level of 11V and a low level of 7V. It is configured.

The game control device 6000 is provided with a proximity I / F (not shown). Although the proximity I / F is not shown in FIG. 6, the configuration is similar to that of the proximity I / F 821 shown in FIG. 29 described in a modified example of Example 1 described later. Will be explained.
That is, the proximity I / F 821 has a signal conversion function for converting the detection signals input from the sensors 120, 121, 122, 123, and 124 into positive logic signals of 0V-5V. The proximity I / F 821 has an input range of 7V-11V, so that the lead wire of the proximity switch (each sensor 120, 122, 123, 124) is improperly shorted, the switch is disconnected from the connector, An abnormal state in which the lead wire is disconnected and becomes floating can be detected, and when such an abnormal state is detected, an abnormality detection signal is output. The proximity I / F 821 is supplied with a voltage of 12 V in addition to a voltage such as 5 V required for normal IC operation from the power supply device 500 in order to enable the signal level conversion function as described above. ing.
The magnetic sensor switch 125 and the vibration sensor switch 126 are sensors that are provided on the back surface of the game board 20 or the like and detect fraud by magnetism or vibration.

Here, a predetermined level of DC voltage such as DC 32 V, DC 12 V, and DC 5 V generated by the power supply device 500 is applied to an electronic component such as a later-described solenoid 132 and 133 driven by the game control device 6000 and the game control device 6000. Supplied and enabled.
The power supply device 500 includes a normal power supply including an AC-DC converter that generates the DC 32V DC voltage from a 24V AC power source, a DC-DC converter that generates a lower level DC voltage such as DC 12V and DC 5V from the DC 32V voltage, and the like. Unit 501, a backup power supply unit 502 that supplies power supply voltage to the RAM inside the gaming microcomputer 111 in the event of a power failure, a power failure monitoring signal that has a power failure monitoring circuit and notifies the game control device 6000 of the occurrence and recovery of a power failure A control signal generation unit 503 that generates and outputs a control signal such as a reset signal, a RAM clear switch 504 that initializes an internal RAM of the gaming microcomputer 6001, and the like are provided.

  In the first embodiment, the power supply device 500 is configured separately from the game control device 6000, but the backup power supply unit 502 and the control signal generation unit 503 are integrated on a separate board or the game control device 6000, that is, You may comprise so that it may provide on a main board | substrate. Since the game board 20 and the game control device 6000 are to be replaced when the model is changed, the backup power supply unit 502 and the control signal generation unit 503 are provided on the power supply device 500 or a board different from the main board as described above. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the cost by removing it from the object of replacement when changing the model.

  The backup power supply unit 502 can be composed of one large-capacity capacitor such as an electrolytic capacitor. The backup power is supplied to the game microcomputer 6001 (especially the built-in RAM) of the game control device 6000, and the data stored in the RAM is held even during a power failure or after the power is cut off. For example, the control signal generation unit 503 monitors the voltage of 32V generated by the normal power supply unit 501, and detects the occurrence of a power failure when the voltage drops to, for example, 17V or less, and changes the power failure monitoring signal (in this example, turns on) ) And a reset signal after a predetermined time. In addition, a reset signal is output after a predetermined time has elapsed from the time when the power is turned on or the power is restored.

An initialization switch signal is output from the RAM clear switch 504. The initialization switch signal is a signal generated when the RAM clear switch 504 is turned on. Information stored in a RAM area such as the work RAM 6603 (see FIG. 8) and a similar RAM area in the payout control device 6010 is initialized.
In this example, the initialization switch signal is read when the power is turned on, and the power failure monitoring signal is repeatedly read in the main loop of the main program executed by the gaming microcomputer 6001 and the payout microcomputer 6011. The reset signal causes the entire control system to be reset.

Next, the game control device 6000 includes a payout control device 6010, an effect control device 300, a test firing test device 131 (connected during a test in a test engine), a general electric solenoid 132, a special prize opening solenoid 133, and a collective display device 35. It is connected. External information is output from the game control device 6000 to the payout control device 6010, and data (for example, payout commands) is transmitted in parallel communication. In addition, as described later, individual identification information (unique ID) is also output in the first embodiment.
As external information, for example, a signal that informs the signal input to the game control device 6000 to the outside, a big hit signal that notifies a big hit that occurs in the course of the game progress, and a prize at the start opening that is a condition for rotating the symbol A start port signal that informs the player, the symbol starts rotating, or the symbol determination number signal that notifies the symbol rotation when the symbol rotation stops, and the game state is in a state advantageous to the player (so-called probability change state, time-short state ) Indicating a privilege status signal, etc., and signals to the outside, and these are collectively referred to as a gaming machine status signal.
Since the privilege state signal is generated after the end of the big hit state, it is a signal output during the “big hit state + a state advantageous to the player” period.

Also, the game control device 6000 outputs individual identification information (unique ID) for identifying the gaming microcomputer 6001 to the payout control device 6010 as serial data, and the payout control device 6010 outputs the game control device 6000 to the game control device 6000. On the other hand, a request for retransmission of individual identification information is output.
Further, the payout control device 6010 outputs a payout abnormality status signal, a shot ball out switch signal, an overflow switch signal, a front frame open switch signal, and a game frame open detection switch signal to the game control device 6000. The contents of each signal will be described later.

Next, the test firing test apparatus 131 connected to the game control apparatus 6000 will be described.
The test firing test apparatus 131 is used by an authorized organization to perform a test firing test of a gaming machine. The general electric solenoid 132 is a solenoid that opens and closes the opening and closing member of the second start winning port 26, the large winning port solenoid 133 is a solenoid that opens and closes the opening and closing member of the variable winning device 27, and the collective display device 35 is a so-called general purpose as described above. Display, special figure display, and also, special chart and usual chart start memory hold display and game state display.
Further, data (for example, an effect command) is transmitted from the game control device 6000 to the effect control device 300 by parallel communication.

(Production control device related)
Next, a configuration of the effect control device 300 and devices connected to the effect control device 300 will be described.
The effect control device 300 includes a main control microcomputer, a video control microcomputer that performs video control exclusively under the control of the main control microcomputer, a VDP as a graphic processor that performs image processing for video display on the display device 41, It has a tone generator LSI that controls the output of various melody and sound effects, etc., but its detailed configuration is omitted.
The production control device 300 analyzes the control command (8-bit data signal) from the game microcomputer 6001 of the game control device 6000, determines the production content and controls the content of the output video of the display device 41, or the tone generator LSI. The reproduction sound is instructed and the speakers 12a and 12b are driven to produce sound effects, and the processing such as the drive control of the decoration LED 301 described above is executed. In addition, when receiving the error notification instruction from the game control device 6000, the effect control device 300 outputs a signal to the error notification LED 302 to turn it on.

(Discharge control device related)
Next, a configuration of the payout control device 6010 and devices connected to the payout control device 6010 will be described.
The payout control device 6010 is a payout microcomputer (hereinafter referred to as payout microcomputer) 6011 for controlling payout of game balls (award ball payout or rental ball payout), an error number display 202, an error release switch 203, an inspection device. A connection terminal 204 is provided. Details of the payout microcomputer 6011 will be described later.
The payout microcomputer 6011 has a function as a payout arithmetic processing device (arithmetic processing device), and corresponds to the second arithmetic processing device of the present invention.
The inspection device connection terminal 204 is configured to include, for example, a photocoupler, and is a terminal to which a cable for transmitting various types of information related to payout obtained from the payout microcomputer 6011 to the inspection device is connected. When there is an error in the payout control process, the error number indicator 202 lights a specific number according to the content of the error. The error cancel switch 203 outputs a signal for canceling the error when operated, for example, when the processing is stopped due to an error in the payout control process.

The equipment connected to the input side of the payout control device 6010 includes a glass frame opening detection switch 211 (front frame opening detection switch), a front frame opening detection switch 212 (game frame opening detection switch), an overflow switch 213, and radio waves. There are a detection sensor 214, a payout ball detection switch 215, and a chute ball cut switch 216.
The glass frame open detection switch 211 is a sensor that detects that the glass frame 5 is open, and the front frame open detection switch 212 is a sensor that detects that the front frame 4 is open.
The overflow switch 213 is a switch for detecting that the number of game balls in the lower plate 10 is excessive, the radio wave detection sensor 214 is a sensor for detecting abnormal radio waves such as fraud, and the payout ball detection switch 215 is by a payout unit 53 (FIG. 3). A switch for detecting game balls (award balls or rental balls) to be paid out toward the upper plate 7 one by one, a chute ball cut switch 216 detects that there is no game ball on the chute for supplying the game balls to the storage tank 51. Switch.

Also, devices connected to the output side of the payout control device 6010 include the payout motor 222, the card unit connection board 54, the firing control device 400, and the external information terminal board 55.
The payout control device 6010 performs control for driving the payout motor 222 of the payout unit 53 and paying out a prize ball in accordance with a signal (payout control command) from the game control device 6000. Also, the payout control device 6010 drives the payout motor 222 based on the BRQ signal (lending request signal) from the card unit (CR unit) 551 connected to the card unit connection board 54, and pays out the rented ball. Control to make it happen.
An operation panel board 552 is connected to the card unit connection board 54, and the operation panel board 552 is provided with a ball lending LED, a balance indicator, a ball lending switch, a return switch (all of which are provided in the pachinko machine 1). Etc.) are connected. The operation panel board 552 receives signals such as a ball lending LED and a balance indicator from the card unit (CR unit) 551, and sends operation signals from the ball lending switch and return switch to the card unit (CR unit) 551 for lending. Control necessary for paying out the ball is performed.
Although not shown, backup power is also supplied from the power supply device 500 to a RAM area (such as a user work RAM 6703 described later) of the payout control device 6010 in the event of a power failure.

As described above, external information is input from the game control device 6000 to the payout control device 6010. The payout control device 6010 relays this external information (by simply passing it through). While sending to the external information terminal board 55, the prize ball signal produced by itself is also sent to the external information terminal board 55. Further, the individual identification information (unique ID) of the game control device 6000 as the main board is also input to the payout control device 6010, and as a result, sent to the external information terminal board 55 via the payout control device 6010. However, the individual identification information (unique ID) of the game control device 6000 is subjected to processing such as editing by a payout program described later, and is sent to the external information terminal board 55. Accordingly, the payout control apparatus 6010 has a function of relaying external information and the like, and a function of editing the unique ID.
As described above, the external information terminal board 55 is connected to the payout control device 6010 via a cable, and transmits external information, a prize ball signal, and the unique ID of the game control device 6000 to the management device 780 as an external device. Relay.

  The launch control device 400 is supplied with necessary power from the payout control device 6010, and receives a launch permission signal and a power failure detection signal. The launch control device 400 controls the launch motor 401 that launches the game ball according to the operation of the launch operation handle 11, and signals from the touch switch 402 and the launch stop switch 403 are input to the launch control device 400. The touch switch 402 detects whether or not the player is touching the launch operation handle 11, and the launch stop switch 403 temporarily stops the launch of the game ball and is operated by the player. It is.

(Details of the gaming microcomputer 6001)
Next, with reference to FIG. 7, the details of the game microcomputer 6001 provided in the game control device 6000 will be described.
FIG. 7 is a block diagram of the gaming microcomputer 6001. In FIG. 7, a gaming microcomputer 6001 is manufactured as an IC for so-called an amusement chip, and is divided into a gaming area unit 6600A for controlling gaming and an information area unit 6600B for managing information.
First, the game area unit 6600A includes a CPU core (arithmetic processing means) 6601, a user program ROM (nonvolatile storage means) 6602, a user work RAM (volatile storage means) 6603, an external bus interface (I / F) 6604, bus switching. Circuit 6605, decoding / ROM writing circuit 6606, mirrored RAM 6607, boot block 6608, clock generator 6609, reset / interrupt control circuit 6610, address decoder 6611, output control circuit 6612, random number generation circuit 6613, monitoring circuit 6614, HW It comprises a parameter ROM 6615, a chip individual ID register 6616, an encryption transmission / reception circuit 6617, and a bus 6618.

The CPU core 6601 executes a game program for managing a game to perform arithmetic processing necessary for game control, and performs processing for outputting a unique ID by the game program.
The user program ROM 6602 stores a game program, and the game program includes a process of outputting unique identification information (unique ID) for identifying the game microcomputer 6001. In addition, there is a ROM comment as unique information to be written in the access prohibited area of the user program ROM 6602.
Here, examples of information written in the ROM comment include a manufacturer name, a product name, and a manufacturing date. However, these are information different from the manufacturer code and product code described later, and are merely comments as the name suggests. Further, ROM comments cannot be read by the user program.

The user work RAM 6603 is used as a work area (work area) when executing processing based on the game program in the game area 6600A.
The external bus interface 6604 has interfaces such as a memory request signal MREQ, an input / output request signal IORQ, a memory write signal WR, a memory read signal RD, and a mode signal MODE, and includes a serial communication circuit 6604a. The serial communication circuit 6604a manages serial data communication when the gaming microcomputer 6001 exchanges data with the outside.
The bus switching circuit 6605 interfaces with 16-bit address signals A0 to A15 and 8-bit data signals D0 to D7. The external information described above is output as 8-bit data signals D0 to D7 via the bus switching circuit 6605.

The decryption / ROM writing circuit 606 performs a process of decrypting the encrypted data and writing it in the user program ROM 6602, for example, when the encrypted data is fetched from the outside. The mirrored RAM 607 stores the same data stored in the user work RAM 603 by mirror processing. The boot block 608 includes a ROM that stores a boot program executed by the CPU core 6601 after a system reset, and a boot dedicated work RAM that is used by the boot program. The clock generator 6609 generates a predetermined clock signal.
The reset / interrupt control circuit 6610 detects the reset interrupt signal RST and notifies the CPU core 6601 of it. The address decoder 6611 decodes the location of the built-in device and the built-in control / status register group by the memory mapped I / O method and the I / O mapped I / O method. The output control circuit 6612 performs signal control from the address decoder 6611 and outputs chip select signals (CS0 to CS13) from external terminals (14 in the first embodiment) to the outside.

The random number generation circuit 6613 (corresponding to the counter circuit) is a random number related to whether or not to add a game value (for example, jackpot) in the process of playing the game (random numbers are used for determining jackpots, symbols for stopping, etc.) Use a mathematical method (for example, a congruent method or an M-sequence method) for generating a uniform random number. In the present embodiment, information related to the model is used as a seed value when generating a random number.
The monitoring circuit 6614 monitors each unit including the CPU core 6601 and outputs a reset interrupt signal RST to the reset / interrupt control circuit 6610 if there is an abnormality. Further, the monitoring circuit 6614 has an illegal access reset function that prevents the CPU core 6601 from accessing areas other than those necessary for the operation of the user program, such as ROM comments, CPU IDs, manufacturer codes, product codes, chip codes, etc. The storage area cannot be directly accessed by the CPU core 601.
Here, both the CPUID and the chip code correspond to individual identification information (unique ID, that is, main board unique ID) that can identify the gaming microcomputer 6001, but the CPUID is conventionally used for the purpose of product management and the like. It cannot be read by the user program. On the other hand, the chip code is information that can be read by a user program. Note that the CPUID and the chip code have different values, and the CPUID cannot be estimated from the chip code.

The HW parameter ROM 6615 can set and write parameters, and has a user setting parameter area, a certification authority setting data area, and the like. The user setting parameter area is built in the gaming microcomputer 6001. Parameters for specifying the operation of the CPU peripheral circuit, manufacturer code, product code, etc. are written, security code (but not unique identification information (unique ID)) in the certification authority setting data area, game processing unit Conventionally used for chip management (main board chip code) corresponding to individual identification information (unique ID, that is, main board unique ID) that can identify the gaming microcomputer 6001 as the (arithmetic processing device) and product management The current CPUID is written. The user setting parameter area and the certification authority setting data area are both access-prohibited areas that cannot be accessed by the user program.
The chip individual ID register 6616 is a storage area in which a unique ID stored in the HW parameter ROM 6615 is copied and written by a control circuit (HPG) 6625 described later when the power is turned on. Since the chip individual ID register 6616 is an area accessible by the user program, the unique ID originally stored in the access prohibited area in the user program can be read through this register. . When the unique ID stored in the HW parameter ROM 6615 is read when the power is turned on, the unique ID is also copied to the ID property RAM 6624 of the information area 6600B as will be described later.

The encrypted transmission / reception circuit 6617 is a serial communication circuit that is connected to a device having an equivalent function (for example, the payout microcomputer 6011) and performs data transmission / reception by encrypting data if the result of mutual authentication is normal. The bus 6618 includes a data bus, an address bus, and a control bus, and extends to the information area portion 6600B.
Here, the gaming microcomputer 6001 realizes the functions of an individual identification information storage unit, transmission control means, and individual identification information initial output control means.
That is, the first arithmetic processing unit as the gaming microcomputer 6001 is:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
It has a configuration with.
In addition, the individual identification information initial output control means has a function of performing bidirectional communication in order to notify the individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine after starting the operation of the arithmetic processing unit for gaming and starting the counter circuit. Have.

Next, the information area unit 6600B for managing information in the gaming microcomputer 6001 will be described.
The information area part 6600B is a part of the bus 6618 extending from the HPG work RAM 6621, the HPG program ROM 6622, the bus monitor circuit 6623, the ID property RAM 6624, the control circuit (HPG) 6625, the external communication control circuit 6626, the bus 6627, and the game area part 6600A. It is comprised including.
The HPG work RAM 6621 is used as a work area (work area) when performing information management processing in the gaming microcomputer 6001. The HPG program ROM 6622 stores a control program of the control circuit (HPG) 6625, and is used for performing management operation of the information area unit 6600B.
The bus monitor circuit 6623 monitors and controls the state of the bus 6618 on the game area 6600A side from the information area 6600B side. The control here is timing control when copying the contents of the user program ROM 6602 to the HPG work RAM 6621, or when the game program is output to the outside (opening the bus 6618 on the game area 6600A side from the user program ROM 6602). Timing control when a game program is read and output to the outside from the information area 6600B side. The game program is output through an external communication control circuit 6626 described later. When outputting to the outside, an encryption process may be performed.
The bus monitor circuit 6623 also performs status monitoring and timing control of the bus 6618 when the unique ID is stored in the ID property RAM 6624 from the game area 6600A side when the power is turned on.

The ID property RAM 6624 is used as a work area (working area) when output processing of a manufacturer code, product code, chip code, etc., and the CPU ID and chip code are copied and stored in the ID property RAM 6624 when the system is reset. When the CPU ID is requested, the copied CPU ID and chip code are read from the ID property RAM 6624. Further, the manufacturer code and product code are copied and stored in the ID property RAM 6624 when the system is reset, and the copied manufacturer code and product code are read from the ID property RAM 6624 when requested.
Further, in the ID property RAM 6624, the chip code (unique ID) is copied and stored from the HW parameter ROM 6615 by the control circuit (HPG) 6625 when the power is turned on, and when the chip code is requested, the copied chip code is stored in the ID property RAM 6624. It is designed to be read out.

A control circuit (HPG) 6625 controls the information area portion 6600B side and has a buffer memory. The control circuit (HPG) 6625 monitors the operation of the CPU core 6601 through, for example, the bus monitor circuit 6623, and copies the contents of the mirrored RAM 6607 of the game area unit 6600A to the HPG work RAM 6621 of the information area unit 6600B during non-operation. . Also, the contents of the HPG work RAM 6621 of the information area 6600B are transferred to the outside in response to an external memory content request command, or the user program ROM 6602 is stored in the user program ROM 6602 via the bus monitor circuit 6623 in response to a game program request command. Transfer game programs to the outside. Further, control is performed when the chip code copied to the ID property RAM 6624 of the information area 6600B is transferred to the outside in response to a request for the chip code from the outside.
The memory of the control circuit (HPG) 6625 is used for timing adjustment at the time of transfer.

The external communication control circuit 6626 performs communication with the outside. For example, information (for example, a game program, a unique ID, etc.) stored in the gaming microcomputer 6001 is encrypted based on a command from the outside. Thereafter, processing such as forwarding to the outside is performed. Note that information relating to individual identification information that can be read from the outside through the external communication control circuit 6626 includes a manufacturer code, a product code, a chip code, a ROM comment, and a CPUID. The bus 6627 includes a data bus, an address bus, and a control bus.
Note that in the gaming microcomputer 6001, the gaming area unit 6600A and the information area unit 6600B operate independently via the bus monitor circuit 6623. That is, the information area unit 6600B side can operate regardless of the operation of the CPU core 6601 in the game area unit 6600A (regardless of program execution).

(Details of payout microcomputer 6011)
Next, details of the payout microcomputer 6011 provided in the payout control device 6010 will be described with reference to FIG.
FIG. 8 is a block diagram of the payout microcomputer 6011. In FIG. 8, the payout microcomputer 6011 is manufactured as an IC for a so-called amuse chip, and is divided into a game area portion 6700A for performing payout control of a ball and an information area portion 6700B for performing information management.
The configuration of each unit is similar to the gaming microcomputer 6001 described above, but the gaming microcomputer 6001 manages game control, whereas the dispensing microcomputer 6011 manages ball payout control. And different.

  First, the game area unit 6700A includes a CPU core (arithmetic processing means) 6701, a user program ROM (nonvolatile storage means) 6702, a user work RAM (volatile storage means) 6703, an external bus interface (I / F) 6704, and a bus switch. Circuit 6705, decoding / ROM writing circuit 6706, mirrored RAM 6707, boot block 6708, clock generator 6709, reset / interrupt control circuit 6710, address decoder 6711, output control circuit 6712, monitoring circuit 6714, HW parameter ROM 6715, individual chip An ID register 6716, an encryption transmission / reception circuit 6717, and a bus 6718 are included.

The CPU core 6701 executes a payout program for managing the payout control of the ball to perform arithmetic processing necessary for the payout control, and the unique ID sent from the gaming microcomputer 6001 by the payout program to the external information terminal board 55. Perform output processing.
The user program ROM 6702 stores a payout program, and the payout program includes a process of outputting unique identification information (unique ID), external information, and the like sent from the gaming microcomputer 6001 to the external information terminal board 55. Yes.
The user work RAM 6703 is used as a work area (work area) when executing processing based on the payout program in the game area 6700A.
The external bus interface 6704 has interfaces such as a memory request signal MREQ, an input / output request signal IORQ, a memory write signal WR, a memory read signal RD, and a mode signal MODE, and includes a serial communication circuit 6704a. The serial communication circuit 6704a manages serial data communication when data is exchanged with the outside of the payout microcomputer 6011.
The bus switching circuit 6705 interfaces with 16-bit address signals A0 to A15 and 8-bit data signals D0 to D7.

The decryption / ROM writing circuit 6706 performs, for example, a process of decrypting and writing to the user program ROM 6702 when taking in encrypted data from the outside. The mirrored RAM 6707 stores the same data stored in the user work RAM 6703 by mirrored processing. The boot block 6708 includes a ROM that stores a boot program executed by the CPU core 6701 after a system reset and a boot-dedicated work RAM that is used by the boot program. The clock generator 6709 generates a predetermined clock signal.
The reset / interrupt control circuit 6710 detects the reset interrupt signal RST and notifies the CPU core 6701 of it. The address decoder 6711 decodes the location of the built-in device and the built-in control / status register group by the memory mapped I / O method and the I / O mapped I / O method. The output control circuit 6712 performs signal control from the address decoder 6711 and outputs chip select signals (CS0 to CS4) from the external terminals (5 in the first embodiment) to the outside.

The monitoring circuit 6714 monitors each part including the CPU core 6701, and outputs a reset interrupt signal RST to the reset / interrupt control circuit 6710 if there is an abnormality. Further, the monitoring circuit 6714 has an illegal access reset function that prevents the CPU core 6701 from accessing areas other than those necessary for the operation of the user program, such as ROM comments, CPUIDs, manufacturer codes, product codes, chip codes, etc. The storage area cannot be directly accessed by the CPU core 6701.
The HW parameter ROM 6715 can set and write parameters, and has a user setting parameter area, a certification authority setting data area, and the like. The user setting parameter area is built in the dispensing microcomputer 6011. Parameters that specify the operation of the CPU peripheral circuit, manufacturer code, product code, and the like are written, and the security code (however, not the unique identification information (unique ID)) and the second arithmetic processing are stored in the certification authority setting data area. A chip code (payout chip code) corresponding to individual identification information (payout unique ID) that can identify the payout microcomputer 6011 as a payout arithmetic processing device corresponding to the device, and has been conventionally used for the purpose of product management and the like. CPUID is written. The user setting parameter area and the certification authority setting data area are both access-prohibited areas that cannot be accessed by the user program.

Depending on the contents of the payout control program, the following control can be made possible. However, it depends only on the contents of the payout control program. For example, when the unique ID sent from the gaming microcomputer 6001 is simply relayed by the payout control device 6010 and sent to the external information terminal board 55, the payout control program does not perform processing related to the unique ID. .
In the first embodiment, the following control is performed.
That is, the chip individual ID register 6716 is a storage area in which a unique ID stored in the HW parameter ROM 6715 is copied and written by a control circuit (HPG) 6725 described later when the power is turned on. Since the chip individual ID register 6716 is an area accessible by the user program, the payout control program can read the unique ID originally stored in the access prohibited area of the user program through this register. It has become.
The encrypted transmission / reception circuit 6717 is a serial communication circuit that is connected to a device having an equivalent function (for example, the gaming microcomputer 6001) and encrypts and transmits / receives data if the result of mutual authentication is normal. The bus 6718 includes a data bus, an address bus, and a control bus, and extends to the information area portion 6700B.

Next, the information area unit 6700B that performs information management in the payout microcomputer 6011 will be described.
The information area part 6700B is a part of the bus 6718 extending from the HPG work RAM 6721, the HPG program ROM 6722, the bus monitor circuit 6723, the ID property RAM 6724, the control circuit (HPG) 6725, the external communication control circuit 6726, the bus 6727, and the game area part 6700A. It is comprised including.
The HPG work RAM 6721 is used as a work area (work area) when performing information management processing in the payout microcomputer 6011. The HPG program ROM 6722 stores a control program of the control circuit (HPG) 6725, and is used for performing management operation of the information area unit 6700B.
The bus monitor circuit 6723 monitors and controls the state of the bus 6718 on the game area unit 6700A side from the information area unit 6700B side. The control here is timing control such as timing control when copying the contents of the user program ROM 6702 to the HPG work RAM 6721. The bus monitor circuit 6723 also performs status monitoring and timing control of the bus 6718 when the payout unique ID is stored in the ID property RAM 6724 from the game area unit 6700A side when the power is turned on.
The payout program is output through an external communication control circuit 6726 described later. When outputting to the outside, an encryption process may be performed.

The ID property RAM 6724 is used as a work area (working area) when outputting a chip code or the like. The ID property RAM 6724 stores a CPUID and a chip code which are copied and stored when the system is reset. When requested, the copied CPU ID and chip code are read from the ID property RAM 6724. Further, the manufacturer code and product code are copied and stored in the ID property RAM 6724 when the system is reset, and the copied manufacturer code and product code are read from the ID property RAM 6724 when requested.
The ID property RAM 6724 stores the payout unique ID copied from the HW parameter ROM 6715 by the control circuit (HPG) 6725 when the power is turned on. The payout unique ID is read from the ID property RAM 6724 when the payout unique ID is requested. It is supposed to be.

A control circuit (HPG) 6725 controls the information area portion 6700B side and has a buffer memory. The control circuit (HPG) 6725 monitors the operation of the CPU core 6701 via, for example, the bus monitor circuit 6723, and copies the contents of the mirrored RAM 6707 of the game area unit 6700A to the HPG work RAM 6721 of the information area unit 6700B during non-operation. . Further, the contents of the HPG work RAM 6721 of the information area unit 6700B are transferred to the outside in response to a memory content request command from the outside. The memory of the control circuit (HPG) 6725 is used for timing adjustment at the time of transfer.
Further, the control circuit (HPG) 6725 performs control when transferring the unique ID copied to the ID property RAM 6724 of the information area unit 6700B to the outside in response to a request for the unique ID from the outside.

The external communication control circuit 6726 performs communication with the outside. For example, information (for example, a manufacturer code, a product code, a unique ID, etc.) stored in the payout microcomputer 6011 based on a command from the outside is used. After encryption, processing such as transferring to the outside is performed. Note that information relating to individual identification information that can be read from the outside through the external communication control circuit 6726 includes a manufacturer code, a product code, a chip code, a ROM comment, and a CPUID. The bus 6727 includes a data bus, an address bus, and a control bus. When performing control such that the payout unique ID is read by the payout control program, the output control circuit 6712, the bus switching circuit 6705, etc. output the individual identification information (payout unique ID) so that an external device outside the gaming machine can receive it. It has a function to control.
In the payout microcomputer 6011, the game area unit 6700 A and the information area unit 6700 B operate independently via the bus monitor circuit 6723. That is, the information area unit 6700B side can operate regardless of the operation of the CPU core 6701 in the game area unit 6700A (regardless of program execution).
Here, the payout microcomputer 6011 realizes the functions of the reception control means and the individual identification information output control means.
That is, the second arithmetic processing unit as the payout microcomputer 6011 is:
A reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that the external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
It has a configuration with.

E. Outline of Game Next, an outline of a game performed in the pachinko machine 1 of this example and a flow of the game will be described.
First, at the beginning of the game (or before the start of the game), the customer is in a waiting state (during the demonstration), and the command for instructing the display of the waiting screen for the customer is a buffer (for example, a similar one). 29 (corresponding to the buffer 833 in FIG. 29 of the function) is transmitted to the effect control device 300, and a waiting screen (moving image or still image) is displayed on the display unit 41a of the display device.

  When the game ball that has been driven into the game area 22 through the guide rail 21 wins the special winning start winning opening 25 or 26 (that is, when there is a special winning start winning), the fluctuation display of the special figure Is transmitted from the game control device 6000 to the effect control device 300, and a special figure (thing consisting of numbers, characters, symbols, patterns, etc.) is changed (for example, scrolled) on the display unit 41a (so-called variable display). ) Is performed, and a special figure variation display game (hereinafter referred to as a special figure variation display game) is performed.

And if the stop result mode of this variable display game (the combination of special figures derived by the variable display) is a special result mode (for example, “3, 3, 3”, etc.), a privilege called a big hit is given. It is given to the player. In terms of control, for example, a value such as a big hit random number is extracted and stored on the condition that there has been a start prize, and this extracted and stored random number value is compared with a predetermined determination value at the time of determination. Based on the comparison determination result, whether or not to make a big hit is determined in advance, and the variable display game is started in response to this determination.
Further, in the normal mode, if the stop result mode of the variable display game is a specific mode of the special result mode (for example, “7, 7, 7”), it will be a big hit and after the big hit game The game state shifts from the normal mode to the probability change mode (after a special prize period described later). In this probability variation mode, control is performed to increase the probability that the special figure will be a big hit (hereinafter referred to as the special figure big hit probability). In some cases, so-called time reduction (which shortens the variable display time for special drawings or the like to increase the frequency of the variable display game and make it easier to win) is also performed.

  When the jackpot is reached and the jackpot state is reached, a fanfare period (a period in which an output of a sound effect that produces a jackpot is executed) is passed, and the jackpot of the variable prize winning device 27 is set for a predetermined time (for example, In the range not exceeding 30 seconds), for example, an opening operation (a jackpot round) that is temporarily opened for a period of up to 10 winnings is performed. This release operation is repeated for a specified number of rounds. In this jackpot state, a command for instructing display of a jackpot screen for producing the jackpot state or notifying the player of the number of jackpot rounds is transmitted from the game control device 6000 to the effect control device 300, and the display unit 41a. Then, such a big hit display is executed.

The period in which the jackpot is in effect (the fanfare period, the period of the jackpot round in which the jackpot is open, the interval period between the jackpot round and the next jackpot round, and the ending period) are the special prize period. It corresponds to.
In addition, as the number of rounds of the big hit, for example, a big hit of 15 rounds is usually the main big hit, but a configuration that generates a 16R big hit as a premier or other configurations may be used. Further, there may be a two-round big hit or the like as a so-called abruptness (a sudden probability change in which the big hit probability changes via a big hit with few balls).

Further, when a game ball is further won in the start winning opening 25 or 26 during the above-mentioned special figure variable display game or big hit, a special display start memory is held on the display unit 41a or the like, for example, four pieces are displayed. After the change display game or the big hit state is finished, the special display change display game is repeated or returned to the customer waiting state based on the start memory.
That is, if the variable display game ends with a big hit, the game shifts to a big hit state, and if the variable display game ends with a start and there is a start memory, the variable display game is executed again, and the variable display game ends with a start and no start memory is stored. If the big hit ends and there is a start memory, the variable display game is executed again. If the big hit ends and there is no start memory, the flow returns to the customer wait state.

  In this embodiment, for example, two types of special chart start memory (special map start memory) are displayed (special figure 1 hold display and special figure 2 hold display). A variation display game (a first variation display game and a second variation display game) is executed. That is, when a special figure start prize (first start prize) due to the game ball entering the first start prize opening 25 occurs, the display device 41 plays the first variation display game by the variation display of the special figure 1. When a game ball wins the first start winning opening 25 during any special figure variation display game or the like, one first start memory (start memory corresponding to the special figure 1 hold display) is stored. On the other hand, the first variation display game by the variation display of the special figure 1 is performed on the display device 41 after the special figure fluctuation display game is finished. Further, if there is a special figure start prize (second start prize) due to the game ball entering the second start prize opening 26, the display device 41 plays the second variation display game by the variation display of the special figure 2. When a game ball wins the second start winning opening 26 during any special figure variation display game or the like, one second start memory (start memory corresponding to the special figure 2 hold display) is stored. On the other hand, the second variation display game by the variation display of the special figure 2 is performed on the display device 41 after the above special figure fluctuation display game ends. When both the first start memory and the second start memory are present, either the first variation display game or the second variation display game is executed first in accordance with a preset rule. For example, a mode in which the second variable display game corresponding to the second start winning opening 26 is preferentially performed (that is, a mode in which the second start memory is preferentially consumed) or two types of variable display games are alternately displayed. There may be a mode to be performed.

On the other hand, when the game ball passes through the usual figure start gate 32 during the game, a usual figure change display game (hereinafter, referred to as a usual figure change display game) is played by the display part 41a or the like. . And if this normal map change display game result (stopped general chart) is a predetermined mode (specific display mode), a privilege called per map is granted.
At this time, a game is held in which the pair of opening / closing members 26a of the second start winning opening 26 is temporarily held in an open state where the pair of opening / closing members 26a is opened in a reverse C-shape. This makes it easier for the game ball to start and win, and accordingly, the number of executions of the special figure variable display game increases and the possibility of winning a big hit increases.
Further, during the above-mentioned variable display game, when a game ball is further won in the general chart start gate 32, a general display start storage display is executed on the display unit 41a and the like, for example, up to four are stored, After the usual variable display game is over, the usual variable display game is repeated based on the memory.

Next, the external output of the unique ID will be outlined. When the pachinko machine 1 is powered on or reset, the unique ID stored in the HW parameter ROM 6615 of the gaming microcomputer 6001 is operated by the operation of the control circuit (HPG) 6625. Is read and copied to the chip individual ID register 6616, and the unique ID is also copied to the ID property RAM 6624.
The unique ID copied to the chip individual ID register 6616 passes through the external bus interface 6604 by the operation of the game program, is converted into a serial communication format by the built-in serial communication circuit, and is output to the outside of the gaming microcomputer 6001 to be paid out. Serially transferred to 6010, further sent to the external information terminal board 55 via the payout control apparatus 6010, relayed by the external information terminal board 55, and transmitted to the external management apparatus 780. As a result, the unique ID stored in the gaming microcomputer 6001 can be sent to the gaming store side.
When the unique ID is output from the gaming microcomputer 6001 by parallel communication, the unique ID copied to the chip individual ID register 6616 is transferred in parallel via the bus 6618 and the bus switching circuit 6605. However, serial communication is used in the first embodiment.

On the other hand, the unique ID copied to the ID property RAM 6624 is transferred to the outside (in this case, the inspection apparatus connection terminal 112 in FIG. 6) through the external communication control circuit 6626 in response to a request for the unique ID from the outside. Then, for example, by connecting the inspection device to the inspection device connection terminal 112, the unique ID stored in the gaming microcomputer 6001 is read out by the inspection organization.
The ID property RAM 6724 stores the payout unique ID copied from the HW parameter ROM 6715 by the operation of the control circuit (HPG) 6725 when the power is turned on. The payout unique ID copied to the ID property RAM 6724 is an external unique ID. Is output to the outside through the external communication control circuit 6726 in response to the above request.

F. Operation of Control System Next, the control contents of the game control device 6000 and the payout control device 6010 will be described. First, the game control device 6000 will be described with reference to FIGS.
(A) Main Process of Game Control Device First, the main process of the game control device 6000 (game microcomputer 6001) will be described with reference to FIGS.
This main process starts based on the fact that the gaming microcomputer 6001 has been forcibly reset. That is, when a power switch (not shown) of the power supply device 500 is turned on, a reset signal is sent from the control signal generation unit 503 of the power supply device 500 at a predetermined timing (during a predetermined reset period when the power is turned on). When the reset terminal of the gaming microcomputer 6001 is turned on and this reset signal is released thereafter, the gaming microcomputer 6001 is activated. Similarly, when the power is restored from a power failure, the reset signal is turned on and then released, and the gaming microcomputer 6001 is activated. Further, when the worker wants to initialize the user work RAM 6603 and the like of the game control device 6000, it is necessary to turn on the power switch while turning on the initialization switch (not shown) of the power supply device 500. .

When the gaming microcomputer 6001 is activated, interrupts are first prohibited, the CPU core 6601 and CPU peripheral circuits (including serial ports) built in the gaming microcomputer 6001 are initialized, and a payout board (payout control device 6010). ) Is stopped for a predetermined delay time (for example, 4 msec) (steps S1 to S3).
When the delay time elapses, access to the RAM (user work RAM 6603) is permitted, and an off signal (a signal corresponding to a binary signal “0”) is output to all output ports (steps S4 and S5). ). Since each output port is turned off (reset) by the reset signal, it is not always necessary to output the off signal to each output port in software, but step S5 is provided here just in case. .

Next, it is determined whether or not the initialization switch is turned on according to the state of the initialization switch signal (step S6). If it is turned on, the process proceeds to step S12. If not, the process proceeds to step S7.
The process proceeds to step S12 when the initialization switch is turned on and the gaming microcomputer 6001 is activated, when it is determined in step S7, which will be described later, that the power failure inspection area is not all normal, or as described later. This is a case where it is determined in S9 that the checksum is not normal. For this reason, when the processing proceeds to step S12, processing such as initialization of data (excluding the access prohibited area) in the RAM (user work RAM 6603) of the gaming microcomputer 6001 is performed.

If the initialization switch is not turned on, the process proceeds to step S7, where it is determined whether all values in the power failure inspection areas 1 and 2 of the RAM (user work RAM 6603) are normal power failure inspection area check data. If so, the process proceeds to step S8 assuming that the power failure has been restored, and if abnormal (if not stored normally), the process proceeds to step S12 assuming that the power is normally turned on. The power failure inspection area check data is set in step S25 described later. In this step S7, since it is determined whether or not the power failure has been restored by using a plurality of check data as described above, it is highly reliable to determine whether or not the power failure has been restored.
Next, in step S8, a checksum of data in the user work RAM 6603 is calculated, and in step S9, it is compared with the checksum at the time of power-off, and it is determined whether or not the value is normal (match). If the checksum is not normal (that is, when the data in the user work RAM 6603 is corrupted), the process proceeds to step S12. If the checksum is normal, the process proceeds to step S10.
In step S10, a process for power failure recovery (initial value setting) is executed. That is, all the power failure inspection areas are cleared, the checksum area is cleared, and the areas related to error and fraud monitoring are reset. Next, in step S11, a power failure recovery command (power failure recovery command) corresponding to the special figure game process number is transmitted. After step S11, the process proceeds to step S6001.

  On the other hand, if the initialization switch has been turned on in step S6, the process jumps to step S12 to perform the processes in steps S12 to S14. When the processing proceeds to step S12 and subsequent steps, processing such as initialization of data (excluding the access prohibited area) in the user work RAM 6603 of the game control device 6000 is performed. That is, in step S12, all user work RAM 6603 areas to be used are cleared. Specifically, in the user work RAM 6603, all work areas before the access prohibited area are cleared, and all stack areas after the access prohibited area are cleared. Next, in step S13, an initial value at the time of power-on is saved in the area to be initialized, and a process of transmitting a power-on command (power-on command) to the effect control device 300 is performed in step S14. When the power-on command is transmitted, the other control device receives this power-on command and, for example, in the case of the effect control device 300, performs initialization such as setting the operation position of the motor of the frame effect device to the initial position. .

After step S14, the process proceeds to step S6001, and activation setting of a random number generation circuit 6613 provided in the gaming microcomputer 6001 is performed. This random number generation circuit 6613 generates a part of each random number of special figures and ordinary figures in hardware. However, the initial values of these random numbers are set in software by the processing in step S19 described later.
Note that the random numbers related to the special figure include jackpot random numbers (random numbers for determining whether to win or not), jackpot symbol random numbers 1, 2 (random numbers for determining jackpot stop symbols), fluctuation pattern random numbers (Lee's) Random number for determining a variation pattern including presence / absence), stop symbol random number (random number for determining outlier stop symbol), and the like. In addition, examples of random numbers related to ordinary maps include random numbers per ordinary figure (random numbers for determining whether or not per ordinary figure). Among these, the random numbers (hard random numbers) targeted in Steps S6001 and S19 are, for example, jackpot random numbers, random numbers per common figure, and jackpot symbol random numbers 1 and 2. Note that the random numbers related to the special figure may be common to the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 when there are two types of special figures, or may be provided separately.

In step S6002, the output timer initial value of external information (security signal) relating to RAM clearing is saved in the security signal control timer area. For example, 256 ms is saved as the output timer initial value.
Next, the process proceeds to step S6003, and unique information acquisition processing is performed. This is to acquire the unique ID (main board unique ID) of the game control device 6000, and details will be described later in a subroutine. Through the processing in step S6003, the unique ID (main board unique ID) of the game control apparatus 6000 is acquired and written in the serial transmission buffer, and the main board unique ID is sent to the payout control apparatus 6010 at the timing of serial communication. It will be.
Next, it is determined whether or not a response command is received in step S6004. If not received, the process stands by in step S6004. In this case, when the main board unique ID is sent from the game control device 6000 to the payout control device 6010, a response command from the payout control device 6010 is awaited.
Note that the response command is a concept including both a “retransmission request command” and a “reception completion command (ACK signal: reception completion notification)”. In this case, the unique information analysis process of the payout control device 6010 is performed. A process of writing a reception completion command to the serial transmission buffer may be inserted after step S541.
If a response command is received, the process proceeds to step S6005 to determine whether there is a retransmission request (that is, whether the received response command is a retransmission request command). If there is a retransmission request, the process returns to step S6003 to perform a routine. repeat.

Then, after sending the main board unique ID from the game control device 6000 to the payout control device 6010 and receiving the response command, there is no retransmission request (that is, if the received response command is a reception completion command), step The process proceeds from step S6005 to step S16.
Next, in step S16, for example, a CTC (Counter / Timer Circuit) provided inside the gaming microcomputer 6001 is activated. CTC is a circuit for timer interrupt.
Next, in step S18, interruption is permitted, and in the next step S19, initial value random number update processing is performed. The initial value random number update process is a process for updating the initial value of the hard random number so that it is difficult to deliberately aim for a big hit or the like by timing the game ball.
Next, the process proceeds to step S20, where the number of checks of the power failure monitoring signal (for example, twice) is set, and in the next step S21, it is determined whether or not the power failure monitoring signal is on. In step S22, if it is not turned on, the process returns to step S19. During normal operation, steps S19 to S21 are repeated.

Then, when proceeding to step S22, it is determined whether or not the power failure monitoring signal is kept on for the number of times of the check. If the result is negative, it is determined that a power failure has occurred and the process returns to step S21.
When the power failure monitoring signal is turned on, the power failure monitoring signal may be used as an NMI interrupt signal to interrupt the process being executed and forcibly execute the power failure processing from step S23. However, with the configuration of this example, the power failure monitoring signal is checked for multiple times in step S22 in step S22, so the power failure monitoring signal is temporarily and momentarily turned on due to noise or the like even though no power failure has actually occurred. In this case, there is an advantage that it is not erroneously determined that a power failure has occurred.

In step S23, interrupts are prohibited. Then, in the next step S24, all outputs are turned off (off data is output to all output ports), and then a power failure information setting process is executed in step S25. In the power failure information setting process, the power failure inspection area check data 1 is saved in the power failure inspection area 1 and the power failure inspection area check data 2 is saved in the power failure inspection area 2.
After step S25, in the next step S26, the checksum of the data in the user work RAM 6603 is calculated and saved in a predetermined checksum area. Then, in step S27, the access to the user work RAM 6603 is prohibited and then waits. (Reset waiting state is waited for the reset signal from the control signal generation unit 503 described above). In FIG. 9, “RWM” means user work RAM 6603.
In addition, the power failure process of the above steps S23 to S27 is performed before the power supply voltage drops below the operating voltage of the gaming microcomputer 111 due to the power failure.

(B) Timer Interrupt Processing of Game Control Device Next, timer interrupt processing of the game control device 6000 (game microcomputer 6001) will be described with reference to FIG.
This timer interrupt process is started by the processes of steps S16 and S18 in the main process described above, and is repeatedly executed at a predetermined timer interrupt cycle.

  In this timer interrupt process, first, in step S31, register saving or interrupt prohibition is executed as necessary, and then the input process in step S32 is executed. In this input process, the detection signals of the above-described sensors (start port switches 120 and 121, gate switch 122, winning port switch 123, count switch 124, etc.) are read. Specifically, the output value of each sensor is determined at each timer interruption period, and when the output value of the same level continues for a specified number of times (for example, twice), the level of this output value is detected by each sensor. Read as deterministic value of signal. When it is read that any one of the sensors is on, a flag (input flag) indicating that is set.

  Next, in step S33, output processing for setting and outputting the output data set in steps S38, S39, S40, and S42, which will be described later, to the corresponding output port is executed, and then in step S34, each set control device is set. Processing (command transmission processing) for transmitting a signal (command) to (the effect control device 300 and the payout control device 6010) is executed.

Thereafter, in steps S35 and S36, random number update processes 1 and 2 are executed, respectively. Here, the soft random number related to the special drawing and the soft random number related to the general drawing are updated. As soft random numbers related to special figures, for example, jackpot symbol random numbers 1, 2 (random numbers for determining jackpot stop symbols), variation pattern random numbers (random numbers for determining variation patterns including presence / absence of reach action), stop symbol random numbers ( Random numbers for determining outage stop symbols). Here, the update of the random number is executed by increasing the random number by, for example, “1”. Therefore, each time this timer interrupt processing routine is repeated, the random number changes, and the extracted value of the soft random number maintains at randomness.
Note that there are three types of variation pattern random numbers in the present example: variation pattern random numbers 1-3. Among these, the fluctuation pattern random number 1 is a random number for selecting the reach system of the second half fluctuation (the fluctuation after the start of reach), and the fluctuation pattern random number 2 is a detailed presentation distribution (for example, plus one frame) from the reach system. The special pattern stops or the special figure stops at minus one frame), and the variation pattern random number 3 is a random number for selecting the first half variation (variation before the start of reach). is there. In addition, the variation pattern random number may directly determine all the variation modes, but in this example, the effect control device 300 determines a specific mode. For example, only the variation time and the reach system (rough type of reach) are determined by the variation pattern random number 1, and the production control device 300 determines a specific variation mode based on the determined variation time and reach system.

  Next, in step S37, a winning opening switch monitoring process and an error monitoring process are executed. The winning opening switch monitoring process monitors the input flags (start opening switches 120 and 121, winning opening switch 123, and count switch 124 in the special figure) set as described above, for example, the input flag of the count switch 124 is set. If so, processing such as preparation for requesting the payout control device 6010 to pay out 15 prize balls is executed. In addition, the error monitoring process includes an undetected error of each of the above-described sensors, an excessive error of the winning ball discharge, an open state of the glass frame 5, and an illegal winning except when the large winning opening 27a and the public power supply 26 are not open. It is a process for monitoring.

Next, in step S38, special figure game processing is performed. In the special figure game process, overall control of the special figure variable display game is performed. That is, when the change start condition (start condition of the change display game) is satisfied, the determination of the big hit random number, the process of setting the combination of the special symbol stop pattern (result form), and the process of setting the change form of the special figure (Details will be described later).
Here, when the change start condition is satisfied, when the start-up prize is received in the waiting state and the change display game is started, the change display game ends and the start display is stored and the change display game is executed again. When the game is played, there are three types when the jackpot is over, the start-up memory is stored, and the variable display game is executed again.
In this special figure game process, a process of setting various output data related to the special figure variable display game is also performed. That is, the content (command data) of a command to be transmitted to, for example, the effect control device 300 is set in accordance with the game state of the special display variable display game.

Next, in step S39, processing for the usual variable display game is performed. That is, processing for setting the content of a command to be transmitted to the production control device 300 or the like according to the state of the usual variable display game is performed.
Next, in step S40, segment LED editing processing is executed. This is because the special graphic determined in the special game process in step S38, the general graphic determined in the general game process in step S39, and other information are displayed on the collective display device 35. This is a process for displaying on a display (LED, 7-segment display).
Next, in step S41, a magnetic error monitoring process is executed. In this case, when the input flag of the magnetic sensor switch 125 is set, a predetermined process (such as transmission of an error notification command) is executed assuming that a magnetic error has occurred.

Next, in step S42, external information editing processing is executed. This edits data to be output from the game control device 6000 to the payout control device 6010. This data, after passing through the payout control device 6010, is finally output data to the external information terminal board 55 (including a jackpot signal, a prize ball signal, etc., and a unique ID) (details will be described later).
In step S6011, unique information retransmission processing is performed. This is a process related to a retransmission request for a payout unique ID, and details will be described later.
After that, in order to resume the main routine, the timer interrupt request is cleared in step S6012, the register saved in step S44 is restored, the interrupt is permitted in step S45, and the process is interrupted at the interruption (return) )

(C) Special Figure Game Process of Game Control Device Next, the special figure game process S38 in the timer interruption process will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, a start port switch monitoring process is first executed in step S61. This monitors the input flag set as described above, and executes processing such as extracting and storing a jackpot random number value when the input flag of the start port switches 120 and 121 is set. (Details will be described later).
Next, a count switch monitoring process is performed in step S62. In this case, when the input flag of the count switch 124 is set, a predetermined process is executed on the assumption that a game ball has won a prize winning opening 27a.

  Next, in step S63, it is determined whether the special figure game processing timer has already expired or whether the timer has expired after -1 update of the timer. If the timer has expired, the process proceeds to step S65 in the next step S64, where time is up. If not, the process proceeds to step S76 in the next step S64. In the special figure game process timer, a timer value is set to a predetermined value in each process (steps S69 to S75) after branching by a process number described later, and the special figure game process timer has timed out. Sometimes it is set so that it is time to execute step S65 and subsequent steps. As a result, when it is time to execute step S65 and subsequent steps when step S63 is executed, the determination result of step S64 becomes affirmative and steps S65 and later (including steps S76 to S79) are executed. . And when step S63 is performed, when it is not the timing which should perform steps S65-S75, the determination result of step S64 becomes negative and only step S76-S79 is performed.

In steps S65 to S67, a special figure game sequence branch table is set for branching by a process number to be described later, the branch destination address of the process corresponding to the special figure game process number is acquired, and the return after the branch process ends. Save the address in the stack area.
Next, in step S68, the process branches according to the process number. That is, the process number 0 goes to step S69 (special figure normal process), the process number 1 goes to step S70 (special figure changing process), the process number 2 goes to step S71 (special figure display process), and the process number 3 Step S72 (fanfare / interval processing), processing number 4 to step S73 (large winning opening open processing), processing number 5 to step S74 (large winning mouth remaining ball processing), processing number 6 to step S75 ( Proceed to jackpot end processing. The customer waiting state (during demonstration) is process number 0.

  Then, in step S69 (special figure normal processing), when the special figure holding number (the number of special figure starting storages that have been put on hold because the special figure fluctuation display game has not been executed) is zero and the special figure fluctuation display game is not being executed. Then, a process for displaying the waiting state on the display device 41 is performed. Further, in the special figure routine process, a process for starting the next special figure change display game (special figure change start process) is performed. In this special figure fluctuation start process, the start memory of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is monitored, and if there is any special figure start memory, the corresponding fluctuation display (first or second fluctuation display) is started. Is set (the setting of the variation pattern command transmitted to the effect control device 300, etc.) is set, the process number is set to 1, and the process returns. If the special figure hold number is zero and the next special figure variation display game is not executed, the process returns as it is (the process number remains 0).

Also, in step S70 (special-figure changing process), a process for variably displaying the special figure is performed until the fluctuation time set in the special-figure fluctuation start process elapses. And if the said fluctuation | variation time passes, after performing the process which transmits the command (symbol stop command) which stops the symbol of a special figure to the production | presentation control apparatus 300, it returns with the process number set to 2. If the set fluctuation time has not elapsed, the process returns as it is (the process number remains 1).
In step S71 (processing during special figure display), a process for displaying the fluctuation display result of the special figure for a certain time (1 to 2 seconds) is performed. When the display for a certain period of time is completed, the process number is set to 3 if it is a big hit, and the process number is set to 0 if it is off. When the predetermined time has not elapsed, the process returns as it is (the process number remains 2).

In step S72 (fanfare / interval processing), fanfare processing for outputting a fanfare sound or the like from the speaker 12a or the like is executed immediately after the big hit, and an interval for realizing display of an interval period or the like in the big hit interval period. The processing is executed, and the processing number is set to 4 at the timing when the large winning opening of the variable winning device 27 is started.
Step S73 (processing during opening of the big prize opening) is a process while the big prize opening 27a of the variable prize winning device 27 is opened. When the grand prize opening is finished, the processing number is set to 5.

Further, in step S74 (large winning opening remaining ball processing), a process of waiting for a certain period of time is performed in order to reliably count the gaming balls that have entered the large winning opening 27a just before the end of the large winning opening. After the elapse, the processing number is set to 3 when the big hit round remains, and the processing number is set to 6 when the big hit round does not remain.
In step S75 (big hit end process), after the big hit is completed, a process for executing the special figure routine process S69 is performed, the process number is returned to 0, and the process returns.

Next, when one of the above processes corresponding to the process number is completed, the process proceeds to step S76, and a table for controlling display on the collective display device 35 of the special figure 1 (display of the special figure 1) is prepared. In the next step S77, control processing for the variable display of this special figure 1 is performed.
Next, the process proceeds to step S78, where a table for controlling display on the collective display device 35 of FIG. 2 (display of the special figure 2) is prepared. In the next step S79, the fluctuation display of the special figure 2 is displayed. Control processing is performed, and then the process returns.

(D) Special Figure Displaying Process of Game Control Device Next, the special figure displaying process executed in step S71 in the special figure game process will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S81 whether or not the special figure 2 is a big hit. If it is a big hit, the process branches to step S83, and if not a big hit, the process proceeds to step S82. Similarly, in step S82, it is determined whether or not the special figure 1 is a big hit. If it is a big hit, the process proceeds to step S83, and if not a big hit, the process jumps to step S92.
If it is either big hit of special figure 1 or special figure 2, the upper limit value of the number of rounds of big hit is determined in step S83. As described above, for example, the number of rounds per jackpot is usually the big jackpot of 15 rounds, but may be 16R as long as the 16R jackpot is generated as a premier. Moreover, 2R may be sufficient if it is the structure which generate | occur | produces 2 round big hits as what is called sudden probability (sudden probability change in which the big hit probability changes via the big hit with few outstanding balls). In any case, the upper limit value of the number of rounds in step S83 depends on the big hit result mode in step S81 or step S82 (that is, the big hit random number lottery result).

Here, the types and distribution of jackpots are set as follows, for example.
There are two types of jackpots: 2R probability variation big hit (big hit symbol number 1), 15R probability variation big hit (big hit symbol number 2), and 15R normal big hit (big hit symbol number 3). The jackpot symbol (or a plurality of jackpot symbols) is a corresponding setting. Here, the 2R probability variation big hit has two rounds of big hit, a high probability after the big hit, and there is no support after the big hit (opening operation of the open / close member 26a of the electric power transmission), the selection ratio in the special figure 1 Is 50%, and the selection ratio in FIG. 2 is 0%. In addition, the 15R probability variation jackpot is 15 rounds, the probability is high after the big hit, the support after the big hit is up to the next big hit, the selection ratio in Special Figure 1 is 25%, the selection ratio in Special Figure 2 is 75%. In addition, 15R regular big hit is 15 rounds of big hit, low probability (normal probability) after big hit, support after big hit is up to 100 times of special figure fluctuation, the selection ratio in special figure 1 is 25%, The selection ratio in the special figure 2 is 25%. That is, in FIG. 1, 2R probability variation big hit is most likely to occur, and in FIG. 2, 15R probability variation big hit is most likely to occur. However, the ratio of occurrence of probability variation as a whole in the big hit is 75% in both special figure 1 and special figure 2. Further, the probability variation due to the 2R probability variation big hit is difficult for the player to know that the probability variation (high probability) has occurred, and corresponds to a so-called latent probability variation.
However, the type of special game state is naturally not limited to those described above. For example, a small hit (not a big hit, but a state where a state similar to the big hit round occurs for a predetermined period) may be set. . In this case, if there is a small hit that opens and closes the big prize opening as in the case of the 2R probability variation big hit, it is clear from the action of the big prize opening whether this small hit (no probability variation) or 2R probability variation big hit (with probability variation). Difficult and probabilistic ambiguity can occur.

In step S84, a probability information command for a low probability is set. This is a probability information command when the jackpot lottery probability is low (normal probability). In step S85, a fanfare command corresponding to the big hit symbol is set. Thereby, a fanfare command suitable for the big hit generated at this time is set, and an effect such as a big hit video or sound effect is given. In step S86, a jackpot symbol command is set. Thereby, the decoration special figure displayed on the display part 41a of the display apparatus 41 during a big hit is determined. In step S87, external information related to the jackpot and test signal output data are set. This sets what data is output as external information to be output to the external management device 780 and game data (test signal) to be provided to the inspection organization.
In step S88, a fanfare time corresponding to the big hit symbol is set. As a result, the fanfare time suitable for the jackpot generated at this time is set, and the effect of the jackpot sound effect is performed. Next, in step S89, the number of winning prizes illegally reset is reset, and in step S90, it is set outside the period of monitoring for winning prizes. This can be done by resetting the count of game balls that won the big prize opening when it was not a big hit due to force majeure or fraud (especially to prevent the counts due to force majeure from accumulating and mishandling) The period for monitoring fraud at the prize opening is excluded (because it is not regarded as a regular jackpot prize or it becomes an illegal prize).

Next, unique information acquisition processing is performed in step S6021. This is to acquire the unique ID (main board unique ID) of the game control device 6000 (details will be described later in a subroutine). By this processing, the unique ID (main board unique ID) of the game control device 6000 is acquired and written in the serial transmission buffer, and the main board unique ID is sent to the payout control device 6010 at the timing of serial communication. Become.
Next, in step S91, the fanfare / inter-interval process transition setting process 1 is executed, and the process returns to the above-described special figure game process. This is to end the special figure display process and shift to the process number of the fanfare / interval process corresponding to the next process.

  On the other hand, if it is not a big hit in either special figure 1 or special figure 2 in steps S81 and 82, the process branches to step S92 and it is determined whether low probability and normal power support are in progress. This is for confirming the fact that there is a support to open up to 100 times of special figure fluctuations when the probability is low (normal probability) after a big hit. If NO, the process jumps to step S97 to execute the special figure normal process transition setting process 1 and returns. In this process, the special figure display in-progress process is terminated, and the process number is shifted to the special figure normal process corresponding to the next process.

If it is determined in step S92 that the low probability and the power transmission support are in progress, the process proceeds to step S93 to update the number of time fluctuations by “−1”. When there is a low probability after a big hit, there is a support that allows the ordinary electric power to open up to 100 times of special figure fluctuations. Therefore, every time there is a special figure fluctuation, the support frequency is decremented. Next, at step S94, it is determined whether or not the number of short-time fluctuations is 0. If it is not “0”, the process branches to step S97 to execute the special figure normal process transition setting process 1 and repeat the routine. Then, the process proceeds to step S95, and a probability information command at the time of short time end is set. This is to set the probability information command when the lottery probability of the big hit is low (normal probability) because the time reduction has ended.
In step S96, the special figure normal process transition setting process 2 is executed, and the process returns. In this process, the special figure display in-progress process is terminated, and the process number is shifted to the special figure normal process corresponding to the next process. However, here, it is limited to the case of shifting to the special figure routine processing from the end of the short time.

(E) Winning Port Switch / Error Monitoring Processing of Game Control Device Next, winning port switch / error monitoring processing S37 in the timer interruption processing will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, first, in step S101, the winning in the big winning opening and the illegal winning are monitored. This is to monitor the winning of a regular game ball (such as at the time of a big hit) to the big winning opening 27a and to monitor the winning to an illegal big winning opening 27a other than the big win. Next, in step S102, the winning of the ordinary electric power and the illegal winning are monitored. This monitors the winning of a regular game ball in the second start winning opening 26 as a normal electric accessory (general power) and monitors the winning in the illegal second starting winning opening 26. Next, in step S103, the winnings to other winning openings are monitored. Here, winnings to the first start winning opening 25 and the general winning openings 28 to 31 are monitored. In step S104, the error scan counter is updated. In this case, as a preparation for monitoring an error, the value of the previous error scan counter is once updated. Next, the gaming machine error monitoring table 1 is prepared in step S105.

The types of error monitoring defined in the gaming machine error monitoring table 1 are as follows.
(A) Switch abnormality (connector disconnection, switch failure, etc.)
(B) Shooting ball breakage (c) Overflow (d) Dispensing abnormality Next, in step S106, the type of error check defined in the gaming machine error monitoring table 1 is performed, and the gaming machine error monitoring table 2 is prepared in step S107.
The types of error monitoring defined in the gaming machine error monitoring table 2 are as follows.
(E) Glass frame open (front frame open)
(F) Front frame open (game frame open)
Next, after performing the type of error check defined in the gaming machine error monitoring table 2 in step S108, the process returns to the timer interrupt process.

(F) Error Check Process of Game Control Device Next, the error check process in the prize opening switch / error monitoring process will be described with reference to FIG.
First, in step S111, an error parameter corresponding to the error scan counter is acquired from the table. As described above, there are the gaming machine error monitoring tables 1 and 2 as described above, and one error corresponding to this time is acquired from each of these errors. Next, in step S112, it is determined whether or not the switch for detecting the target error acquired this time is on. If it is on, there is a possibility that an error will occur. Get error occurrence monitoring timer comparison value.

  For example, as one of the errors defined in the gaming machine error monitoring table 1, if the shot ball is out, the shot ball switch 216 detects that there is no game ball in the chute that supplies the game ball to the storage tank 51. If it is turned on, step S112 becomes YES. If YES, in step S113, an error occurrence monitoring timer comparison value for shooting ball breakage is acquired, and then in step S115, it is checked whether the state of the target switch is the same as in the previous monitoring. On the other hand, if the switch for detecting the target error acquired this time in step S112 is off, there is a possibility that the error will be canceled contrary to the above, so branch to step S114 to monitor the target error cancellation. After acquiring the timer comparison value, the process jumps to step S115.

The contents of the check in step S115 are determined in step S116, and if the result is NO, it is determined that no further error handling is necessary, and the target error monitoring timer is cleared in step S117. On the other hand, if the decision result in the step S116 is YES, the target error monitoring timer is updated (incremented) by “1” in a step S118 to judge whether or not an error treatment is necessary, and the obtained timer comparison Check whether the value (the reference value for which it is necessary to handle the error) has been reached. If the timer comparison value has been reached, it is considered that the error occurrence or release state has been confirmed. However, there may be a situation where the error occurrence is confirmed when an error has already occurred, or the error cancellation is confirmed when the error is not occurring. Therefore, the error state confirmed this time in step S120 is Check if it is the same as the current error flag state. The check result is determined in step S121. If the check results are the same, the error status has not changed, so it is determined that no action is required, and the process returns. If it is not the same, the error state is changed to a new error state. In step S122, the value of the target error flag area is changed to that of the currently determined error state, and the process proceeds to step S123. Set the command corresponding to. As a result, a measure corresponding to the current error state is performed. For example, if the shot ball is out, an error display notifying the user is notified or the notification is canceled.
On the other hand, if “NO” in the step S119, the routine of this time is terminated and returned in the same manner as in the case of “YES” in the step S121.
In this way, if an error occurs, a corresponding error flag is set and a treatment command is set. If the error is resolved, the corresponding error flag is cleared and a resolution command is set. In particular, in this error check process, not only the occurrence of an error is monitored, but also the cancellation is monitored and the process is shared.
Note that such error check processing is the same for errors such as glass frame opening and front frame opening.

Next, in the first embodiment, after step S123, it is checked in step S6031 whether a door opening error or a frame opening error has occurred. Here, the door is the glass frame 5, and the opening of the door is detected by the glass frame opening detection switch 211. The frame is the front frame 4, and the opening of the frame is detected by the front frame opening detection switch 212. Detected.
If a door opening error or a frame opening error has occurred, the process advances to step S6033 to perform unique information acquisition processing.
Therefore, the unique ID (main board unique ID) of the game control device 6000 is acquired at the timing of the door opening error or the frame opening error, and the main board unique ID is sent to the payout control device 6010 by serial communication. It will be.
This is because there are many tricks such as illegally replacing the gaming microcomputer 6001 (arithmetic processing unit) in the gaming control device 6000 at the timing of the door opening error occurrence or the frame opening error occurrence. This is because the management device 780 can determine the authenticity of the unique ID (main board unique ID) of the game control device 6000. As a result, in the first embodiment, when the door opening error or the frame opening error occurs, the game store side determines whether the unique ID (main board unique ID) of the game control device 6000 is the external management device 780. Can be dealt with illegally and effectively.
After step S6033, the current routine is terminated and the process returns.

(G) External Information Editing Process of Game Control Device Next, the external information editing process executed in step S42 in the timer interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, it is first checked in step S132 whether the security signal control timer has already expired or has expired after "-1" update. The check result is determined in step S133. If NO, the process proceeds to step S137 to set the output data of the security signal ON, and the process proceeds to step S140. As a result, the unique ID is output to the outside when the pachinko machine 1 is powered on.
On the other hand, if YES in step S133 (time up), the process branches to step S139 to set the output data of the security signal OFF, and the process proceeds to step S140. That is, if the security signal control timer has already expired, the external output of information related to security is not set.

Next, in steps S140 to S142, it is determined whether a magnet fraud has occurred, a special prize opening fraud has occurred, or an ordinary electric power fraud has occurred. If any one or more fraud has occurred, the process proceeds to step S143 to set the output data of the security signal ON, and further set the output data of the gaming machine error state signal ON in step S144.
As a result, fraud and gaming machine error states are output to the outside. On the other hand, if NO in step S142, the process branches to step S145 to set the output data of the gaming machine error state signal OFF.

After step S144 or step S145, the process proceeds to step S146 to determine whether the door or frame is being opened. Here, the door is the glass frame 5, and the opening of the door is detected by the glass frame open detection switch 211. The frame is the front frame 4, and the opening of the frame is detected by the front frame open detection switch 212.
If the door or frame is being opened, the process proceeds to step S150 where the output data of the door / frame opening signal ON is set, the output data of the gaming machine error state signal ON is set in step S151, and the process proceeds to step S161. This is because an error signal is output to the outside when an event of door or frame opening occurs.
On the other hand, if NO in step S146, that is, if the door or frame is not open, an event of door or frame opening does not occur, so there is no need to set such output data, and the process branches to step S154. Then, output data of the door / frame opening signal OFF is set, and the process proceeds to step S161.
In step S161, a start port signal editing process is performed. In step S162, a symbol determination number signal editing process is performed, and the process returns. This is to edit the signal to be output to the outside for editing the signal to be output to the outside when the starting prize is received or to confirm the symbol of the special figure.

(H) Unique Information Acquisition Process of Game Control Device Next, the specific information acquisition process executed in step S6034 in the error check process will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S6041 whether serial communication is being performed. This is to determine whether or not the game control device 6000 is executing serial communication with the payout control device 6010. If serial communication is being performed, the process returns this time. If the serial communication is not in progress, the processing after step S181 is executed.
If serial communication is not in progress, the start code is written in the serial transmission buffer in step S181. This is a code for causing the payout control device 6010 on the receiving side to specify that serial communication is started. Next, in step S182, it is determined whether or not the acquisition is only the chip code (main board unique ID). If the acquisition is only the chip code, the process jumps to step S188 to write the chip code identification code into the serial transmission buffer, and step S189. Then, the chip code as the individual identification information (unique ID) is read from the chip individual ID register 6616, written in the serial transmission buffer, and the process returns. As a result, the unique ID is acquired and output to the payout control device 6010.

On the other hand, if the acquisition is not only the chip code in step S182, the process proceeds to step S183, where the manufacturer code identification code is written in the serial transmission buffer, and in step S184, the manufacturer code is read and written in the serial transmission buffer. Next, in step S185, the product code identification code is written in the serial transmission buffer, and in step S186, the product code is read out and written in the serial transmission buffer. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S188. As a result, the manufacturer code and the product code are acquired and output to the dispensing control device 6010. Therefore, when the acquisition is not only the chip code in step S182, the manufacturer code, the product code, and the chip code are sequentially acquired and output to the payout control device 6010.
A specific example of the array of individual identification information is shown in FIG. 27 described later.

(I) Serial Reception Interrupt Processing of Game Control Device Next, FIG. 17 is a flowchart of serial reception interrupt processing of the game control device 6000.
In FIG. 17, when this routine is started, the register is first saved in step S6051, and the data in the serial reception buffer is saved in the reception command area in step S6052. If there is a unique ID retransmission request (transmission request command transmission) (a reception completion notification (transmission completion command transmission) may be added) from the payout control device 6010, the game control device 6000 performs serial reception. An interrupt is received and received by the serial reception buffer, and the data (which may include a retransmission request command or the above reception completion command) is saved in the reception command area.
Note that, in the aspect of adding a reception completion notification (transmission of a reception completion command) as described above, the description will be supplemented with FIGS.
In step S6053, the serial reception interrupt request is cleared, and in step S6054, the register is restored. In step S605, the interrupt is permitted and the process returns. In this case, the interrupt is permitted in such a manner that the interrupt is permitted and the system waits for the next command reception.
In this way, the process of receiving the command from the payout control device 6010 only once is performed. When the retransmission request command is received, a process for retransmitting the unique ID from the game control apparatus 6000 to the payout control apparatus 6010 is performed in a unique information retransmission process described later.

(J) Unique Information Retransmission Processing of Game Control Device Next, FIG. 18 is a flowchart of unique information retransmission processing of the game control device 6000.
In FIG. 18, when this routine is started, it is first determined in step S6061 whether or not a command has been received from the payout control device 6010. In this case, when a retransmission request command with a unique ID is sent from the payout control device 6010, it is determined whether or not the retransmission request command has been received.
If the unique ID retransmission request command from the payout control device 6010 has not been received, the routine is terminated and the process returns. On the other hand, if a retransmission request command is received, the process proceeds to step S6062 to clear the received command area. Since the retransmission request command is received once, it is cleared in preparation for the next reception.

  Next, in step S6063, it is determined whether or not the command received this time is a normal retransmission request command. If the command is not normal, the process returns. If it is a normal retransmission request command, the process proceeds to step S6064 to execute the unique information acquisition process (FIG. 16 described above). Accordingly, the routine shown in FIG. 16 is executed in response to the normal retransmission request command, and the unique ID is retransmitted from the game control device 6000 toward the payout control device 6010.

Next, processing of the payout control device 6010 will be described with reference to FIGS.
(A) Main process of payout control apparatus First, the main process of the payout control apparatus 6010 (payout microcomputer 6011) will be described with reference to FIG.
This main process is started based on the fact that the payout microcomputer 6011 is forcibly reset. That is, when a power switch (not shown) of the power supply device 500 is turned on, a reset signal is output from the control signal generation unit 503 of the power supply device 500 at a predetermined timing (during a predetermined reset period when the power is turned on). When the reset terminal of the payout microcomputer 6011 is turned on and then the reset signal is released, the payout microcomputer 6011 is activated. Similarly, when the power is restored from a power failure, the reset signal is turned on and then released, and the payout microcomputer 6011 is activated. Further, when the operator intends to initialize the user work RAM 6703 of the payout microcomputer 6011, it is necessary to turn on the power switch while turning on the initialization switch (not shown) of the power supply device 500. .

  When the payout microcomputer 6011 is activated, interrupts are first prohibited, and initial settings of the CPU core 6701 and CPU peripheral circuits (including serial ports) built in the payout microcomputer 6011 are performed (steps S201 and S202). After permitting access to the RAM (user work RAM 6703), an off signal (a signal corresponding to a binary signal “0”) is output to all output ports (steps S203 and S204). Since each output port is turned off (reset) by the reset signal, it is not always necessary to output the off signal to each output port in software, but step S204 is provided here just in case. .

Next, it is determined whether or not the initialization switch is turned on according to the state of the initialization switch signal (step S205). If it is turned on, the process proceeds to step S210, and if not, the process proceeds to step S206.
The process proceeds to step S210 when the initialization switch is turned on and the payout microcomputer 6011 is activated, when it is determined in step S206 described later that the power failure inspection area is not all normal, or described later. This is a case where it is determined in S208 that the checksum is not normal. For this reason, when the processing proceeds to step S210, processing such as initialization of data (excluding the access prohibited area) in the RAM (user work RAM 6703) of the payout microcomputer 6011 is performed.

If the initialization switch is not turned on, the process proceeds to step S206, where it is determined whether all values in the power failure inspection areas 1 and 2 of the RAM (user work RAM 6703) are normal power failure inspection area check data. If so, the process proceeds to step S207 because it is time to recover from a power failure, and if abnormal (if not stored normally), the process proceeds to step S210 because it is normal power-on. The power failure inspection area check data is set in step S227 described later. In this step S206, since it is determined whether or not the power failure has been restored by using a plurality of check data in this manner, the determination of whether or not the power failure has been restored is made with high reliability.
Next, in step S207, a checksum of data in the user work RAM 6703 is calculated, and in step S208, it is compared with the checksum at the time of power-off, and it is determined whether or not the value is normal (match). If the checksum is not normal (that is, the data in the user work RAM 6703 is corrupted), the process proceeds to step S210, and if the checksum is normal, the process proceeds to step S208.
In step S208, processing for power failure recovery (initial value setting) is executed. That is, all the power failure inspection areas are cleared, the checksum area is cleared, the areas relating to error and fraud monitoring are reset, and the process jumps to step S212.

  On the other hand, if the initialization switch is turned on in step S205, the process jumps to step S210, and the processes in steps S210 and 211 are performed. When the processing proceeds to step S210 and subsequent steps, processing such as initialization of data (excluding the access prohibited area) in the user work RAM 6703 of the payout microcomputer 6011 is performed. That is, in step S210, all user work RAM 6703 areas to be used are cleared. Specifically, in the user work RAM 6703, all work areas before the access prohibited area are cleared, and all stack areas after the access prohibited area are cleared. In step S211, the initial value at power-on is saved in the area to be initialized.

Next, in step S212, for example, a CTC (Counter / Timer Circuit) provided inside the payout microcomputer 6011 is activated. The CTC is a circuit for timer interrupt, and timer interrupt processing (FIG. 20) described later is periodically executed by this timer interrupt.
Next, in step S213, interruption is permitted, and in the next step S214, a firing control determination process is performed. This is a state in which a game ball cannot be launched unless the card unit 551 is connected to the pachinko machine 1 (payout control device 6010) via the card unit connection board 54.
Next, in step S215, it is determined whether or not the ball lending control mode is in effect. If the ball lending control mode is in effect, the process proceeds to step S216. In step S216, a ball lending control process is performed. In this case, processing such as paying out a game ball for lending a ball is performed according to a situation where a player performs a ball lending operation. After step S216, the process jumps to step S221.

On the other hand, when the process branches from step S215 to step S217, it is determined in this step S217 whether or not the prize ball control mode is in effect. Jump. The prize ball control process performs control related to prize ball discharge.
If it is not in the winning ball control mode, the process proceeds to step S219, where an excessive payout error monitoring process is executed. If this error occurs, information indicating that an excessive payout error has occurred is set. Next, a payout device control start determination process is executed in step S220. In this case, when the payout excessive error is not in progress, a prize ball control start determination or a ball lending control start determination is performed.
The prize ball control start determination process is a process for setting the prize ball control mode when there is an undischarged prize ball and the payout is not prohibited. The ball lending control start determination process is a process of setting the ball lending control mode when there is a ball lending request (lending request by BRQ signal). However, when both the condition for setting the winning ball control mode and the condition for setting the ball lending control mode are satisfied, the ball lending control is prioritized.

Now, after step S216, step S218, and step S220, error notification editing processing is executed in step S221, and the number of times of power failure monitoring signal check (for example, twice) is set in next step S222, and step S223 is performed. Proceed to The error notification editing process is a process of editing information for notifying an error when any error occurs.
In step S223, it is determined whether or not the power failure monitoring signal is turned on. If the power failure monitoring signal is turned on, the process proceeds to step S224 for final judgment of the power failure, and if not turned on, the process returns to step S223. For this reason, steps S214 to S223 are repeated during normal operation.
Then, when the process proceeds to step S224, it is determined whether or not the power failure monitoring signal is kept on for the number of times of the check. If it is negative, it is determined that a power failure has occurred and the process returns to step S223.
When the power failure monitoring signal is turned on, the power failure monitoring signal may be used as an NMI interrupt signal to interrupt the process being executed and forcibly execute the power failure processing from step S225. However, in the configuration of this example, the power failure monitoring signal is turned on temporarily and instantaneously due to noise or the like even though no power failure has actually occurred since the power failure monitoring signal is turned on multiple times in step S224. In this case, there is an advantage that it is not erroneously determined that a power failure has occurred.

In step S225, after interrupts are prohibited, all outputs are turned off in the next step S226 (off data is output to all output ports), and then a power failure information setting process is executed in step S227. In the power failure information setting process, the power failure inspection area check data 1 is saved in the power failure inspection area 1 and the power failure inspection area check data 2 is saved in the power failure inspection area 2.
After step S227, in the next step S228, the checksum of the data in the user work RAM 6703 is calculated and saved in a predetermined checksum area. Then, in step S229, access to the user work RAM 6703 is prohibited and waits. (Reset waiting state is waited for the reset signal from the control signal generation unit 503 described above). In FIG. 19, “RWM” means the user work RAM 6703.
Note that the power failure process in steps S225 to S229 is performed before the power supply voltage drops below the operating voltage of the payout microcomputer 201 due to a power failure.

(B) Timer interrupt process of payout control apparatus Next, the timer interrupt process of the payout control apparatus 6010 will be described with reference to FIG.
This timer interrupt process is started by the processes of steps S212 and S213 in the main process (FIG. 19) described above, and is repeatedly executed at a predetermined timer interrupt cycle.
In this timer interrupt process, first, in steps S311 to S313, register saving, timer interrupt interrupt request clearing, and communication interrupt permission are executed, and then in steps S314 and S315, output processing and input processing are sequentially performed, respectively. Run.
In the output process, for example, a process of setting output data to a corresponding output port is performed. In the input process, for example, each of the above-described switches (glass frame open detection switch 211, front frame open detection switch 212, overflow switch 213, radio wave detection sensor 214, payout ball detection switch 215, chute ball break switch 216, etc.). Processing such as setting an input flag corresponding to the detection signal or receiving a payout control command from the game control device 6000 is executed.

Next, in step S316, timer update processing is executed, and then request monitoring processing is executed in step S317. The request monitoring process is, for example, executing a command analysis process such as analyzing this command when a payout control command is received, or performing a ball lending request monitoring process.
Next, an input monitoring process (step S318), a payout motor output editing process (step S319), and an external information output editing process (step S320) are sequentially executed. In the input monitoring process, for example, when the above-described input flag is set, a process (such as an error determination) based on the input flag is performed. The payout motor output editing process is a process for setting a control signal to be output to the payout motor 222. The external information output editing process is a process for setting data to be output from the payout control device 6010.
Thereafter, in step S321 and step S322, in order to resume the main routine, the timer interrupt is permitted, the saved register is restored, and the process interrupted at the interruption is returned (returned).

(C) Unique Information Reception Interrupt Process of Payment Control Device Next, unique information reception interrupt processing of the payment control device 6010 will be described with reference to FIG.
This unique information reception interruption process is started upon interruption when an event occurs such as when the power is turned on or when the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is opened.
In this unique information reception interrupt process, first, the register is saved in step S231, and the unique information reception interrupt request is cleared in step S232. Next, communication interruption is permitted in step S233. This allows communication interruption between the game control device 6000 and the payout control device 6010. In step S234, the data in the serial reception buffer in the payout control device 6010 is read. The unique information here refers to the main board unique ID.

If the reception of the unique information is being continued, the process proceeds to step S236 to determine whether it is timed out. If not timed out, the process proceeds to steps S237 to S240. First, in step S237, the address of the main control unique information area corresponding to the unique information reception counter is calculated, and the received data is saved at the calculated address. Thereby, the data regarding the main board unique ID received from the game control device 6000 is stored at the calculated address. Next, the unique information reception counter is updated in step S239, and after performing unique information analysis processing (details will be described later) in step S240, the process proceeds to step S241.
On the other hand, if the unique information reception is not continuing in step S235, the process branches to step S243 to determine whether or not the received data is a start code. If YES in step S236, that is, if it is determined that a timeout has occurred, the process branches to step S242 to clear the reception continuation flag, and then proceeds to step S243.

If the received data is not a start code in step S243, the process jumps to step S241. Next, the unique information reception counter is reset in step S245, the initial value of the timeout monitoring timer is set in step S246, and the process branches to step S237. Accordingly, at this time, the processing from step S237 to step S240 is performed, and the process proceeds to step S241.
In step S241, it is determined whether or not the serial reception buffer is empty. If it is not empty, the process returns to step S234 and the above routine is repeated. When the serial reception buffer becomes empty, the process proceeds to step S247, all interrupts are permitted to resume the main routine, the register saved in step S248 is restored, and the process interrupted at the interruption is restored ( Return).

(D1) Unique information analysis processing of payout control device (A)
Next, one of the unique information analysis processes executed in step S240 in the unique information reception interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.
Here, the unique information analysis processing has a plurality of (for example, three) forms as follows. In the following description, the main board is the game control device 6000, the payout board is the payout control apparatus 6010, and both boards are both the main board and the payout board. "Means that information is output from the payout control device 6010.
(A) When outputting only the information of the main board (b) When outputting the information of both boards respectively (c) When combining and outputting the information of both boards The processing of FIG. In this case, only the unique ID is output from the payout control device 6010.
When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S531 whether or not the first identification code has been received. If not received, the process returns to the unique information reception interrupt process. On the other hand, if the first identification code has been received, the process proceeds to step S532, and the number of data scheduled to be received is determined based on the first identification code. Next, in step S533, it is checked whether the number of received data has reached the number of scheduled reception data. In step S534, the check result is determined. If the number of scheduled reception data has not been reached, the process returns to the unique information reception interrupt process. Then, the process after step S535 is performed. Thereby, the main board unique ID is acquired.

In step S535, the unique information data received this time is compared with the previous unique information data (that is, the previously received unique information data) to determine whether or not they match (step S536). If they match, the process advances to step S537 to copy the data in the main control specific information area to the specific information backup area. The unique information backup area is used for temporarily storing the unique information data received from the game control device 6000 for backup.
In step S538, the data in the main control specific information area is copied to the specific information transmission buffer area. The transmission buffer is for transmitting unique information to the outside. In step S539, the number of data to be transmitted to the outside is set in the unique information transmission counter. In step S540, parameters are initialized to start transmission, and in step S541, the retransmission request flag is cleared.
Here, as described in the previous serial reception interrupt processing, not only the unique ID retransmission request (transmission of retransmission request command) from the payout control device 6010 but also the reception completion notification as data that can be received by the serial reception buffer. In order to realize a mode of adding (transmission of reception completion command), a process of writing the reception completion command to the serial transmission buffer may be inserted after step S541, and then the process may proceed to step S542.
By doing so, the command from the payout control device 6010 is not limited to the unique ID retransmission request (transmission request command transmission), but can also include a reception completion notification (transmission completion command transmission). Increased reliability and reliability for transmission. Other commands may be included.
Next, all the main control unique information areas are cleared in step S542, the unique information reception continuation flag is cleared in step S543, and the unique information reception counter is reset in step S544, and the process returns.
Therefore, when the current and previous received unique information data match, the main board unique ID is output from the payout control device 6010 to an external device.

In the inventive concept, the above control is expressed as follows (the same applies to the cases of (B) and (C)).
The second arithmetic processing unit has an individual identification information reception storage unit that stores the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
The individual identification information output control means outputs the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information reception storage unit.
Further, the second arithmetic processing unit includes an individual identification information reception storage unit that stores the individual identification information received by the reception control unit;
The individual identification information comparison and determination means for comparing and comparing the previous individual identification information stored in the individual identification information reception storage unit and the newly (currently) received individual identification information,
When the previous individual identification information and the current individual identification information are the same by the individual identification information comparison / determination means, the individual identification information output control means is activated and the individual identification information is output to an external device. The
According to the above inventive concept, when the value of the individual identification information accidentally becomes abnormal due to a communication failure between the game control device and the payout control device (for example, noise generated in the island), it is immediately determined that the fraud or failure has occurred. You can limit the output so that it is not. In addition, when an abnormal value is output due to fraud or failure (for example, radio wave, disconnection, poor contact), the output control means becomes active because the abnormal value continues, and the abnormal value Can be recorded by an external device.

On the other hand, if the unique information data received this time in step S536 and the result of comparing the previous unique information data do not match, it is determined that there is an error (for example, the influence of noise, etc.) and the process branches to step S545. Whether or not retransmission has been requested is determined. If NO, a retransmission request command is written in the serial transmission buffer in step S546, the retransmission requested flag is inverted in step S548, and the process proceeds to step S542. On the other hand, if “YES” in the step S545, the process branches to a step S547 to copy the data in the main control unique information area to the unique information backup area, and then execute the processes in and after the step S548.
Therefore, when the current and previous received unique information data do not match, a retransmission request command is transmitted from the payout control device 6010 to the game control device 6000. Note that the retransmission request is made only once by inverting the retransmission request completed flag.
In this way, the unique information received from the game control device 6000 is analyzed, processing necessary for transmitting only the main board unique ID from the payout control device 6010 to the outside is performed, and the current and previous received unique information When the data does not match, a retransmission request command is issued only once.

In the concept of the invention, the above-described control is performed by the second arithmetic processing unit when the previous individual identification information is different from the current individual identification information by the individual identification information comparison / determination means. Individual identification information retransmission request means for requesting retransmission of individual identification information,
The first arithmetic processing unit is represented by a configuration in which individual identification information is retransmitted in response to a request for retransmission of individual identification information (the same applies to the cases of (B) and (C)).
According to the above inventive concept, there is an effect that it is possible to create an opportunity to recover a communication failure (for example, noise generated on the island, poor contact) between the game control device and the payout control device.

(D2) Unique information analysis processing of payout control device (b)
FIG. 23 is a flowchart of the unique information analysis process in the case (b).
Steps that perform the same processing as in FIG. 22 are assigned the same numbers.
In this routine, the processing from step S531 to step S538 is the same as that in FIG. 22, and after passing through step S538, the payout chip code (payout unique ID) is read out in step S551. This is performed by reading a chip code for identifying the CPU core 6701 from the chip individual ID register 6716. In step S551, the readout payout chip code is saved in the unique information transmission buffer area. Thereafter, the processing from step S539 to step S544 is the same as that in FIG.
Also, the processing from step S545 to step S548 is the same as in FIG.
Here, as described in the previous serial reception interrupt processing, not only the unique ID retransmission request (transmission of retransmission request command) from the payout control device 6010 but also the reception completion notification as data that can be received by the serial reception buffer. In order to realize a mode of adding (transmission of reception completion command), a process of writing the reception completion command to the serial transmission buffer is inserted after step S541 in FIG. 23, and then the process proceeds to step S542. .
In this way, the unique information received from the game control device 6000 is analyzed, and processing necessary for transmitting each of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID from the payout control apparatus 6010 to the outside is performed, and the main board is also performed. When the unique ID does not match the current received unique information data for the unique ID, a retransmission request command is issued only once.

(D3) Unique information analysis processing of payout control device (c)
FIG. 24 is a flowchart of specific information analysis processing in the form of the above case (c).
Steps that perform the same processing as in FIG. 22 are assigned the same numbers.
In this routine, the processing from step S531 to step S537 is the same as that in FIG. 22, and after passing through step S537, the payout chip code (payout unique ID) is read out in step S552. This is performed by reading a chip code for identifying the CPU core 6701 from the chip individual ID register 6716. In step S552, the readout payout chip code and the main board chip code (main board unique ID) copied in the main control unique information area are synthesized. Any method may be used for the synthesis. After each code is synthesized, the synthesized data is returned to the main control unique information area. Therefore, the combined data of each code is saved in the main control unique information area.
After step S553, the process proceeds to step S539, and the processes from step S539 to step S544 are the same as those in FIG.
Also, the processing from step S545 to step S548 is the same as in FIG.
Here, as described in the previous serial reception interrupt processing, not only the unique ID retransmission request (transmission of retransmission request command) from the payout control device 6010 but also the reception completion notification as data that can be received by the serial reception buffer. In order to realize a mode of adding (transmission of reception completion command), a process of writing the reception completion command to the serial transmission buffer is inserted after step S541 in FIG. 24, and then the process proceeds to step S542. .
In this manner, the unique information received from the game control device 6000 is analyzed, and the processing necessary for synthesizing both the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID and transmitting them from the payout control device 6010 to the outside is performed. When the current and previous received unique information data do not match for the main board unique ID, a retransmission request command is issued only once.

(E) External Information Output Editing Process of Payment Control Device Next, the external information output editing process executed in step S320 in the timer interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, first, a prize ball signal editing process is performed in step S331. This is to set output data of a signal (prize ball signal) indicating the number of prize balls discharged based on the discharge command from the game control device 6000.
Next, a unique information signal editing process is performed in step S332. This edits the unique information signal output from the payout control device 6010, and details will be described later with reference to FIG. After step S332, the process returns to the timer interrupt process.

(F) Unique Information Signal Editing Process of Payment Control Device Next, the unique information signal editing process executed in step S332 in the external information output editing process will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S341 whether there is transmission data. This is to determine whether or not there is transmission data to be output from the payout control device 6010 to the outside. If NO in step S341, the routine is terminated and the process returns to the external information output editing process.
On the other hand, if it is determined in step S341 that there is transmission data, the data in the unique information transmission buffer area is loaded in step S342, and the loaded data is written in the serial transmission buffer in step S343. In step S344, the unique information transmission buffer area from which the data has been extracted is cleared, and in step S345, it is determined whether or not all data has been written. This is to determine whether or not all information to be externally output has been written to the serial transmission buffer. If the writing of all data has not been completed, the routine returns to step S342 and the routine is repeated. When the writing of all data has been completed, the process proceeds to step S346 to clear parameters relating to transmission, and then returns to the external information output editing process.
In this way, the unique information signal editing process is performed.

By executing each program as described above, the main board unique ID is output to the outside. The timing chart will be described.
Here, before explaining the timing chart, FIG. 27 shows a specific example of transmission of individual identification information.
The example shown in FIG. 27 is an example when the power is turned on / when the power failure is restored and during normal game (when the frame is opened / when the jackpot is hit). For example, at the time of power-on / power failure recovery, 19-byte data in the order of start code, category identification code, manufacturer code 1-3, category identification code, product code 1-8, category identification code, chip code 1-4 It is transmitted as an array of individual identification information.
On the other hand, during normal games (at the time of opening the frame / at the time of big hit), 6-byte data in the order of a start code, a division identification code, and chip codes 1 to 4 is transmitted as an array of individual identification information.
Here, since the data length of the unique information changes depending on the situation, the classification identification code is prepared as an identifier including the data type and the data length so that the receiving side can distinguish.
In the data example shown in FIG. 27, the amount of data to be transmitted is changed when the power is turned on and during the normal game. However, the present invention is not limited to such an example. For example, during normal game (when the frame is opened / at the time of big hit) Alternatively, all data (19 bytes in this example) may be transmitted.

FIG. 28 is a diagram showing a timing chart when a unique ID (indicated as unique identification information in FIG. 28) is output from the game control device 6000 to the outside (here, toward the payout control device 6010) by serial communication.
First, when the power of the pachinko machine 1 is turned on, as shown in FIG. 28A, the gaming machine state signal (security signal) is turned ON for a specified time (see the flowchart of FIG. 15: steps S132 to S139). . Then, during the ON period, 19-byte data in the order of start code, classification identification code, manufacturer code 1, manufacturer code 2,... Chip code 3 and chip code 4 is serial identification information. Is sent from the game control device 6000 to the payout control device 6010 serially.

On the other hand, the output of the unique identification information during the normal game is shown in FIG.
That is, when the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is opened during normal gaming, the gaming machine state signal (frame open signal) is turned ON for a specified time, and this continues until the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is closed ( (Refer to the flowchart of FIG. 16). Then, in the ON period, 6 bytes of data such as start code, classification identification code, chip code 1, chip code 2, chip code 3, and chip code 4 are arranged in an array of individual identification information (FIG. 27). As a reference) is sent serially from the game control device 6000 to the payout control device 6010.
In this way, when an event such as power-on or opening of the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 occurs, the unique ID is output from the game control device 6000 to the outside (toward the payout control device 6010) in accordance with these events. Finally, the data can be output to the external management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55. In particular, when such an event occurs, the external management device 780 can easily check whether or not the gaming microcomputer 6001 has been illegally exchanged, so that it is possible to effectively deal with fraud. Therefore, fraud can be easily checked not only when the game store is opened, but also when the gaming microcomputer 6001 is illegally replaced during the store opening.

According to the first embodiment, there are the following effects.
As described above, in the pachinko machine 1 according to the first embodiment, before the game program is executed, the control circuit (HPG) 6625 of the game area unit 6600B in the game microcomputer 6001 stores it in the HW parameter ROM 6615 of the game area unit 6600A. The unique ID is read out and copied to the chip individual ID register 6616 and the ID property RAM 6624. Then, the unique ID copied to the chip individual ID register 6616 is read when the game program is executed, when the power is turned on or when the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is opened, and passes through the external bus interface 6604. The internal serial communication circuit 6604a converts the serial communication format to the outside of the gaming microcomputer 6001 and sends it to the payout control device 6010 by serial transfer. Further, the unique ID is sent from the payout control device 6010 to the external information terminal board 55. To the game store management device 780. Thus, the unique ID stored in the gaming microcomputer 6001 can be read out by the gaming store (amusement store management device 780). In particular, the unique ID can be output from the gaming microcomputer 6001 (arithmetic processing unit) easily and efficiently under the control of the gaming program.

Here, as described above, based on the value of individual identification information (ID), the value of the random number counter is predicted by varying the start timing of normal processing at power-up for each gaming machine. Trying to prevent fraud by making it harder.
However, since the gaming machine illustrated in Patent Document 1 has different normal processing start timings between the gaming machines, the starting timing (random number extraction start timing) in each gaming machine is always constant and not random. It cannot be said that the value of the counter is predictable, and the problem of fraud is inherent.
On the other hand, in the first embodiment, as described above, in the game control device 6000, before the game program is executed, the unique ID stored in the HW parameter ROM 6615 is read and copied to the chip individual ID register 6616. When the game program is executed, the unique ID is read when the power is turned on or when the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is opened, and the unique ID is serially controlled from the game control device 6000 (main board). It is sent to the device 6010 (payout board), and the unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device 6010 to the external management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55.
Also, the payout control device 6010 makes a unique ID retransmission request to the game control device 6000 as necessary, and the game control device 6000 retransmits the unique ID in response to the retransmission request. Further, when the payout control device 6010 completes receiving the unique ID normally, the game control device 6000 is notified of the fact, and when the power is turned on, the game control device 6000 starts the game processing based on the notification. In this way, the game control device 6000 starts the game process after receiving a notification (response) that the payout control device 6010 has successfully received the unique ID when the power is turned on. There is a difference in the timing of receiving, and it is random until the random number can be extracted (acquired) by the game program. In other words, the start timing of random number extraction is random (the conventional gaming machine of Patent Document 1 has different start timings of normal processing between the gaming machines, but the random number extraction start timing of each gaming machine is always constant).
Therefore, even if an attempt is made to illegally win the start opening at the timing of extracting the big hit random number value with a hanging board or the like, the timing changes every time, so it is difficult and impossible to do.
In particular, the unique ID retransmission request contributes to a time shift in the random number extraction start timing at the time of power-on of each gaming machine.

Further, in the pachinko machine 1, electronic circuits are incorporated in the game control device 6000, the payout control device 6010, the production control device 300, the launch control device 400, the power supply device 500, and the like as main components of the control system, In addition, transmission of signals and data between the above devices depends on the communication environment, and a slight shift occurs in transmission and reception of signals and data.
Since there is a difference in the communication environment as described above, there is an opportunity (timing) to issue a unique ID retransmission request, the number of retransmission requests, a wait time (for example, a normal check time for a checksum of data in the user work RAM 6603), and the like. Each pachinko machine will be different and random.
Therefore, even if the random number value (determined by the process of updating the initial value of the hard random number) when starting the normal process of the game is determined in step S19 (initial value random number update process) in the main process of the game control device 6000. Since the number of retransmission requests, wait time, etc. are random in each pachinko machine, there is a difference in the start timing of normal processing in each gaming machine, eventually the random number initial value is also random, the value of the random number counter Since the prediction becomes impossible, it is impossible to predict the random number initial value from the individual identification information (ID) as in the prior art. Therefore, it is possible to realize a gaming machine that can prevent an illegal act that unreasonably generates a big hit.
In particular, in this embodiment, when the random number can be taken in by the game program, the update of the random number is progressing considerably, and the update status of the random number changes every time depending on the communication environment. Is difficult to predict.

The inventive concept of Example 1 is shown as follows.
In a gaming machine provided with a control device having a gaming arithmetic processing device storing individual identification information,
A counter circuit for generating a random value for determining whether or not to grant a privilege;
The gaming arithmetic processing device comprises:
A gaming machine comprising an individual identification information initial output control means for outputting the individual identification information to an external device side outside the gaming machine after starting the counter circuit after the operation is started.

On the other hand, in the first embodiment of the present invention, the payout control device 6010 makes a unique ID retransmission request to the game control device 6000, and the game control device 6000 retransmits the unique ID in response to the retransmission request. .
Here, when viewed from the game control device 6000, if the concept is that the unique ID is retransmitted in response to the retransmission request in the direction of the external device (management device 780), the arrangement position of the payout control device 6010 is also the external device. The game control device 6000 is bi-directionally communicating with the payout control device 6010 in a communication mode of unique ID retransmission.
In this case, it is represented by the following inventive concept.
In a gaming machine provided with a control device having a gaming arithmetic processing device storing individual identification information,
A counter circuit for generating a random value for determining whether or not to grant a privilege;
The gaming arithmetic processing device comprises:
A gaming machine characterized by comprising individual identification information initial output control means for bidirectional communication in order to notify the external device side outside the gaming machine of the individual identification information after starting the counter circuit after the operation is started .

Further, the first embodiment has the following incidental effects.
For example, in the case of the conventional technology, improvement or change of the information processing unit is required to improve or change the output form (protocol or the like) of the unique ID, and the IC itself constituting the arithmetic processing device is recreated. It will be. This is very expensive and time consuming.
Therefore, if the game program created for each model and written in the arithmetic processing unit is provided with a function for outputting this unique ID, improvement or change of the output form or output timing of the unique ID can be made by changing the game program. It is cheap and can be done quickly. Therefore, there is a demand for an arithmetic processing device that can output a unique ID by a game program.
However, in recent years, game programs have become more complicated due to improper countermeasures such as magnets and vibrations, and ingenuity to enhance the fun of games, and new processing for outputting unique IDs has been added, increasing the program size. However, the game program must be kept in a predetermined size, and the game program must be made more efficient.

Even in such a situation, in the first embodiment, the efficiency of the game program is improved while keeping the game program within a predetermined size, and the unique ID is easily and efficiently calculated under the control of the game program. A gaming machine that outputs to the outside (for example, a game store side) can be realized. That is, as is clear from FIG. 7, the unique ID output to the store side is performed in the game area 6600A of the game microcomputer 6001 by the game program, so that the information area 6600B of the game microcomputer 6001 is greatly increased. No major improvements or changes are required, nor is it a huge expense or time.
Further, as is apparent from the flowcharts of FIG. 9 and subsequent figures, the game program can also output the unique ID by making a slight change to the external information editing process, so the size of the game program does not increase, and the game program has a predetermined size. Can fit. In addition, game programs have become more efficient. For example, the timing at which an event such as a big hit or the opening of a door or frame occurs is an item that can be understood by the same program processing as before, and it is only necessary to add processing for outputting a unique ID when such an event occurs. The unique ID can be output while improving efficiency.

The unique ID output to the game store management device 780 (store side) is performed by the game program in the game area 6600A of the game microcomputer 6001, but the unique ID output to the inspection institution is the game microcomputer. This is performed by the information area portion 6600B in 6001, and by performing control when the external communication control circuit 6626 transfers the unique ID copied to the ID property RAM 6624 to the outside. In that case, by connecting the inspection device of the inspection organization to the inspection device connection terminal 112 of the game control device 6000, the inspection device is activated and the unique ID is read out to the outside.
As described above, when the unique ID is output to the management apparatus 780 (store side) of the game store, it is performed through the external information terminal board 55. In this case, the transmission of the unique ID to the store side is a simple connection in which predetermined female connectors are respectively inserted into the board-to-wire connector 63a and the board-to-wire connector 67 having the same structure as before. It can be performed only by work, and it has the effect of being easy to make mistakes and easy.
Further, since all the signals including the unique ID are transmitted via the photocoupler group 65 as the isolation means 62, electrical fraud and noise can be cut off, and security is improved.

Further, in the first embodiment, the payout program executed by the payout microcomputer 6011 in the payout control device 6010 also performs control to output the main board unique ID from the payout control device 6010 to the outside, and the game control device 6000 is burdened. The main board unique ID can be taken out without being applied.
The payout program also performs control to output each of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID from the payout control apparatus 6010, and control to combine both the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID and output from the payout control apparatus 6010. As a result, it is possible to more reliably prevent fraud with respect to the gaming microcomputer 6001 (arithmetic processing device) and also to prevent fraud with respect to the payout microcomputer 6011 (second arithmetic processing device).

In addition, there are the following effects.
The unique ID (individual identification information) can identify the gaming microcomputer 6001 (first arithmetic processing unit) and at the same time can identify each gaming machine, so the gaming store manages each gaming machine. It is possible to do this, and an unauthorized person has to make an unauthorized modification to each arithmetic processing unit, which has the effect of improving security.
Compared to a configuration in which all the parts between the game control device 6000 as the main board and the external information terminal board 55 are board elements (elements that can be exchanged game boards), the game control device 6000-the payout control device 6010-the outside Between the information terminal boards 55, the board other than the game control device 6000 and all the wiring are frame elements (on the side of the game frame, on the side where the game board is mounted), so that a so-called veneer price can be provided at a low price, Increases the efficiency of replacement work.
In addition, the game control device 6000 having no processing time (which also manages the production control device 300, etc.) transmits the unique ID to the payout control device 6010 at the transmission timing of the unique ID, and has a sufficient processing time ( Since the payout control device 6010 controls the output of the unique ID, the output control of the unique ID is made longer (the signal width is made longer). In addition, when the unique ID is output continuously, the output of the unique ID to be output later can be output with the waiting off time interposed therebetween. Therefore, the accuracy of the gaming machine as a whole can be ensured outside the gaming machine, and the unique ID can be output efficiently.

In particular, the transmission of the unique ID from the game control device 6000 to the payout control device 6010 is performed serially, and the transmission of the unique ID from the payout control device 6010 to the external device (for example, the management device 780) is also performed serially. There is an effect.
First, by using the serial transfer (transmission) function provided in the gaming microcomputer 6001 (first arithmetic processing unit), it is no longer necessary to prepare transfer (transmission) processing as a program (for example, a game program). Therefore, the program configuration is made efficient.
In addition, compared with parallel transfer (transmission), the number of wirings is reduced, resulting in cost reduction.
<Invention Concept of Serial Transfer in Embodiment 1>
Here, the inventive concept of the serial transfer in the first embodiment is shown as follows.
The transmission control means included in the first arithmetic processing device is configured to serially transfer (transmit) the individual identification information to the payout control device.

In the first embodiment, a unique ID is serially sent from the game control device 6000 (main board) to the payout control device 6010 (payout board), and the external control device 780 is connected from the payout control device 6010 via the external information terminal board 55. The unique ID is transmitted to the game control device 6000 from the payout control device 6010 to the game control device 6000 as necessary, and the game control device 6000 retransmits the unique ID in response to the retransmission request. However, it is not limited to such a configuration.
For example, the following configuration may be used.
(A) Bidirectional communication between main board and management device Individual identification information (unique ID) is transmitted from the game control device (main board) to an external management device (for example, serial transmission), and from the management device to the game control device On the other hand, a request for retransmission of the individual identification information may be made as necessary, and the game control device may retransmit the individual identification information in response to the retransmission request.
In other words, the individual identification information (unique ID) can be bidirectionally communicated between the game control device and the management device, the individual identification information is sent from the game control device to the management device, and the individual identification information is received by the management device. The ACK signal may be returned to the game control device so that bidirectional communication is possible.
Alternatively, the management device may be configured to be able to perform bidirectional communication in which a request for retransmission of the individual identification information is made to the game control device, and the game control device retransmits the individual identification information.
In this way, the game control device can reliably check whether the management device has received the individual identification information based on the presence or absence of the ACK signal. On the other hand, the management device can reliably receive the individual identification information from the game control device by returning the ACK signal to the game control device.

The inventive concept of the above (A) is shown as follows.
In a gaming machine provided with a control device having a gaming arithmetic processing device storing individual identification information,
A counter circuit for generating a random value for determining whether or not to grant a privilege;
The gaming arithmetic processing device comprises:
A gaming machine characterized by comprising individual identification information initial output control means for bidirectional communication in order to notify the external device side outside the gaming machine of the individual identification information after starting the counter circuit after the operation is started .

(B) Communication between Payout Board and Management Device The payout control device may directly transmit its individual identification information (payout unique ID) to an external management device.
If it does in this way, the control burden of a game control device will be eased.
Note that the communication between the main board and the management apparatus in (A) or the communication between the payout board and the management apparatus in (B) may be either a serial or parallel communication form.
"Modification"

"Modification of Example 1"
Next, a modification of the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.
In this modification, the signal interface configuration of the game control device 6800 is detailed, and the input paths of some detection switches are changed. Compared with FIG. The structure is partially different (a signal from the glass frame opening detection switch 211 or the front frame opening detection switch 212 is input to the game control device 6800 and not input to the payout control device 6860). The other pachinko machines have the same configuration as that of the first embodiment (there is also a request for retransmission of the unique ID from the payout control device to the game control device), and thus redundant description is omitted.
FIG. 29 is a detailed block diagram of a game control device 6800 in a modified example.
In FIG. 29, a game control device 6800 is a main control device (main board) for overall control of games, and includes a CPU portion 6810 having a game microcomputer (hereinafter referred to as a game microcomputer) 6811, an input port, and the like. An input unit 820 having an output port, an output unit 830 having an output port, a CPU unit 6810 and a data bus 840 connecting the input unit 820 and the output unit 830.

The CPU unit 6810 includes a game microcomputer 6811 called an amusement chip (IC), an inverter that logically inverts a signal (start winning prize detection signal) from a proximity I / F 821 described later, and inputs the result to the game microcomputer 6811. The inverter circuit 812 and an oscillator such as a crystal oscillator are provided, and includes an oscillation circuit 813 that generates a clock for a CPU operation clock, a timer interrupt, and a random number generation circuit.
The gaming microcomputer 6811 includes a CPU (central processing unit: microprocessor) 6811A, a read-only ROM (read-only memory) 6811B, and a RAM (random access memory) 811C that can be read and written as needed.
The ROM 6811B stores non-changeable information (program, fixed data, various random number judgment values, unique IDs, etc.) for game control in a nonvolatile manner, and the RAM 6811C stores the work area of the CPU 6811A, various signals and random numbers during game control. It is used as a storage area. An electrically rewritable nonvolatile memory such as an EEPROM may be used as the ROM 6811B or the RAM 6811C.

The CPU 6811A executes a game control program in the ROM 6811B to generate control signals (commands) for the payout control device 6860 and the effect control device 300, and generate drive signals for the solenoids 132 and 133 and the collective display device 35. Then, the entire pachinko machine 1 is controlled.
Further, although not shown, the gaming microcomputer 6811 generates a big hit determination random number for the special figure variation display game, a big hit symbol random number for determining the big hit symbol, a hit determination random number for the normal figure variation display game, etc. A random number generation circuit for generating a timer interrupt signal with a predetermined period (for example, 4 milliseconds) for the CPU 6811A based on an oscillation signal (original clock signal) from the oscillation circuit 813 and a clock for providing update timing of the random number generation circuit A clock generator.

Here, the game control device 6800 and electronic components such as solenoids 132 and 133 driven by the game control device 6800 are supplied with a DC voltage of a predetermined level such as DC32V, DC12V, and DC5V generated by the power supply device 850. Enabled.
The power supply device 850 is a normal power source having an AC-DC converter that generates the DC 32V DC voltage from a 24V AC power source, a DC-DC converter that generates a lower level DC voltage such as DC 12V and DC 5V from the DC 32V voltage, and the like. Unit 851, backup power supply unit 852 for supplying power supply voltage to the internal RAM of gaming microcomputer 6811 in the event of a power failure, and a power failure monitoring circuit and an initialization switch to inform game control device 850 of the occurrence and recovery of power failure A control signal generation unit 853 that generates and outputs control signals such as a power failure monitoring signal, an initialization switch signal, and a reset signal is provided.

  In this modified example, the power supply device 850 is configured separately from the game control device 6800, but the backup power supply unit 851 and the control signal generation unit 853 are integrated on a separate board or the game control device 6800, that is, the main control unit 6800. You may comprise so that it may provide on a board | substrate. Since the game board 20 and the game control device 6800 are to be replaced when the model is changed, the backup power supply unit 852 and the control signal generation unit 853 are provided on the power supply device 850 or a board different from the main board in this way. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the cost by removing it from the object of replacement when changing the model.

  The backup power supply unit 852 can be composed of one large-capacity capacitor such as an electrolytic capacitor. The backup power is supplied to the game microcomputer 6811 (particularly the built-in RAM 6811C) of the game control device 6800, and the data stored in the RAM is held even during a power failure or after the power is shut off. The control signal generation unit 853 monitors the voltage of 32V generated by the normal power supply unit 851, for example, and detects the occurrence of a power failure and changes the power failure monitoring signal (turns on in this example) when the voltage drops below 17V, for example. At the same time, a reset signal is output after a predetermined time. In addition, a reset signal is output after a predetermined time has elapsed from the time when the power is turned on or the power is restored.

  The initialization switch signal is a signal generated when an initialization switch (not shown) is turned on, and initializes information stored in the RAM 6811C in the gaming microcomputer 6811 and the RAM in the payout control device 6860. To do. In this example, the initialization switch signal is read when the power is turned on, and the power failure monitoring signal is repeatedly read in the main loop of the main program executed by the gaming microcomputer 6811. The reset signal causes the entire control system to be reset.

  Next, the input unit 820 of the game control device 6800 is provided with a first input port 823 and a second input port 822 as input ports. The input unit 820 includes a first start port switch 120 (start port 1 switch in FIG. 29), a second start port switch 121 (start port 2 switch in FIG. 29), a gate switch 122, a winning port switch 123, a count switch. 124, detection signals from the magnetic sensor switch 125 and the vibration sensor switch 126 are input.

  The input unit 820 is provided with an interface chip (proximity I / F) 821 that converts detection signals input from the switches 120 to 126 into positive logic signals of 0V-5V. The proximity I / F 821 has an input range of 7V-11V, so that the lead wire of the proximity switch (switches 120 to 126) is improperly shorted, the switch is disconnected from the connector, or the lead wire is disconnected. Thus, an abnormal state such as a floating state can be detected, and when such an abnormal state is detected, an abnormality detection signal is output. In addition, in order to enable the signal level conversion function as described above, the proximity I / F 821 is supplied with a voltage of 12 V from the power supply device 850 in addition to a voltage such as 5 V necessary for normal IC operation. ing.

  Here, all the outputs of the proximity I / F 821 (excluding the abnormality detection signal) are supplied to the second input port 822, read into the game microcomputer 6811 via the data bus 840, and relayed from the game control device 6800 as the main board. A test firing test apparatus (not shown) is supplied via a substrate 845. In addition, the detection signals of the first start port switch 120 and the second start port switch 121 among the outputs of the proximity I / F 821 are input to the gaming microcomputer 6811 through the inverting circuit 812 in addition to the second input port 822. It is configured as follows. The inversion circuit 812 is provided on the assumption that the signal input terminal of the gaming microcomputer 6811 receives a signal from a micro switch or the like, and detects negative logic, that is, low level (0 V) as an effective level. Because it is designed to do.

  In addition, detection signals from the magnetic sensor switch 125 and the vibration sensor switch 126 are also input to the second input port 822. The data held by the second input port 822 is read out by asserting the enable signal CE1 (changing to an effective level) by the gaming microcomputer 6811 decoding the address assigned to the second input port 822. (Other ports can do the same). The enable signal of the first input port 823 is CE2.

  On the other hand, a signal from the glass frame open detection switch 211 and the front frame open detection switch 212 and a signal from the payout control device 6860 are input to the first input port 823. These signals are supplied from the first input port 823 to the gaming microcomputer 6811 via the data bus 840. The signals from the payout control device 6860 include a status signal indicating a payout abnormality, a shot ball break switch signal indicating a shortage of game balls before payout, and an overflow switch signal indicating overflow. The overflow switch signal is a signal that is output when it is detected that a predetermined amount or more of the game balls are stored in the lower plate 10 (full).

  Further, the input unit 820 is provided with a Schmitt trigger circuit 824 for inputting signals such as a power failure monitoring signal, an initialization switch signal, and a reset signal from the power supply device 850 to the gaming microcomputer 6811 and the like. 824 has a function of removing noise from these input signals. Of the signals from the power supply device 850, the power failure monitoring signal and the initialization switch signal are once input to the first input port 823 and taken into the gaming microcomputer 6811 via the data bus 840. That is, it is treated as a signal equivalent to the signal from the various switches described above. This is because the number of terminals receiving external signals provided in the gaming microcomputer 6811 is limited.

  On the other hand, the reset signal RST from which noise has been removed by the Schmitt trigger circuit 824 is directly input to a reset terminal provided in the gaming microcomputer 6811, and each port of the output unit 830 (ports 831, 832, 835 described later). 836, 837). Further, the reset signal RST is directly output to the relay board 845 without going through the output unit 830, thereby turning off the test test signal held in the port (not shown) of the relay board 845 for output to the test board. It is configured as follows. Further, the reset signal RST may be configured to be output to the test firing test apparatus via the relay board 845. The reset signal RST is not supplied to the input ports 822 and 823 of the input unit 820. The data set to each port of the output unit 830 by the gaming microcomputer 6811 immediately before the reset signal RST is input needs to be reset to prevent malfunction of the system. However, immediately before the reset signal RST is input, each data of the input unit 820 is reset. This is because the data read by the gaming microcomputer 6811 from the port is discarded when the gaming microcomputer 6811 is reset.

Next, the output unit 830 of the game control device 6800 includes the first port 831, the second port 832, the third port 835, the fourth port 836, and the fifth port 837 as output ports connected to the data bus 840. Prepare. Note that data is transmitted from the game control device 6800 to the payout control device 6860 and the effect control device 300 through the ports 831 and 832 in parallel communication.
The first port 831 outputs a 4-bit data signal output to the payout control device 6860, a control signal (data strobe signal) indicating validity / invalidity of the data signal, and the effect control device 300 via the buffer 833. A data strobe signal SSTB is generated.
Second port 832 generates an 8-bit data signal to be output to performance control device 300.
The buffer 833 prevents the signal from being input to the game control device 6800 from the side of the effect control device 300, that is, in order to secure one-way communication, the data strobe signal SSTB from the first port 831 and the first This is a unidirectional buffer that outputs an 8-bit data signal from the 2-port 832. A similar buffer may be provided for a signal output from the first port 831 to the payout control device 6860.

The third port 835 includes opening / closing data of a solenoid (large winning prize solenoid) 133 that opens and closes the opening / closing member of the variable winning device 27 and a solenoid (general power solenoid) 132 that opens and closes the opening / closing member 26a of the second start winning prize port 26, This is an output port for outputting on / off data of a digit line to which the cathode terminal of the LED of the collective display device 35 is connected.
The fourth port 836 is an output port for outputting ON / OFF data of the segment line to which the anode terminal of the LED is connected according to the content displayed on the collective display device 35.
The fifth port 837 is an output port for outputting information related to the pachinko machine 1 such as jackpot information to the external information terminal board 55 via the payout control device 6860 as external information (similar to the first embodiment). Note that the information output from the external information terminal board 55 is supplied to, for example, an information collection terminal or management device 780 installed in an amusement store.

  The output unit 830 outputs, via the relay board 845, data indicating special symbol information of the variable display game to a test firing test apparatus of an accredited organization connected to the data bus 840 and a signal indicating the probability status of the jackpot. The buffer 834 is configured to be mountable. This buffer 834 is a component that is not mounted on the game control device 6800 (main board) of the pachinko machine 1 as an actual machine (mass production product) installed in the game store. Note that a detection signal of a switch that does not require processing, such as a start port switch, output from the proximity I / F 821 is supplied to the test firing test apparatus via the relay substrate 845 without passing through the buffer 834.

  On the other hand, detection signals such as the magnetic sensor switch 125 and the vibration sensor switch 126 that cannot be supplied to the test firing test apparatus as they are are once taken into the game microcomputer 6811 and processed into other signals or information, for example, when a gaming machine plays a game. An error signal indicating that control is not possible is supplied from the data bus 840 to the test firing test apparatus via the buffer 834 and the relay board 845. The relay board 845 is provided with a port that takes in the signal output from the buffer 834 and supplies it to the test test apparatus, a connector that relays and transmits a signal line of a switch detection signal that does not pass through the buffer, and the like. ing. A chip enable signal CE output from the gaming microcomputer 811 is also supplied to the port on the relay board 845, and the signal of the port selected and controlled by the signal CE is supplied to the test test apparatus.

  The output unit 830 is provided with a plurality of drive circuits (first driver 838a to fourth driver 838d). The first driver 838a receives the opening / closing data signals of the special prize opening solenoid 133 and the general power solenoid 132 output from the third port 835, and generates and outputs respective solenoid drive signals. The second driver 838 b outputs an on / off drive signal for the digit line on the current drawing side of the collective display device 35 output from the third port 835. The third driver 838c and the fourth port 836 output an on / off drive signal for the segment line on the current supply side of the collective display device 35. The fourth driver 838d outputs external information supplied from the fifth port 837 to an external device such as the management device 780 to the external information terminal board 55 via the payout control device 6860.

  The first driver 838a is supplied with DC32V as a power supply voltage from the power supply device 850 so that the solenoids 132 and 133 operating at 32V can be driven. The third driver 838c that drives the segment line is supplied with DC12V. Further, since the second driver 838b for driving the digit line is for pulling out the digit line corresponding to the display data with a current, the power supply voltage may be either 12V or 5V. Note that the collective display device 35 has a third driver 838c that outputs 12V, a current is supplied to the anode terminal of the predetermined LED via the segment line, and a cathode terminal of the predetermined LED that is output by the second driver 838b that outputs the ground potential. As a result, current is drawn through the segment line, so that the power supply voltage flows to the LEDs sequentially selected by the dynamic drive method, and the predetermined LED is turned on. The fourth driver 838d is supplied with DC 12V in order to give a level of 12V to a signal for transmitting external information.

Further, the output unit 830 is provided with a photocoupler 839 for transmitting information such as an identification code and a program of each gaming machine to an external inspection device 870. The photocoupler 839 is configured to be capable of mutual communication so that the gaming microcomputer 6811 can transmit and receive data to and from the inspection device 870 through serial communication. Note that such data transmission / reception is performed using a serial communication terminal included in the gaming microcomputer 6811 in the same manner as a general general-purpose microprocessor, and thus ports such as the input ports 822 and 823 are not provided.
The payout control device 6860 outputs the unique ID of the main board from the gaming microcomputer 6811 as described above, and external information via the fourth driver 838d (including a prize ball signal and the like as in the first embodiment). Is output. The payout control device 6860 is connected to the external information terminal board 55 by a cable and a connector as in the first embodiment, and the external information terminal board 55 is provided with a photocoupler group 65. Is connected to the amusement store management device 780 by a cable and a connector.
In addition, a retransmission request signal with a unique ID is output from the payout control device 6860 to the game control device 6800.
Note that the game microcomputer 6811 of the game control device 6800 includes a CPU 6811A, a ROM 6811B, and a RAM 6811C, so that a game program having the same function as the game microcomputer 6001 described in the first embodiment is executed. It has become. However, in this modification, the input paths of some of the detection switches are changed compared to the first embodiment, and the configuration of the payout control device 6860 is partially different. Just change the part.

Also in the modified example having the interface configuration of the game control device 6800, by executing the game program, when the power is turned on or the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is opened as in the first embodiment, The unique ID is read from the microcomputer 6811 and sent from the game control device 6800 to the payout control device 6860 by serial communication. Further, the unique ID is sent from the payout control device 6860 to the game store management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55. Sent.
Therefore, also in the modified example, the unique ID can be output from the gaming microcomputer 6811 easily and efficiently under the control of the gaming program as in the first embodiment.

“Example 2: Serial-parallel-retransmission requested-management device”
Next, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
In the second embodiment, the transmission of the unique ID from the game control device to the payout control device is serial and does not change, but the unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device to the outside in parallel. And it is a form with the resending request | requirement of unique ID from a payout control apparatus to a game control apparatus. A management device is set as the external device.
The block diagrams of the control system of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment are the same as those shown in FIGS.
Next, in the second embodiment, the game program executed by the game control device is as follows (except for the ■ mark, the same as in the first embodiment, and the payout program is the same).
Main process Timer interrupt process Special figure game process Special figure display process Special prize switch / error monitoring process Error check process External information edit process Unique information signal edit process Unique information acquisition process Also, in the second embodiment, it is executed by the payout control device The payout program is as follows.
Main processing Specific information reception interrupt processing Specific information analysis processing Timer interrupt processing External information output editing processing ■ Specific information signal editing processing

As described above, the game program is the same as that of the first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.
On the other hand, part of the contents of the payout program in the payout control apparatus is different, and the rest is the same as in the first embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
In the second embodiment, the unique information signal editing process of the payout control apparatus shown in FIG. 30 in the payout program is different from that in the first embodiment.
Therefore, the unique information signal editing process of the payout control apparatus according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.
In FIG. 30, when this routine is started, first, OFF data of the unique information strobe signal is set in step S6401. This first turns off the unique information strobe signal. Next, in step S6402, it is checked whether the unique information signal control timer has already timed up or timed up after "-1" update. The check result is determined in step S6403, and if NO, the process branches to step S6404. The unique information signal control timer is set with a time required to output the unique ID.
On the other hand, if the result of step S6403 is YES, the process proceeds to step S6406 to check whether unoutput data is in the unique information transmission buffer area. The check result is determined in step S6407, and if there is unoutput data, Proceeding to step S6408, the control timer initial value is set in the unique information output control timer. Next, in step S6409, data in the unique information transmission buffer area corresponding to the unique information transmission counter is set as a unique information signal, and then the unique information transmission buffer area from which the data has been extracted is cleared in step S6410. In step S6411, the unique information transmission counter is updated, and the process returns to the external information output editing process.

On the other hand, if the result of step S6403 is NO, the process proceeds to step S6404, where it is determined whether or not the strobe signal is ON timing. If it is not the ON timing, the process returns. Set the ON output data. As a result, the unique information strobe signal is turned on, and accordingly, the individual identification information is output in parallel from the payout control device as shown in FIG. After step S6405, the process returns.
In this way, the strobe signal is output in parallel from the payout controller while the strobe signal is turned ON / OFF in accordance with the output time of the individual identification information. In the process, the check in step S6407 is entered and the set individual identification is made. When all the information has been transmitted, step S6407 is NO and the process branches to step S6412, where 00H (OFF data) is set as the unique information signal of the section in which the individual identification information is not output, and the process returns.

FIG. 31 is a timing chart when a unique ID (indicated as individual identification information in FIG. 31) is output from the payout control device to the outside (in this case, toward the external information terminal board 55) by parallel communication.
When the power of the pachinko machine 1 is turned on, the gaming machine state signal (security signal) is turned on for a specified time as shown in FIG. Then, in the ON period, information is sent out from the dispensing control device such as start code, classification identification code, manufacturer code 1, manufacturer code 2,... Chip code 3, chip code 4 (external) Information terminal board 55) The strobe signal is set to ON in synchronization with the output timing.

On the other hand, the output of the unique identification information during the normal game is shown in FIG.
That is, when the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is opened during a normal game, the gaming machine state signal (frame opening signal) is turned ON for a specified time, and this continues until the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is closed. Then, during the ON period, the information such as the start code, the classification identification code, the chip code 1, the chip code 2, the chip code 3, and the chip code 4 is sent out from the payout control device (external information terminal) in the same manner as described above. Plate 55) The strobe signal is set to ON in synchronization with the output timing.
Thus, when an event such as power-on or opening of the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 occurs, the unique ID can be output from the payout control device (external information terminal board 55) in accordance with these events, Finally, the data can be output to the external management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55.

Therefore, also in the second embodiment, the unique ID can be easily output from the gaming microcomputer 6811 to the outside as efficiently as in the first embodiment.
In particular, the transmission of the unique ID from the game control device to the payout control device is performed serially, and the transmission of the unique ID from the payout control device to the external device (for example, the management device) is performed in parallel. .
In other words, output to an external device (for example, a management device) in a transmission form called parallel transfer facilitates reception by the external device. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently notify the external device that the individual identification information or unauthorized modification has been performed.
Rather than performing parallel transfer (especially transmission) at the transmission stage of the game control device, it is more costly to provide a parallel transfer (transmission) circuit at the output stage of the payout control device, which is a frame element.
<Invention Concept of Parallel Transfer in Embodiment 2>
Here, the inventive concept of parallel transfer in the second embodiment is shown as follows.
The individual identification information output control means provided in the second arithmetic processing unit is configured to transfer (transmit) the individual identification information in parallel to an external device outside the gaming machine.

“Example 3: Serial-serial-retransmission requested-card unit”
Next, Embodiment 3 of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.
In the third embodiment, the unique ID is transmitted serially from the game control device to the payout control device, the unique ID is also transmitted serially from the payout control device, and the payout control device to the game control device. This is a configuration in which a unique ID retransmission request is made to the device, and a card unit is set as an external device instead of a management device.
<Block diagram>
A block diagram of the control system of the pachinko machine of Embodiment 3 is shown in FIG.
In FIG. 32, transmission of the unique ID from the game control device 6900 to the payout control device 6910 is performed serially, and transmission of the unique ID from the payout control device 6910 to the external card unit 6915 is also performed serially. The payout control device 6910 has a unique ID retransmission request from the game control device 6900.
Therefore, the configuration of the gaming microcomputer 6901 (first arithmetic processing device) included in the gaming control device 6900 and the payout microcomputer 6911 (second arithmetic processing device) included in the payout control device 6910 is the embodiment of the gaming microcomputer 6901. 1, except that the payout microcomputer 6911 outputs a unique ID to the card unit 6915. Others are the same as those of the first embodiment, and the same members are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.

  Explaining the difference, the unique ID output from the payout control device 6910 is sent to the card unit 6915 via the board-to-wire connector 67 of the external information terminal board 55. That is, the board-to-wire connector 67 is for transmitting the unique ID of the main board to the card unit 6915 as an external device, and the board-to-wire connector 67 is the signal outlet side (OUT side) of the photocoupler group 65. The board-to-wire connector 67 is a male type, and a female type connector (not shown: connected to the card unit 6915) is connected to the board-to-wire connector 67. The card unit 6915 receives the unique ID of the incoming main board.

The card unit 6915 is attached to a pachinko machine (game machine) and supplies a player with a ball for compensation. For example, if the game machine is called a CR machine (card reading machine), a pachinko machine ( A gaming machine) and a card unit (CR unit: card-type ball lending control unit) as a gaming medium lending device are provided side by side, and these are installed in pairs.
However, the pachinko machine can be separated from the card unit, and the pachinko machine can be separated and taken to another corner.
The card unit 6915 has a built-in card reader / writer, and a card insertion slot into which a card such as a magnetic card or an IC card is inserted, a card usable LED, a banknote slot, a banknote slot on the front surface of the card unit 6915. An OK LED, a card insertion LED, a ball throwing operation section, an information display device, a game medium dispensing section, and the like are provided.

In the third embodiment, the unique ID (specific information of the main board) is serially transmitted from the payout control device 6910 to the external card unit 6915. In the card unit 6915, it is possible to check the authenticity of the sent unique ID as a unique ID of a pachinko machine installed in a pair on the game store side. The card unit 6915 may display the result of determining the authenticity of the unique ID in a form that can only be viewed by an attendant at the amusement store, or may be configured to determine the authenticity of the unique ID via another tool or the like. Good. For example, the ID may be sent to the terminal that can be carried by the staff from the card unit 6915 using infrared rays or the like so that the terminal can authenticate. By doing so, the authenticity of the unique ID can be judged while the attendant walks even when the store is opened.
Also in the third embodiment, by executing the game program, the unique ID can be output from the game microcomputer 6901 efficiently and easily under the control of the game program as in the first embodiment.
Further, there is an advantage that the unique ID of each gaming machine can be confirmed by the card unit 6915 of each unit. Further, by transferring the unique ID from the card unit 6915 to the ball lending information collecting apparatus that collects the ball lending information, the unique ID can be centrally confirmed in the ball lending information collecting apparatus in the same manner as the management apparatus described above.

Further, when the value of the unique ID (individual identification information) accidentally becomes abnormal due to a communication failure (for example, noise generated in the island) between the game control device 6900 and the payout control device 6910, an immediate fraud or failure Thus, an opportunity for recovery can be created by a unique ID resending request from the payout control device 6910 to the game control device 6900 so that it is not determined. In addition, when an abnormal value is output due to fraud or failure (for example, radio wave, disconnection, poor contact), the output control means becomes active because the abnormal value continues, and the abnormal value Can be recorded by an external device.
In the third embodiment, the unique ID is transmitted serially from the game control device 6900 to the payout control device 6910, the unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device 6910 to the external card unit 6915 in parallel, and A configuration may be adopted in which there is a unique ID retransmission request from the payout control device 6910 to the game control device 6900.
This is configured as “serial-parallel-retransmission requested-card unit”.
By doing so, the following effects are obtained.
That is, by outputting to the card unit 6915 as an external device in a transmission form called parallel transfer, the card unit 6915 can be easily received. Accordingly, it is possible to efficiently notify the card unit 6915 that individual identification information or unauthorized modification has been performed.

Further, when the unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device 6910 to the external card unit 6915, there are the following modes.
(B) When outputting only the information of the main board (b) When outputting the information of both boards respectively (c) When combining and outputting the information of both boards However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID are transferred from the payout control device 6910 to the external card unit 6915 in a configuration including the forms (b) and (c). It may be configured to transmit to.
In that case, in the form (b), each of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device 6910 to the external card unit 6915.
In the form (c), the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID are combined, and the combined data is transmitted from the payout control device 6910 to the external card unit 6915.

  Note that the unique ID output from the payout control device 6910 is sent to the card unit 6915 via the external information terminal board 55. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For this purpose, the unique ID may be output to the card unit 6915 using the card unit connection board 54 connected to the card unit 6915. In this way, the payout control device 6910 and the card unit 6915 need only be connected once, and if they are not connected, the unique ID can be output and the game ball cannot be fired. Further, the gaming machine state signal may also be output to an external device (a management device, a ball rental information collection device, etc.) via the card unit connection board 54.

Next, based on each of the above-described embodiments, the inventive concept will be sequentially described below.
“Invention Concept A”
In the first embodiment, the game arithmetic processing device includes the individual identification information initial output control means, but the function may be as follows.
That is, the individual identification information initial output control means may include a communication speed changing means for changing the communication speed every time.
In this case, the communication speed changing means uses, for example, a non-volatile storage means (for example, a RAM supplied with a backup power source built in the game arithmetic processing unit), and rewrites a value once used for setting the communication speed. , Change, etc., realize the next speed change.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
In a gaming machine provided with a control device having a gaming arithmetic processing device storing individual identification information,
A counter circuit for generating a random value for determining whether or not to grant a privilege;
The gaming arithmetic processing device comprises:
After starting the operation, the counter circuit is activated and then provided with individual identification information initial output control means for bidirectional communication in order to notify the individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine,
The individual identification information initial output control means includes a communication speed changing means for changing the communication speed every time.
According to this inventive concept, the start timing of normal processing can be changed without incurring costs, making it difficult to predict random numbers.
Note that it is relatively easy to change communication settings.

“Invention Concept B”
In the first embodiment, the individual identification information initial output control means of the gaming arithmetic processing device is configured to perform bidirectional communication by serial communication.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
In a gaming machine provided with a control device having a gaming arithmetic processing device storing individual identification information,
A counter circuit for generating a random value for determining whether or not to grant a privilege;
The gaming arithmetic processing device comprises:
After starting the operation, the counter circuit is activated and then provided with individual identification information initial output control means for bidirectional communication in order to notify the individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine,
The gaming machine characterized in that the individual identification information initial output control means performs the bidirectional communication by serial communication.
According to this inventive concept, the number of signal lines can be reduced, and the cost burden is reduced.
Also, in bi-directional communication using parallel communication, the main board and payout board interrupt each other's progress of the program, which puts a load on processing time and program capacity, but there are many arithmetic processing units with serial communication functions. By using internal communication registers, interrupts, etc., the processing time and program capacity can be reduced.

“Invention Concept C”
In the first embodiment, the control device includes a communication circuit (for example, a serial communication circuit) for enabling communication of signals that are bidirectionally controlled by the individual identification information initial output control unit with the outside of the control device. An electronic component having a large electronic constant variation may be used for the communication circuit.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
In a gaming machine provided with a control device having a gaming arithmetic processing device storing individual identification information,
A counter circuit for generating a random value for determining whether or not to grant a privilege;
The gaming arithmetic processing device comprises:
After starting the operation, the counter circuit is activated and then provided with individual identification information initial output control means for bidirectional communication in order to notify the individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine,
The control device includes:
A communication circuit for enabling communication of signals that are bidirectionally controlled by the individual identification information initial output control means with the outside of the control device;
A gaming machine using an electronic component having a large electronic constant variation in the communication circuit.
According to the concept of the present invention, an electronic component having a large electronic constant variation has an analog variation in the electronic constant, and thus it is very difficult to predict a random value by electronic control.
Further, since no extra parts are added and only a minimum number of regular parts for configuring the circuit are used, the cost is not increased.
Furthermore, it is easy to prepare parts.

“Invention Concept D”
In the first embodiment, the management device is an external device outside the gaming machine, but the reception device outside the control device (for example, the management device) causes a random delay with respect to a signal for bidirectional communication. It may be configured that a delay unit is provided.
In addition, the delay means uses an electronic component having a large electronic constant variation in the communication circuit, or creates a delay time using a random number generation circuit or the like.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
In a gaming machine provided with a control device having a gaming arithmetic processing device storing individual identification information,
A counter circuit for generating a random value for determining whether or not to grant a privilege;
The gaming arithmetic processing device comprises:
After starting the operation, the counter circuit is activated and then provided with individual identification information initial output control means for bidirectional communication in order to notify the individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine,
An external device outside the control device (for example, a receiving device)
A gaming machine comprising delay means for generating a random delay with respect to a signal for bidirectional communication.
Furthermore, as a configuration that limits the above inventive concept,
The delay means may use a dependent mode in which an electronic component having a large electronic constant variation is used for the communication circuit, or a delay time is created using a random number generation circuit or the like.
According to the inventive concept, by delaying the response on the receiving side at random, the delay on the start of normal processing on the transmitting side is greatly affected. Therefore, the random number is updated during that time, and the prediction of the random value is performed. It becomes more difficult.
When parts are handled, analog variations occur, and therefore it is very difficult to predict random values by electronic control.

Here, the concepts of “control device” and “outside control device” will be supplementarily described.
The “control device” is a concept including at least both a game control device and a payout control device. “Outside the control device” is a concept including the outside of the game control device and the outside of the payout control device. Therefore, if it is outside the game control device, all devices other than the game control device enter. For example, a payout control device, a management device, a card unit, a card unit connection board, etc. enter a device outside the game control device. On the other hand, if it is outside the payout control device, all devices other than the payout control device enter. For example, a game control device, a management device, a card unit, a card unit connection board, etc. enter a device outside the payout control device.
The “reception device outside the control device” may be any device other than the control device, and includes, for example, a game control device, a payout control device, a management device, a card unit, a card unit connection board, and the like.
In the “invention concept C” described above, the control device may include a communication circuit for enabling communication with the outside of the control device, and the communication circuit may be configured to use electronic components having a large electronic constant variation. However, the control device here may include both a game control device and a payout control device. Then, not only the game control device but also the payout control device has a large electronic constant variation. Therefore, the electronic constant variation becomes large in both devices, and it becomes more difficult to predict a random value by electronic control.
Further, in the above “Invention Concept D”, the receiving device outside the control device may include a delay unit that generates a random delay with respect to a signal for bidirectional communication. In the case of the control device = game control device, the outside receiving device may be not only the illustrated management device but also a payout control device. Then, not only the game control device but also the payout control device generates a random delay with respect to the signal for bidirectional communication, so that both devices generate a random delay, and the random control value can be predicted by electronic control. It becomes difficult.

“Invention Concept E”
Although the counter circuit is provided in the first embodiment, the counter circuit may be configured to set the counter update rate faster than the transmission clock used for bidirectional communication.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
In a gaming machine provided with a control device having a gaming arithmetic processing device storing individual identification information,
A counter circuit for generating a random value for determining whether or not to grant a privilege;
The gaming arithmetic processing device comprises:
After starting the operation, the counter circuit is activated and then provided with individual identification information initial output control means for bidirectional communication in order to notify the individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine,
The counter circuit is
A gaming machine, wherein an update rate of a counter is set faster than a transmission clock used for the bidirectional communication.
According to the concept of the present invention, a minute shift due to communication can be greatly reflected in the random number counter value, and it is difficult to predict the random number value.

Next, based on each of the above embodiments, the inventive concept extracted from each embodiment will be sequentially and collectively described below.
<Invention Concept T1 Focusing on Specific Information Output Function of Each Control Device in Example 1>
The inventive concept T1 of the configuration focusing on the unique information output function of each control device alone (particularly the game control device) in the first embodiment and the like (differentiated from the present invention as another invention aspect T1) is shown as follows.
In a gaming machine equipped with a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines storing individual identification information,
The arithmetic processing device for gaming machines is
A gaming machine state signal output control means for controlling the output of a gaming machine state signal in order to notify the gaming machine state that can be detected by the gaming machine arithmetic processing device to an external device side outside the gaming machine;
The gaming machine state signal output control means includes
A gaming machine comprising fraud possibility notification output control means for performing control to output the individual identification information to an external device side outside the gaming machine in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal.

<Invention concept 1 regarding control device>
The inventive concept 1 relating to the control device as a subordinate concept of the inventive concept T1 is shown as follows.
The control device is a game control device having a first arithmetic processing device (first arithmetic processing device for gaming machine) in which a game program for managing the progress of the game is stored and the game program is executed.
Thus, when the control device of the present invention is a game control device, the following effects are obtained. In other words, the main board (game control device) is the board most likely to be fraudulent due to ROM exchange. Therefore, if the legitimacy can be immediately determined by transmitting the individual identification information, it is very effective for preventing fraud.

<Invention concept 2 regarding control device>
Inventive concept 2 relating to the control device as a subordinate concept of the inventive concept T1 is shown as follows.
The control device is a payout control device that stores a payout program for performing payout control of game balls and has a second arithmetic processing device (second arithmetic processing device for gaming machine) that executes the payout program.
Thus, when the control device of the present invention is a payout control device, the following effects are obtained. That is, it is possible to immediately determine by sending the individual identification information whether or not fraudulent acquisition of a game ball has been performed by changing the payout control ROM.

Next, a modified example of the present invention will be described.
Since this is an explanation of the inventive concept, the specific member numbers as in the examples are omitted. However, since it is a concept that is valid for the interpretation of each embodiment, it is summarized below.
The present invention may be modified as follows.
"Modification 1"
In the present invention, as described in the above embodiments, the game control device includes a glass frame opening detection unit that detects opening of the glass frame, a front frame opening detection unit that detects opening of the front frame, and a magnetic force that detects magnetic force. Detection means, vibration detection means for detecting vibrations, detection signal from radio wave detection means for detecting radio waves, power-on signal for notifying that the power-on switch is turned on, volatilization of the first game processing unit A signal line such as a RAM clear signal notifying that the switch has been turned on in order to initialize all of the sex memory area or a predetermined area is connected, and these signals are input to the first game processing unit.
A switch for initializing the volatile storage area as described above may be provided on the game control device.
A signal that informs the input signal to the outside, a jackpot signal that informs the jackpot that occurs in the process of the game progress, a start port signal that informs the winning to the starter that is a condition for rotating the symbol, A symbol determination number signal that informs the symbol rotation by triggering rotation start or symbol rotation stop, a privilege state signal indicating that the game state is advantageous to the player (so-called probability change state, time-short state), etc. A signal notified to the outside is referred to as a gaming machine state signal.
Since the privilege state signal is generated after the end of the jackpot state, the privilege state signal is a signal that is output during the period of “a jackpot state + a state advantageous to the player”.
The payout control device is connected to detection signals from radio wave detection means for detecting radio waves, and these signals are input to the second game processing unit.
The prize ball number signal that informs the payout number to the outside is referred to as a gaming machine state signal.
That is, the gaming machine status signal includes a bonus status signal, a jackpot signal, a start opening prize signal, a symbol determination number signal, a glass frame opening signal, a front frame opening signal, a power-on signal, a magnetic force detection signal for informing magnetic force detection, and vibration detection. A vibration detection signal for informing the user, a radio wave detection signal for informing the radio wave detection, a prize ball number signal, and the like.
Note that the power-on signal, the magnet detection signal, the vibration detection signal, and the radio wave detection signal may be ORed and output to the outside as one security signal.

  According to the inventive concept of “Modification 1”, the merit of the ROM replacement is illegally big hit or illegal acquisition of the game ball, and the time for replacement is outside business hours or when the frame is illegally released during the game. . Since the individual identification information is transmitted in correspondence with the gaming machine state signals related to these events, it is possible to immediately determine whether the ROM of the gaming machine that is in a state where fraud may have occurred is correct.

"Modification 2"
In the present invention, “corresponding” corresponds to the rise timing of the gaming machine state signal when the transmission control means of the first arithmetic processing device controls transmission of the individual identification information in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal. This corresponds to the falling timing of the gaming machine state signal or the output of the gaming machine state signal (level signal).
Specifically, when the gaming machine state signal is a front frame opening signal, it corresponds to the timing of opening the front frame, the timing of closing the front frame, or during the opening of the front frame.
According to the inventive concept of “Modification 2”, if the power is turned on during the game, there is a high possibility of fraud from the time when the event started to occur. Sometimes, the timing at which it is desired to know the legitimacy of the CPU differs depending on the event, so using different output timings of the individual identification information according to the corresponding gaming machine state signal leads to efficient fraud determination.

“Modification 3”
In the present invention, the individual identification information (unique ID, that is, main board unique ID) includes at least an identification code for uniquely identifying the first arithmetic processing device, or uniquely identifying the first arithmetic processing device. It may be an identification code for identifying the manufacturer, a code for identifying the manufacturer, an identification code for uniquely identifying the first arithmetic processing unit, a code for identifying the manufacturer, and a model of the gaming machine It is good also as a code for doing. The same applies to the payout individual identification information (payout unique ID).
According to the inventive concept of “Modification 3”, it is possible to make it difficult to illegally duplicate the ROM by transmitting an identification code for uniquely identifying the first arithmetic processing unit.
In addition, the management of gaming machines in the hall can be facilitated by transmitting a code for identifying the manufacturer and the model of the gaming machine. (For example, management such as installation location and registration).

“Modification 4”
In the present invention, when the first arithmetic processing unit outputs a power-on signal among the gaming machine state signals, the first arithmetic processing unit corresponds to the power-on signal,
(A) an identification code for uniquely identifying the first arithmetic processing unit as individual identification information and a code for identifying the manufacturer, or
(B) outputting an identification code for uniquely identifying the first arithmetic processing unit, a code for identifying the manufacturer, and a code for identifying the model of the gaming machine;
When outputting a gaming machine state signal excluding the power-on signal, an identification code for uniquely identifying the first arithmetic processing unit as individual identification information is associated with the gaming machine state signal excluding the power-on signal. You may make it output.
In addition to the above output information, the payout individual identification information of the second arithmetic processing unit (the identification code for uniquely identifying the second arithmetic processing unit, the code for identifying the manufacturer, the gaming machine The code for identifying the model) may be output correspondingly in the same manner.
According to the inventive concept of “Modification 4”, by properly using the transmission form depending on the situation, it is possible to reduce the burden on the hall computer and the like, and to perform efficient business management more than always sending the maximum number of identification information.

Next, a plurality of other aspects of the invention for solving the problems described in “Problems to be Solved by the Invention” will be described below. Therefore, this is another invention for solving the same problem.
For convenience of explanation, other aspects of the invention will be described with the distinction of Y and T.
First, the present invention is classified as T4. Therefore, the first to third embodiments described above are embodiments for carrying out the “invention aspect T4”. Other inventions different from the present invention are invention embodiments Y1, Y2, Y3, T1, T2, T3, and T5 as follows.
These will be explained sequentially.

First, the invention modes Y1, Y2, and Y3 will be described.
<Difference between Invention T4 and Invention Aspects Y1, Y2, Y3>
The present invention T4 is a gaming machine provided with a control device having a gaming arithmetic processing device storing individual identification information.
A counter circuit for generating a random value for determining whether or not to grant a privilege;
The gaming arithmetic processing device comprises:
After the operation is started, the counter circuit is activated, and then the gaming machine is provided with individual identification information initial output control means for bidirectional communication in order to notify the individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine. .
On the other hand, the invention modes Y1, Y2, and Y3 are all sent from the game control device to the payout control device to the unique ID (individual identification information) of the first arithmetic processing device, and the payout control device that receives this sends the game control. The configuration is such that the individual identification information of the first arithmetic processing unit of the device and the payout individual identification information of the second arithmetic processing unit are output to an external device, and a counter circuit for generating a random value is a constituent requirement. There are no differences.
In addition, although the invention aspects Y1, Y2, and Y3 are different from the present invention T4 as described above, the invention aspects Y1, Y2, and Y3 are also clear from the description of each invention-specific matter described below. Both are different inventions and are different.

“Invention Aspect Y1”
First, “Invention Aspect Y1” will be described.
The invention specific matter of the invention (invention aspect Y1) that solves the problem is as follows.
"Invention-specific items"
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that the external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

Next, “background art” and “problem to be solved by the invention” of “invention aspect Y1” are as follows.
"Background Technology"
A unique ID is recorded in the arithmetic processing device so that the correctness of the arithmetic processing device provided in the game control device can be confirmed, and the unique ID is output in response to a request from an external device outside the gaming machine (Patent Document: Special) Open 2000-126427).
"Problems to be solved by the invention"
The above-described arithmetic processing device is composed of a game area unit for performing game control and an information region unit for managing information of the arithmetic processing device, and the information region unit outputs a unique ID. That is, the game area created by the user can be managed by the game area, and the unique ID is not output under the control of this game program.
Therefore, in order to improve or change the output form (protocol or the like) of the unique ID, it is necessary to improve or change the information processing unit, and the IC itself constituting the arithmetic processing device is recreated. This is very expensive and time consuming.
Therefore, if the game program created for each model and written to the arithmetic processing unit is provided with a function for outputting this unique ID, it is inexpensive to improve or change the output form or output timing of the unique ID by changing the game program. Can be done quickly. Therefore, there is a demand for an arithmetic processing device that can output a unique ID by a game program.
However, in recent years, game programs have become more complicated due to improper countermeasures such as magnets and vibrations, and ingenuity to enhance the fun of games, and new processing for outputting unique IDs has been added, increasing the program size. However, the game program must be kept in a predetermined size, and the game program must be made more efficient.
Therefore, in view of the above problems, the present invention (“invention aspect Y1”) is to provide a gaming machine capable of outputting a unique ID efficiently and accurately to an external device side outside the gaming machine.

"Means for solving problems"
It is an invention described in the invention specific items of the “invention aspect Y1”.
"Effect of the invention"
The invention aspect Y1 has the following effects.
The unique ID can be easily and efficiently output from the arithmetic processing unit under the control of the game program. In that case, no significant improvement or change of the information processing unit is required, and enormous costs and periods are not required.
Since the individual identification information (unique ID) can identify the first arithmetic processing unit and at the same time, it is possible to identify each gaming machine, it is possible for the gaming store to manage individual gaming machines, Unauthorized persons have to make unauthorized modifications to the individual processing units, which improves security.
Compared to a configuration in which all components between the game control device, which is the main board, and the external terminal board (external information terminal board) are board elements, between the game control apparatus-payout control apparatus-external terminal board (external information terminal board). If a board other than the game control device and all the wiring are used as frame elements, a so-called veneer price can be provided at a low price, and the efficiency of the replacement work at the time of replacement of a new stand is increased.
A game control device with no processing time (which also manages the production control device and the like) transmits a unique ID to the payout control device at the transmission timing of the unique ID, and has a processing time (game ball payout). Since the payout control device controls the output of the unique ID, the output control of the unique ID can be made longer (with a longer signal width), and the unique ID can be continuously output. When outputting the ID, it is possible to output the unique ID to be output later with a waiting off time.
That is, it is possible to ensure the accuracy outside the gaming machine as a whole gaming machine and efficiently output the unique ID.

"Mode for carrying out the invention"
“Invention Aspect Y1” is implemented based on Examples 1 to 9 among Examples 1 to 32 that disclose a technique related to “Invention Concept T1” to be described later.

“Invention Aspect Y2”
Next, “Invention Aspect Y2” will be described.
Invention specific matters of the invention for solving the problems (Invention Aspect Y2) are as follows.
"Invention-specific items"
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the award ball information from the game control device, and
An external terminal board for connecting to the external device side for signal transmission to an external device outside the gaming machine,
A first arithmetic processing unit for executing a game program for managing a game in the game control device;
In a gaming machine comprising a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out game balls in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that the external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means;
With
The external terminal board is
It is connected to the payout control device, and has a photocoupler and a connection part to the external device,
The gaming machine characterized in that the individual identification information output control means outputs and controls the individual identification information via the photocoupler.

Next, “background art” and “problem to be solved by the invention” of “invention aspect Y2” are as follows.
"Background Technology"
A unique ID is recorded in the arithmetic processing device so that the correctness of the arithmetic processing device provided in the game control device can be confirmed, and the unique ID is output in response to a request from an external device outside the gaming machine (Patent Document: Special) Open 2000-126427).
"Problems to be solved by the invention"
The above-described arithmetic processing device is composed of a game area unit for performing game control and an information region unit for managing information of the arithmetic processing device, and the information region unit outputs a unique ID. That is, the game area created by the user can be managed by the game area, and the unique ID is not output under the control of this game program.
Therefore, in order to improve or change the output form (protocol or the like) of the unique ID, it is necessary to improve or change the information processing unit, and the IC itself constituting the arithmetic processing device is recreated. This is very expensive and time consuming.
Therefore, if the game program created for each model and written to the arithmetic processing unit is provided with a function for outputting this unique ID, it is inexpensive to improve or change the output form or output timing of the unique ID by changing the game program. Can be done quickly. Therefore, there is a demand for an arithmetic processing device that can output a unique ID by a game program.
However, in recent years, game programs have become more complicated due to improper countermeasures such as magnets and vibrations, and ingenuity to enhance the fun of games, and new processing for outputting unique IDs has been added, increasing the program size. However, the game program must be kept in a predetermined size, and the game program must be made more efficient.
In addition, when outputting the unique ID to the external device side outside the gaming machine, it is necessary to isolate the external ID, and it is necessary to ensure the accuracy so that the external device does not receive a unique ID.
In view of the above problems, the present invention (“invention aspect Y2”) is to provide a gaming machine capable of outputting a unique ID efficiently and accurately to an external device side outside the gaming machine.

"Means for solving problems"
It is an invention described in the invention specific items of the “invention aspect Y2”.
"Effect of the invention"
The invention aspect Y2 has the following effects.
The unique ID can be easily and efficiently output from the arithmetic processing unit under the control of the game program. In that case, no significant improvement or change of the information processing unit is required, and enormous costs and periods are not required.
In addition, since the communication between the game control device and the payout control device is completed at a higher speed than the communication between the payout control device and the external information terminal board, the first arithmetic processing device can perform processing other than the communication processing. The first processing unit does not trigger the output of the individual identification information.
If individual identification information is temporarily stored in the second arithmetic processing unit, the output to the external information terminal board can be made low speed, so there is no problem even if a photocoupler that is not suitable for high-speed communication is used.
Since all of the game control device-payout control device-external information terminal board are programs with the same communication speed, it is not necessary to pay attention to the output trigger of the individual identification information, and thus the program is simplified. Can be made.
A game control device with no processing time (which also manages the production control device and the like) transmits a unique ID to the payout control device at the transmission timing of the unique ID, and has a processing time (game ball payout). Since the payout control device controls the output of the unique ID, the output control of the unique ID can be made longer (with a longer signal width), and the unique ID can be continuously output. When outputting the ID, it is possible to output the unique ID to be output later with a waiting off time.
That is, it is possible to ensure the accuracy outside the gaming machine as a whole gaming machine and efficiently output the unique ID.

"Mode for carrying out the invention"
“Invention Aspect Y2” is implemented based on Examples 1 to 9 among Examples 1 to 32 that disclose a technique related to “Invention Concept T1” described later.
However, there are the following additions.
In the first embodiment of the invention aspect T1, the communication speed between the game control device and the payout control device is set to be higher than the communication speed between the payout control device and the external information terminal board.
Therefore, there are the following specific effects.
Since the communication between the game control device and the payout control device is faster than the communication between the payout control device and the external information terminal board, the receiving process of the payout control device is completed in a short period of time, and the previous individual identification information and newly (This time) It is possible to secure a processing time for comparing and determining the received individual identification information, and security is improved.
Because the communication between the game control device and the payout control device is faster than the communication between the payout control device and the external information terminal board, the receiving processing of the payout control device is completed in a short period of time, and the processing time for outputting the external information is secured. Can improve security.

“Invention Aspect Y3”
Next, “Invention Aspect Y3” will be described.
The invention specific matter of the invention (invention aspect Y3) that solves the problem is as follows.
"Invention-specific items"
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the award ball information from the game control device, and
An external terminal board for connecting to the external device side for signal transmission to an external device outside the gaming machine,
A first arithmetic processing unit for executing a game program for managing a game in the game control device;
In a gaming machine comprising a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out game balls in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
And having
The transmission control means includes a function of performing transmission control of the gaming machine state that can be detected by the first arithmetic processing device as a gaming machine state signal to the payout control device,
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing parallel output control of the individual identification information received by the reception control means to an external device outside the gaming machine;
An output means for outputting a gaming machine state signal output from the gaming control device to an external device outside the gaming machine;
With
The external terminal board is
A first connection unit connected to the payout control device;
A second connection for connecting to the external device side;
Isolation means for isolating a signal from the first connection and transmitting the signal to the second connection;
With
The second connection portion is
A push-type terminal for transmitting the gaming machine state signal from the output means;
A board-to-wire connector for transmitting individual identification information from the individual identification information output control means;
A gaming machine comprising:

Next, “background art” and “problems to be solved by the invention” of “invention aspect Y3” are as follows.
"Background Technology"
A unique ID is recorded in the arithmetic processing device so that the correctness of the arithmetic processing device provided in the game control device can be confirmed, and the unique ID is output in response to a request from an external device outside the gaming machine (Patent Document: Special) Open 2000-126427).
"Problems to be solved by the invention"
The above-described arithmetic processing device is composed of a game area unit for performing game control and an information region unit for managing information of the arithmetic processing device, and the information region unit outputs a unique ID. That is, the game area created by the user can be managed by the game area, and the unique ID is not output under the control of this game program.
Therefore, in order to improve or change the output form (protocol or the like) of the unique ID, it is necessary to improve or change the information processing unit, and the IC itself constituting the arithmetic processing device is recreated. This is very expensive and time consuming.
Therefore, if the game program created for each model and written to the arithmetic processing unit is provided with a function for outputting this unique ID, it is inexpensive to improve or change the output form or output timing of the unique ID by changing the game program. Can be done quickly. Therefore, there is a demand for an arithmetic processing device that can output a unique ID by a game program.
However, in recent years, game programs have become more complicated due to improper countermeasures such as magnets and vibrations, and ingenuity to enhance the fun of games, and new processing for outputting unique IDs has been added, increasing the program size. However, the game program must be kept in a predetermined size, and the game program must be made more efficient.
In addition, when outputting the unique ID to the external device side outside the gaming machine, it is necessary to isolate the external ID, and it is necessary to ensure the accuracy so that the external device does not receive a unique ID.
Accordingly, in view of the above problems, the present invention (“invention aspect Y3”) is to provide a gaming machine capable of outputting a unique ID efficiently and accurately to an external device side outside the gaming machine.

"Means for solving problems"
It is an invention described in the invention specific items of the “invention aspect Y3”.
"Effect of the invention"
The invention aspect Y3 has the following effects.
The unique ID can be easily and efficiently output from the arithmetic processing unit under the control of the game program. In that case, no significant improvement or change of the information processing unit is required, and enormous costs and periods are not required.
In addition, by providing a push-type terminal that is the same as the conventional method for transmitting the gaming machine status signal, even if a new board-to-wire connector is provided for transmitting the individual identification information, these connections can be made. The worker who performs it recognizes that the connection method related to the gaming machine state signal is the same as the conventional one, and the worker can easily perform the connection work by the same procedure as the conventional one.
By providing the board-to-wire connector to transmit the individual identification information, the time for the connection work is newly added, but since it ends in one procedure, even when installing multiple machines, The burden can be kept to a minimum.
If a conventional push-type terminal is provided to transmit individual identification information, the connection work becomes complicated. On the other hand, in the “invention aspect Y3”, by newly providing a board-to-wire connector, it is possible to prevent erroneous connection such that an important wiring arrangement is mistaken in the individual identification information.
Even if the same external terminal board (external information terminal board, hereinafter the same) has a connection part for transmitting the gaming machine state signal and a connection part for transmitting the individual identification information, the connection between each other may be mistaken. Incorrect connection can be prevented.
As described above, it is possible to prevent incorrect connection, so there is a problem with the external terminal board and other boards related to data output because the collected data showed an abnormal value despite the incorrect connection. Can be prevented from being handled as part replacement.
If the board-to-wire connector is equipped with a push-type terminal, it is not necessary to perform connection using solder.
A game control device with no processing time (which also manages the production control device and the like) transmits a unique ID to the payout control device at the transmission timing of the unique ID, and has a processing time (game ball payout). Since the payout control device controls the output of the unique ID, the output control of the unique ID can be made longer (with a longer signal width), and the unique ID can be continuously output. When outputting the ID, it is possible to output the unique ID to be output later with a waiting off time. That is, it is possible to ensure the accuracy outside the gaming machine as a whole gaming machine and efficiently output the unique ID.

"Mode for carrying out the invention"
“Invention Aspect Y3” is implemented based on Examples 1 to 9 among Examples 1 to 35 that disclose a technique related to “Invention Concept T1” described later.
However, there are the following additions.
In the embodiment 1 of the invention aspect T1, the communication speed between the game control device 100 and the payout control device 200 is set to be faster than the communication speed between the payout control device 200 and the external information terminal board 55. Communication between the control device 100 and the payout control device 200 ends at a higher speed than communication between the payout control device 200 and the external information terminal board 55. Therefore, the first arithmetic processing device (game microcomputer 111) can perform processing other than the communication processing, and the first arithmetic processing device has an effect of not triggering the output of the individual identification information.
Since individual identification information is temporarily stored in the second arithmetic processing unit (payout microcomputer 201), the output from the payout control device 200 to the external information terminal board 55 can be slow. Therefore, there is no problem even if a photocoupler that is not suitable for high-speed communication is used.
In the first embodiment, the communication speed between the game control device 100 and the payout control device 200 and the external information terminal board 55 is the payout rate in the first embodiment compared to the program having the same communication speed. Since it is faster than the communication speed between the control device 200 and the external information terminal board 55, it is not necessary to pay attention to the output trigger of the individual identification information, and the configuration of the control system can be simplified.

In addition, since the communication between the game control device 100 and the payout control device 200 is faster than the communication between the payout control device 200 and the external information terminal board 55, the reception processing of the payout control device is completed in a short time, and the previous individual Processing time for comparing and identifying the identification information and the newly (currently) received individual identification information can be secured, and security is improved.
Since the communication between the game control device 100 and the payout control device 200 is faster than the communication between the payout control device 200 and the external information terminal board 55, the receiving process of the payout control device 200 is completed in a short time, and external information is output. Processing time can be secured, and security is improved.

By providing a push-type terminal 66 that is the same as the conventional method for transmitting the gaming machine state signal, even if new board-to-wire connectors 63a and 67 are provided for transmitting the individual identification information, these The worker who makes the connection recognizes that the connection method related to the gaming machine state signal is the same as the conventional one, and the worker can perform the connection work in the same procedure as the conventional one.
By providing the board-to-wire connectors 63a and 67 for transmitting the individual identification information, the connection work time is newly added. However, since a single procedure is completed, a plurality of machines are installed. In this case, the burden can be kept to a minimum.
If the conventional push-type terminal 66 is provided to transmit the individual identification information, the connection work becomes complicated. However, in the present invention, the board-to-wire connectors 63a and 67 are newly provided. Thus, it is possible to prevent an erroneous connection such that an important wiring arrangement is mistaken in the individual identification information.
Even if the same external terminal board (external information terminal board 55) has a connection part for transmitting a gaming machine state signal and a connection part for transmitting individual identification information, it is possible to mistake the connection of each other. Connection can be prevented.
As described above, it is possible to prevent incorrect connection, so there is a problem with the external terminal board and other boards related to data output because the collected data showed an abnormal value despite the incorrect connection. Can be prevented from being handled as part replacement.
If the push type terminal 66 and the board-to-wire connectors 63a and 67 are provided, it is not necessary to perform the connection using solder.

Next, invention modes T1, T2, T3, and T5 will be described.
<Difference between Invention T4 and Invention Aspects T1, T2, T3, T5>
The present invention T4 is a gaming machine provided with a control device having a gaming arithmetic processing device storing individual identification information.
A counter circuit for generating a random value for determining whether or not to grant a privilege;
The gaming arithmetic processing device comprises:
After the operation is started, the counter circuit is activated, and then the gaming machine is provided with individual identification information initial output control means for bidirectional communication in order to notify the individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine. .
On the other hand, the invention modes T1, T2, T3, and T5 are different from each other in that a counter circuit for generating a random value is not a component requirement.
The invention aspects T1, T2, T3, and T5 are different from the present invention T4 as described above. Further, the invention aspects Y1, Y2, and Y3 are also apparent from the description of each invention-specific matter described above. These are all different inventions and are different.

“Invention T1”
First, “Invention Aspect T1” will be described.
Invention specific matters of the invention for solving the problems (invention aspect T1) are as follows.
"Invention-specific items"
In a gaming machine equipped with a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines storing individual identification information,
The arithmetic processing device for gaming machines is
A gaming machine state signal output control means for controlling the output of a gaming machine state signal in order to notify the gaming machine state that can be detected by the gaming machine arithmetic processing device to an external device side outside the gaming machine;
The gaming machine state signal output control means includes
A gaming machine that performs control to output the individual identification information to an external device side outside the gaming machine in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal.

Next, “background art” and “problem to be solved by the invention” of “invention concept T1” are as follows.
"Background Technology"
For example, a signal indicating that the glass frame or the front frame has been opened is output to the outside in order to inform the outside that there is a high possibility that fraud has been made to a control device or the like having a game processing unit. There is a gaming machine (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-272342).
"Problems to be solved by the invention"
However, only by outputting a signal indicating that the glass frame or the like has been opened, it is possible to notify the gaming machine that there is a possibility of being fraudulent, but a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming It was not intended to increase the possibility of fraud against.
Therefore, in view of the above problems, the present invention ("invention concept T1") is to provide a gaming machine capable of informing the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device having a game arithmetic processing device.

"Means for solving problems"
This is an invention described in the invention-specific matters of the “invention concept T1”.
"Effect of the invention"
The invention concept T1 has the following effects.
The hall computer or the like can easily match the game machine state signal corresponding to the individual identification information that is sent, so that it becomes easy to grasp the situation of the game machine and to take countermeasures when fraud occurs. (If you output without synchronization, you must look for the situation in which the information was sent when receiving the unique information on the Hallcon side).
Moreover, since individual identification information is not transmitted regularly, it is hard to be read from the outside.
The problem that the amount of communication data becomes enormous with the number of gaming machines in the hall can be avoided.

"Mode for carrying out the invention"
The form for carrying out the “invention concept T1” is implemented based on all of Examples 1 to 32 to be described later that disclose the technology related to the “invention concept T1”.
It should be noted that the description of the “mode for carrying out the invention” of the “invention aspect T1” by inserting all the first to thirty-second embodiments disclosing the technology related to the invention aspect T1 in this place will be described as “invention aspect”. Since the description of “T1” continues, it is easy to understand at first glance, but since the explanation page of the first to thirty-second embodiments is long, a technique related to the invention aspect T1 will be described later in this specification. All disclosed Examples 1 to 32 will be described.

"Invention concept T2"
Next, the inventive concept T2 will be described.
The “invention concept T2” is different from the “invention concept T1” in the following configuration.
(A) The fraud possibility notification output control means includes:
The gaming machine states that can be detected by the arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines are generated in duplicate, and in order to individually notify the gaming machine state that has occurred in duplicate to the external device side outside the gaming machine When output control of the gaming machine state signal is performed, output control is performed by associating the individual identification information with only the gaming machine state signal for notifying the previously generated gaming machine state to the external device side outside the gaming machine.

The invention specific matter of the invention (invention concept T2) that solves the problem is as follows.
"Invention-specific items"
In a gaming machine equipped with a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines storing individual identification information,
The arithmetic processing device for gaming machines is
A gaming machine state signal output control means for controlling the output of a gaming machine state signal in order to notify the gaming machine state that can be detected by the gaming machine arithmetic processing device to an external device side outside the gaming machine;
The gaming machine state signal output control means includes
Including fraud possibility notification output control means for performing control to output the individual identification information to an external device side outside the gaming machine in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal;
The fraud possibility notification output control means includes
The gaming machine states that can be detected by the arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines are generated in duplicate, and in order to individually notify the gaming machine state that has occurred in duplicate to the external device side outside the gaming machine When performing output control of the gaming machine state signal, output control is performed in association with the individual identification information only in the gaming machine state signal that notifies the external device side outside the gaming machine of the previously generated gaming machine state. A gaming machine.

Next, “background art” and “problems to be solved by the invention” of “invention concept T2” are as follows.
"Background Technology"
For example, a signal indicating that the glass frame or the front frame has been opened is output to the outside in order to inform the outside that there is a high possibility that fraud has been made to a control device or the like having a game processing unit. There is a gaming machine (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-272342).
"Problems to be solved by the invention"
However, only by outputting a signal indicating that the glass frame or the like has been opened, it is possible to notify the gaming machine that there is a possibility of being fraudulent, but a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming It was not intended to increase the possibility of fraud against. Therefore, the present applicant has created an inventive concept T1.
However, in the inventive concept T1, there is a problem in outputting individual identification information when a gaming machine state signal is generated in duplicate. For example, it is conceivable to provide a signal line for outputting individual identification information for each gaming machine state signal, but in that case, the signal line increases, the cost increases, and the consumption of the RAM of the control device increases. However, the processing load on the external device side (such as a management device) also increases.
Therefore, the present invention (“invention concept T2”) has been made in view of the above problems.

"Means for solving problems"
It is an invention described in the above-mentioned “invention concept T2”.
"Effect of the invention"
The invention concept T2 has the following effects.
It is possible to perform fraud notification in an easily manageable form without increasing the number of signal lines for outputting individual identification information. For this reason, the cost can be reduced and the consumption of the RAM of the control device can be reduced. Further, since it is not necessary to receive the individual identification information that should have the same value most recently, the burden on the hall control or the like (management device or the like) is reduced.
In addition, since the individual identification information is output in correspondence with the gaming machine status signal, it becomes easier to limit the types of fraud that may have been done, so it is easier to take action when fraud is actually done. .
Since the gaming state signals are independent from each other, for example, a big hit signal and a frame opening signal can be output simultaneously. In order to output individual identification information corresponding thereto, signal lines corresponding to the number of game state signals are required, which causes inconvenience of signal lines and difficulty in control and management. However, it is not necessary to increase the number of signal lines if the output control is performed by associating the individual identification information with only the gaming machine state signal of the gaming machine state that has been generated first when the gaming machine state signals overlap.

"Mode for carrying out the invention"
The embodiment for carrying out the “invention concept T2” is implemented based on, for example, the embodiments 20 to 23 among the embodiments disclosing the technology related to the “invention concept T1” (the embodiments 1 to 19 are necessary). As a prerequisite technology).

"Invention concept T3"
Next, the inventive concept T3 will be described.
The “invention concept T3” differs from the “invention concept T1” in the following configuration.
(A) The fraud possibility notification output control means includes:
The gaming machine states that can be detected by the arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines are generated in duplicate, and in order to individually notify the gaming machine state that has occurred in duplicate to the external device side outside the gaming machine When performing output control of the gaming machine state signal, until the output control in which the individual identification information is associated with the gaming machine state signal that notifies the external device side outside the gaming machine of the previously generated gaming machine state, It waits for output control of the gaming machine state signal for notifying a gaming machine state that has occurred later to the external device side outside the gaming machine, and performs output control in association with the waiting individual gaming machine state signal and the individual identification information.

Invention specific matters of the invention for solving the problems (invention concept T3) are as follows.
"Invention-specific items"
In a gaming machine equipped with a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines storing individual identification information,
The arithmetic processing device for gaming machines is
A gaming machine state signal output control means for controlling the output of a gaming machine state signal in order to notify the gaming machine state that can be detected by the gaming machine arithmetic processing device to an external device side outside the gaming machine;
The gaming machine state signal output control means includes
Including fraud possibility notification output control means for performing control to output the individual identification information to an external device side outside the gaming machine in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal;
The fraud possibility notification output control means includes
The gaming machine states that can be detected by the arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines are generated in duplicate, and in order to individually notify the gaming machine state that has occurred in duplicate to the external device side outside the gaming machine When performing output control of the gaming machine state signal, until the output control in which the individual identification information is associated with the gaming machine state signal that notifies the external device side outside the gaming machine of the previously generated gaming machine state, Waiting for the output control of the gaming machine state signal for notifying the gaming machine state generated later to the external device side outside the gaming machine, and performing output control in association with the individual identification information corresponding to the waiting gaming machine state signal A gaming machine characterized by

Next, “background art” “problem to be solved by the invention” of “invention concept T3” are as follows.
"Background Technology"
For example, a signal indicating that the glass frame or the front frame has been opened is output to the outside in order to inform the outside that there is a high possibility that fraud has been made to a control device or the like having a game processing unit. There is a gaming machine.
(Patent literature: see JP 2008-272342 A)
"Problems to be solved by the invention"
However, only by outputting a signal indicating that the glass frame or the like has been opened, it is possible to notify the gaming machine that there is a possibility of being fraudulent, but a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming It was not intended to increase the possibility of fraud against. Therefore, the present applicant has created an inventive concept T1.
However, in the inventive concept T1, there is a problem in outputting individual identification information when a gaming machine state signal is generated in duplicate. For example, it is conceivable to provide a signal line for outputting individual identification information for each gaming machine state signal, but in that case, the signal line increases, the cost increases, and the consumption of the RAM of the control device increases. However, the processing load on the external device side (such as a management device) also increases.
Therefore, the present invention (“invention concept T3”) has been made in view of the above problems.

"Means for solving problems"
This is an invention described in the above-mentioned “invention concept T3”.
"Effect of the invention"
The invention concept T3 has the following effects.
It is possible to perform fraud notification in an easily manageable form without increasing the number of signal lines for outputting individual identification information. For this reason, the cost can be reduced and the consumption of the RAM of the control device can be reduced. Moreover, there is no loss of signal compared to the inventive concept T2. That is, even when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the individual identification information corresponding to all the gaming machine state signals is output.
In addition, since the individual identification information is output in correspondence with the gaming machine status signal, it becomes easier to limit the types of fraud that may have been done, so it is easier to take action when fraud is actually done. . In particular, in the inventive concept T3, as described above, there is no loss of signal, and even when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the individual identification information is output corresponding to each gaming machine state signal. Thus, it is possible to more reliably determine the type of fraud that may have been performed.
Since the gaming state signals are independent from each other, for example, a big hit signal and a frame opening signal can be output simultaneously. In order to output individual identification information corresponding thereto, signal lines corresponding to the number of game state signals are required, which causes inconvenience of signal lines and difficulty in control and management. However, when the gaming machine status signals are duplicated, the gaming machine status signal generated after the gaming machine status is waited, and the output of the individual identification information corresponding to the gaming machine status signal generated previously is finished. After that, if the output control is performed in association with the individual identification information for the gaming machine state signal, there is no need to increase the number of signal lines.

"Mode for carrying out the invention"
The embodiment of the “invention concept T3” is implemented based on, for example, the examples 24 to 27 among the examples disclosing the technology related to the “invention concept T1”. Include as prerequisite technology).

"Invention concept T5"
Next, the inventive concept T5 will be described.
The “invention concept T5” differs from the “invention concept T3” in the following configuration.
(A) An inspection output control means is provided for performing control to output the gaming machine state signal and the individual identification information in correspondence to the gaming machine state signal to the inspection device side of the inspection organization.
(B) The inspection output control means includes:
The gaming machine states that can be detected by the arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines are duplicated, and the gaming machine states that have been duplicated are individually notified to the inspection device side of the inspection engine. When output control of the gaming machine state signal is performed, output control is performed by associating the individual identification information with only the gaming machine state signal for informing the previously generated gaming machine state.

Invention specific matters of the invention for solving the problems (invention concept T5) are as follows.
"Invention-specific items"
A game control device for managing the progress of the gaming machine;
In a gaming machine equipped with a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines storing individual identification information,
The arithmetic processing device for gaming machines is
A gaming machine state signal output control means for controlling the output of a gaming machine state signal in order to notify the gaming machine state that can be detected by the gaming machine arithmetic processing device to an external device side outside the gaming machine;
The gaming machine state signal output control means includes
A fraud possibility notification output control means for performing control to output the individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal and the gaming machine state signal;
An inspection output control means for performing control to output the individual identification information to the inspection apparatus side of the inspection engine in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal and the gaming machine state signal;
Including
The fraud possibility notification output control means includes
The gaming machine states that can be detected by the arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines are generated in duplicate, and in order to individually notify the gaming machine state that has occurred in duplicate to the external device side outside the gaming machine When performing output control of the gaming machine state signal, until the output control in which the individual identification information is associated with the gaming machine state signal that notifies the external device side outside the gaming machine of the previously generated gaming machine state, Waiting for output control of the gaming machine state signal for notifying the gaming machine state generated later to the external device side outside the gaming machine, and performing output control in correspondence with the individual identification information corresponding to the waiting gaming machine state signal And
The inspection output control means includes:
The gaming machine states that can be detected by the arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines are duplicated, and the gaming machine states that have been duplicated are individually notified to the inspection device side of the inspection engine. When controlling the output of a gaming machine state signal, the gaming machine is characterized in that output control is performed by associating the individual identification information only with the gaming machine state signal for informing a previously generated gaming machine state.

Next, “background art” and “problems to be solved by the invention” of “invention concept T5” are as follows.
"Background Technology"
For example, a signal indicating that the glass frame or the front frame has been opened is output to the outside in order to inform the outside that there is a high possibility that fraud has been made to a control device or the like having a game processing unit. There is a gaming machine. (Patent document: see JP-A-2008-272342).
"Problems to be solved by the invention"
However, only by outputting a signal indicating that the glass frame or the like has been opened, it is possible to notify the gaming machine that there is a possibility of being fraudulent, but a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming It was not intended to increase the possibility of fraud against. Therefore, the present applicant has created an inventive concept T1.
In addition, in the inventive concept T1, the present applicant has created the inventive concept T2 as a solution to the problem of outputting individual identification information when a gaming machine state signal is duplicated.
In order to introduce the above-mentioned game machine created by the present applicant to the market, it is necessary to perform inspection by an inspection organization, and to output inspection signals to the inspection device of the inspection organization and inspection electronics. A circuit or the like is required separately from a game process for playing a game and a game electronic circuit related to the game process.
The inspection electronic circuit is disposed on the printed circuit board only during the inspection, and when sold, the inspection electronic circuit and the corresponding inspection connector are not disposed on the printed circuit board. The (inspection program) is allowed to coexist with the game processing (game program) without being deleted. This is to ensure that the inspection organization is in conformity and not to obtain information that may be used for fraud. In other words, in order to ensure a state suitable for inspection, the existing program is left as it is, and the inspection electronic circuit and the inspection connector are not arranged so that signals that may be illegally used cannot be obtained. .
Therefore, the present invention ("Invention Concept T5") can increase the detection of the possibility of fraud with respect to a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines, ensuring the accuracy of the inspection in the inspection organization and increasing the efficiency of the inspection. It is intended to provide a gaming machine that can perform.

"Means for solving problems"
It is an invention described in the invention specific matter of the “invention concept T5”.
"Effect of the invention"
The invention concept T5 has the following effects.
Since the signal for notifying the possibility of fraud is transmitted to the hall control etc. without being reduced, accurate management during business can be performed. Also, during inspections at inspection laboratories, such as ROM exchange is not performed, so even if the transmission timing of individual identification information is duplicated, information is duplicated and the inspection is complicated. The inspection burden can be reduced. In addition, in order to perform a complete strict inspection, it is necessary to provide hardware and software for simultaneously outputting solid identification information corresponding to the number of corresponding gaming machine status signals in parallel. Consuming limited hardware and software areas during inspections where there is no possibility that the solid identification information will not change will hinder the interest of the game and will be contrary to the original meaning of the gaming machine. Become. However, such a problem does not occur with the concept of the present invention.

"Mode for carrying out the invention"
The embodiment of the “invention concept T5” is implemented based on, for example, the examples 29 to 32 among the examples disclosing the technology related to the “invention concept T1”. Include as prerequisite technology).

Next, all the first to thirty second embodiments disclosing the technology related to the “invention aspect T1” will be described.
Forms for carrying out “invention aspect T1” to “invention aspect T5” are included in Examples 1 to 32 that disclose the technology related to “invention aspect T1”. Examples 1 to 32 will be described in detail.

"Mode for carrying out the invention"
"Example 1"

Hereinafter, as an embodiment 1 of the invention aspect T1, an embodiment in the case of being applied to a pachinko machine will be described with reference to the drawings.
“Example 1: Serial-Serial-No retransmission request-Management device”
In this method, the unique ID is serially sent from the main board (game control apparatus) to the payout board (payout control apparatus), and the unique ID is transmitted serially from the payout board to the outside. However, there is no request for retransmission of the unique ID from the payout board to the main board (details will be described later). A management device is set as the external device.
A. Front Configuration of Pachinko Machine First, the overall configuration of the pachinko machine of this example will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 1 is a front perspective view of the pachinko machine 1 of this example.
The pachinko machine 1 has a machine frame 2 fixed to an island where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, and is pivotally supported by the machine frame 2 at a hinge portion 3 so that the machine frame 2 can be pivoted. And a front frame 4 that can be freely opened and closed. A game board 20 (shown in FIG. 2) is attached to the front frame 4.

A glass frame 5 is attached to the front frame 4 so as to be openable and closable so as to cover the upper front side. Note that a game area 22 (to be described later) of the game board 20 can be viewed from the front through a glass plate (a transparent plastic board may be omitted) held by the glass frame 5. The glass frame 5 is pivotally supported by the front frame 4 at the hinge portion 3 so as to be opened and closed.
Here, the front frame 4 is referred to as a game frame, and the glass frame 5 is sometimes referred to as a front frame. In the present embodiment, the front frame 4 and the glass frame 5 are described.
An operation panel 6 is provided below the glass frame 5.
Normally, the pachinko machine 1 may be provided with a CR unit (card type ball lending control unit) as a game medium lending device, but the illustration is omitted here. However, in FIG. 34, the CR unit is illustrated as a card unit 551, and the card unit connection board 54 that relays transmission of signals and the like to and from the card unit 551 is also illustrated in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 20 has game nails planted on the front surface of a plate-like base material (so-called veneer). 22 is formed. The game area 22 is an area where a game ball that has been thrown in is dropped from above and a determination of whether it is out or safe (determination of whether or not a prize has been won) is made. Is configured such that a predetermined number of game balls are discharged to an upper plate 7 provided at the lower part of the glass frame 5 (that is, discharged as a prize ball).
Further, a key insertion portion 8 of a locking device (not shown) for the front frame 4 and the glass frame 5 is formed at the opening / closing side (right side in FIG. 1) of the front frame 4.

Moreover, the upper plate 7 provided in the lower part of the glass frame 5 temporarily holds a game ball before being discharged as a prize ball or a rental ball. The upper plate 7 is provided with a push button type effect button 9 operated by the player.
Further, the operation panel 6 is provided with a lower plate 10 that can move a game ball on the upper plate 7 by a player's operation, and a launch operation handle 11 that performs a launch operation of the game ball.
In addition, what is indicated by reference numerals 12a and 12b in FIG. 1 is a speaker that outputs sound effects. Of these, reference numeral 12 a denotes upper speakers provided on both the upper left and right sides of the glass frame 5. Reference numeral 12b denotes a lower speaker provided at the left end of the operation panel 6 (left side of the lower plate 10).

  In FIG. 1, reference numeral 13 denotes a decorative lamp having an LED (light emitting diode) provided on the front surface of the glass frame 5 as a light source, and reference numeral 14 denotes the upper left and right sides of the glass frame 5. It is a moving light provided on the front. Although not shown, the moving light 14 includes an LED as a light emission source and a motor as a drive source. Here, the decorative lamp 13 and the moving light 14 constitute a decorative LED 301 shown in FIG.

B. 2 is a guide rail of the game board 20, and as described above, a game area 22 is formed by surrounding a substantially circular area on the front face of the game board with the guide rail 21. ing.
As shown in FIG. 2, the game area 22 includes an out ball inlet 23, a center case 24, a first start winning port 25, a second starting winning port 26 as an ordinary electric accessory (general power), and a variable winning device. 27, general winning openings 28 to 31, a normal start gate 32, a number of game nails (not shown), and the like are provided. A collective display device 35 is provided outside the game area 22 of the game board 20. The game nails flow down while hitting the game balls that have entered the upper part of the game area 22, and a plurality of game nails are planted in the game area excluding the attachment portion such as the center case.

The center case 24 is a member that surrounds the front periphery of the display unit 41a (shown in FIG. 2) of the display device 41 (shown in FIG. 34) attached to the back side of the game board 20. Although not shown in the figure, the center case 24 includes lamps that use LEDs for production or decoration as light sources, and electric accessories that enhance production effects in cooperation with production display on the display device 41 (for example, An accessory having a movable part that is operated by a driving source such as a motor or a solenoid).
Note that lamps for effect or decoration are also provided in portions other than the center case 24 of the game board 20 (may be outside the game area 22). It should be noted that lamps for performance or decoration provided on the game board 20 (including the center case 24) constitute a board decoration device. The electric accessory provided in the center case 24 constitutes a board effect device. It should be noted that the electric accessory constituting the board effect device may be provided at a place other than the center case 24 of the game board 20.

The display device 41 includes, for example, a liquid crystal display device, and is usually referred to as a variable display device. In addition, as the name of the display device 41, there are various names such as a special figure display device, a symbol variation device, a variable symbol display device, an identification information variation device, an identification information variation display device, etc. Items with the same function are in the same category.
The display device 41 has a display unit 41a (screen) capable of displaying identification information (referred to as a special figure) such as numbers and characters, and can display a plurality of special figures. For example, special charts are displayed in three vertical columns on the left, center, and right, and special figures consisting of numbers, letters, etc. in each column are displayed in a stopped state (stop display), or in a fluctuating state (for example, vertically) Display in a scrolling state) (that is, a variable display).
In addition to the special figure, the display unit can display an image for presentation or information notification such as a background image or a character image, or an image corresponding to a so-called ordinary figure. Note that the special figure is identification information that is variably displayed in the variable display game related to the big hit, and the common figure is identification information that is variably displayed in the variable display game related to the common figure (not the big hit). .

The start winning ports 25 and 26 are winning ports that function as start winning ports for special drawings as will be described later. In this example, they are arranged side by side as shown in FIG. The upper first start winning opening 25 is always open. The lower second start winning opening 26 has opening / closing members 26a on both the left and right sides, and when these opening / closing members 26a are opened in a reverse C shape, a winning can be made. As shown in FIG. It is impossible to win if it is closed. The start winning ports 25 and 26 are disposed below the center portion of the center case 24.
The variable winning device 27 is a device (so-called attacker) having a large winning opening 27a that is opened and closed by an opening / closing member 27b. This special winning opening 27a is opened on condition that a big hit, which will be described later, is made, and game balls can be won.

Next, the collective display device 35 displays a so-called ordinary figure display, special figure display, a special figure or general figure start-up memory hold display (sometimes referred to as a special figure hold display, a general figure hold display), a game, Display of status, for example, a plurality of indicators using LED as a light source (for example, a display composed of one small lamp, or a 7-segment display capable of displaying numbers as a special figure) Instrument). Note that the start memory hold display (in some cases, simply referred to as the start memory display) is a display for informing the number of start memories that are held in a state where the variable display game is not executed, Is displayed by lighting a lamp or the like for each start memory. That is, if there are three start memories, the three lamps are turned on or three figures are displayed.
Note that what is displayed by the display of the collective display device 35 is the special figure or the ordinary figure (formal special figure or ordinary figure), whereas the display unit of the above-described variable display device 41 or the like. The special map and the general map display to be performed are dummy displays for effects for the player. For this reason, when referring to the special figure and the ordinary figure as viewed from the player, this dummy display is pointed out. In the following, when emphasizing this dummy display, for example, “decorative drawing” is described.
Thus, the collective display device 35 is not intended for the player but is used for inspection of the game board 20 and the like. For example, the display of the special figure start memory for the player (special figure hold display) is performed by, for example, the display unit of the variable display device 41 or a plurality of lamps (light emitting units) provided on the game board 20.

C. Next, FIG. 33 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of the back side of the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment.
The main components of the back mechanism in the pachinko machine 1 include a storage tank 51, a guide path 52a, a payout unit 53, a card unit connection board 54, an external information terminal board 55, a payout control device 200, a game control device 100, and an effect control device. 300, power supply device 500, and the like.

The storage tank 51 stores in advance the balls before being dispensed, and an insufficient number of balls in the storage tank 51 is detected by a replenishment sensor (not shown). Balls are replenished from the equipment. The balls in the storage tank 51 are guided by the guide path 52a and discharged to the upper plate 7 by a payout unit (not shown) incorporating a payout motor 222 (shown in FIG. 34). Note that the payout unit can discharge, for example, a number of game balls corresponding to the amount of rotation of the payout motor 222, and the payout unit detects a payout ball detection switch 215 (see FIG. 34).
The external information terminal board 55 has a function as a relay terminal board (external terminal board) when various information (including the unique ID) of the pachinko machine 1 is sent to the hall management device. Will be described later.

Here, the above unique ID corresponds to individual identification information that can be individually (uniquely) identified as an arithmetic processing device (game microcomputer 111 described later) in the game control device 100, but in the payout control device 200. In the arithmetic processing device (the payout microcomputer 201 described later), individual identification information that can individually (uniquely) identify the arithmetic processing device is also stored. Therefore, in the first embodiment, the individual identification information that can identify the gaming microcomputer 111 is appropriately distinguished from the unique identification information, and the individual identification information that can identify the payout microcomputer 201 is appropriately distinguished from the payout unique ID as necessary. . The same applies to other examples described later.
It should be noted that without distinction, when simply referred to as a unique ID, it refers to a main board unique ID.
Further, in the inventive concept, the unique ID is referred to as “individual identification information”. However, in general cases such as a normal site level, the individual identification information is often referred to as a unique ID. In Example 1, the individual identification information is described as a unique ID, and the description and drawings may be described and illustrated as unique information or unique identification information in balance with the unique ID (each embodiment described later). The same in).

The payout control device 200 performs control necessary for paying out game balls (both prize ball payout and rental ball payout), and is configured by storing a circuit board that realizes this control function in a predetermined case. Yes. As shown in FIG. 34, the payout control device 200 performs a prize ball payout control for discharging a predetermined number of game balls to the upper plate 7 as prize balls based on a payout control command transmitted from the game control device 100. In addition, the payout control device 200 controls the payout of paying a ball to discharge a predetermined number of game balls to the upper plate 7 as a loaned ball based on a BRDY signal or a BRQ signal from the card unit 551 (see FIG. 34).
The game control device 100 controls a solenoid or the like disposed on the game board 20 and sends control information (commands) to other control devices to comprehensively manage and control the progress of the game ( A substrate on which a circuit including a microcomputer that performs these controls is formed is housed in a predetermined case.

The production control device 300 controls the above-described variable display device, decoration lamp, production device, and speakers 12a and 12b based on the command transmitted from the game control device 100, and this control function is provided in a predetermined case. The circuit board to be realized is housed and configured.
The card unit connection board 54 (see FIG. 33 and also shown in FIG. 34) is a board for wiring connection between the pachinko machine 1 side and the CR unit (the card unit 551, the same applies hereinafter) side that lends a ball. is there. If the wiring connection is not made on the card unit connection board 54, the pachinko machine 1 is controlled so that it is impossible to launch a game ball.

  In general, when changing the model of a pachinko machine, replace the entire pachinko machine except the CR unit, or leave the pachinko machine frame side (including the payout control device) and the game board side (game board and game control). In some cases, only major control devices such as devices are exchanged. However, in the case of a rental ball of 4 yen, a 4-yen ball is used. For example, in the case of a 1-ball rental stand, the game board side and the frame side are exclusively for 1 yen rental. It is assumed that.

Next, details of the external information terminal board 55 will be described with reference to FIGS.
FIG. 4 is a perspective view of the external information terminal board 55, and FIG. 5 is a plan view of the external information terminal board 55. In these drawings, the external information terminal board 55 is provided for signal transmission to an external device outside the gaming machine, and includes a connecting portion 61 and an isolation means 62.
The connection unit 61 is connected to the first connection unit 63 connected to the payout control device 200 (in another embodiment to be described later, the game control device 100, or both the game control device 100 and the payout control device 200), and the external device side. The second connection part 64 is included. The first connecting portion 63 is composed of a male type board-to-wire connector 63a, and by connecting a female type connector (not shown) to this, a gaming machine status signal (game) sent from the payout control device 200 Information, prize ball signal, etc.) and information such as the unique ID of the main board.
That is, the female connector (not shown) is located at the end of the cable connected to the payout control device 200, and the other end of the cable is connected to the payout control device 200 itself. Then, if the female connector of this cable is inserted into the board-to-wire connector 63a, connection work for receiving all of the gaming machine status signal and the like sent from the payout control device 200 can be performed.

The board-to-wire connector 63a has a predetermined wiring on the back side of the external information terminal board 55 (rear side in FIG. 4) (for example, a printed wiring created on the board itself, or other wiring structure instead of the printed wiring may be used). In this configuration, it is connected to the isolation means 62. That is, the board-to-wire connector 63a is connected to the signal inlet side (IN side) of the photocoupler group 65.
The isolation means 62 isolates all signals (including the unique ID) from the first connection portion 63 and transmits them in parallel to the second connection portion 64, and has a photocoupler group 65. .
The photocoupler group 65 includes a plurality of photocouplers and resistors corresponding to all signals (game machine state signals, unique IDs, etc.) sent from the payout control device 200 side, and optically transmits electrical signals. Thus, information is transmitted while being electrically isolated (insulated). For example, in this example, 16 photocouplers and resistors are provided. 4 and 5, 62f represents one of the photocouplers, and 62r represents one of the resistors. Since the others are complicated, the encoding is omitted.

The second connection portion 64 includes a push-type terminal 66 and a board-to-wire connector 67.
The push-type terminal 66 is arranged between the photocoupler group 65 and an external device (external management device or the like) as a transmission position, and similarly, the board-to-wire connector 67 is also a photocoupler group 65 as a transmission position. And an external device (such as an external management device). The signal exit side (OUT side) of the photocoupler group 65 is connected to both the push type terminal 66 and the board-to-wire connector 67 (connected by a predetermined wiring on the back side of the external information terminal board 55). .
The push type terminal 66 has a gaming machine status signal (game information, prize ball signal, etc.) sent from the payout control device 200 via the board-to-wire connector 63a and the photocoupler group 65.
Is transmitted to an external device (external management device or the like), and has a structure in which a terminal is pushed and a lead wire is inserted and sandwiched. That is, the push-type terminal 66 has the same structure as the conventional one, and is provided according to the number of gaming machine status signals (game information, prize ball signals, etc.). And when operating the push type terminal 66, it is a structure in which each lead is pushed and a lead wire connected to an external device is inserted, and when the hand is released, the lead wire is sandwiched and fixed. It is possible to fix. Thereby, the gaming machine state signal from the pachinko machine 1 can be transmitted to the external device.

On the other hand, the board-to-wire connector 67 included in the second connection portion 64 will be described. The board-to-wire connector 67 is for transmitting the unique ID of the main board to an external device. That is, the board-to-wire connector 67 is connected to the signal outlet side (OUT side) of the photocoupler group 65, and this board-to-wire connector 67 is a male type, and a female type connector (not shown in the figure). By connecting to the external device, the unique ID of the main board sent via the photocoupler group 65 is received.
That is, the female connector (not shown) is located at the end of a cable connected to the external device, and the other end of the cable is connected to a signal path that can be transmitted to the external device. When a female connector of a cable connected to an external device is inserted into the board-to-wire connector 67, a connection operation for receiving the unique ID of the main board sent through the photocoupler group 65 can be performed.

Here, when the flow of signals is arranged, all signals of the gaming machine state signal (game information, prize ball signal, etc.) and the main board unique ID sent from the payout control device 200 are the board-to-wire connector 63a. Is sent to the photocoupler group 65, where it is electrically isolated (insulated), and a gaming machine status signal (game information, prize ball signal, etc.) is sent to the push-type terminal 66, while having a unique ID Is sent to the board-to-wire connector 67, and then sent to the external device via the push-type terminal 66 and the board-to-wire connector 67.
Therefore, the transmission of the unique ID can be performed only by a simple connecting operation of inserting female type connectors into the board-to-wire connector 63a and the board-to-wire connector 67 having the same structure as before. It has the advantage of being easy to make mistakes and easy. Similarly, transmission of gaming machine status signals (game information, prize ball signals, etc.) uses the push-type terminal 66 having the same structure as the conventional one, so that there are few mistakes in connection work and it is simple.
Further, since all the signals (including the unique ID) are transmitted via the photocoupler group 65 as the isolation means 62, there is an advantage that electrical fraud and noise can be cut off and security is improved.

In the above, the push-type terminal 66 corresponds to a member for transmitting a gaming machine state signal from the payout control device 200. The board-to-wire connector 67 corresponds to a member for transmitting individual identification information (unique ID) from the individual identification information output control means (function of the payout microcomputer 201).
The external device is a management device 780 (see FIG. 34) that collects gaming machine state signals such as jackpot signals from the gaming machine (pachinko machine 1) provided in the game hall, or a node of the management device 780. In addition to including the communication device, for example, a card unit (see FIG. 34) (CR unit: card-type ball lending control unit) as a game medium lending device provided in the gaming machine may be included. Note that the card unit may be included in the same manner as including the communication device that is a node of the management device 780, and the card unit is a node of the ball lending information collecting device that collects the ball lending information. The individual identification information may be collected by using it. In short, any device outside the gaming machine and capable of checking the individual identification information on the gaming store side may be used.

D. Configuration of Control System Next, the control system of the pachinko machine 1 of this example will be described with reference to FIGS. In the drawings and the following description, “SW” means a switch. Further, in the drawings, when the name of the member is long, it is difficult to show the illustration, and therefore, the drawing may be appropriately shortened (illustrated).
The pachinko machine 1 includes a game control device 100, a payout control device 200, an effect control device 300, a launch control device 400, and a power supply device 500 as main components of the control system.

(Game control device related)
First, the configuration of the game control device 100 of the pachinko machine 1 and the devices connected to the game control device 100 will be described with reference to FIG.
34, “main ID” is a main board unique ID, “external information” is a gaming machine status signal, and “prize ball signal” is a prize ball from the payout control device. The number signal of balls to be paid out, “discharge command” is a discharge command command from the game control device, “various signals” are payout abnormality status signals from the payout control device, shoot ball break switch signal, overflow switch signal, front frame An open switch signal, a game frame open detection switch signal, and the like are respectively shown (the same applies to the embodiments described later).
Further, “external information” and “prize ball signal” are collectively referred to as “external / prize ball”.
The game control device 100 is a main control device (main board) that comprehensively controls games, and includes a game microcomputer (hereinafter referred to as a game microcomputer) 111 and an inspection device connection terminal 112. Details of the gaming microcomputer 111 will be described later.
Note that the gaming microcomputer 111 is a gaming arithmetic processing device (first arithmetic processing device), and corresponds to the gaming machine arithmetic processing device of the present invention. The “arithmetic processing unit for gaming machine” means an arithmetic processing unit used for a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, and the arithmetic processing unit for gaming (the arithmetic processing unit of the gaming control unit) or the arithmetic processing unit for payout. It is a superordinate concept of (arithmetic processing unit of payout control device). Hereinafter, this arithmetic processing device for gaming machines may be simply referred to as an arithmetic processing device.
The inspection device connection terminal 112 includes, for example, a photocoupler, and is a terminal to which a cable for transmitting various game information obtained from the game microcomputer 111 to the inspection device is connected.

The game control apparatus 100 includes a first start port switch 120 (start port 1 switch in FIG. 34), a second start port switch 121 (start port 2 switch in FIG. 34), a gate switch 122, a winning port switch 123, a count switch. 124, detection signals from the magnetic sensor switch 125 and the vibration sensor switch 126 are input.
Here, the first start port switch 120 is a sensor for detecting winning balls one by one for detecting the game balls won in the first start winning port 25, and the second start port switch 121 is the second start winning port. This is a sensor for detecting a winning ball, which detects one gaming ball that has won a prize 26.
The count switch 124 is a similar sensor that detects a game ball that has won a big winning opening of the variable winning device 27. Further, the winning port switch 123 is a similar sensor provided for the general winning ports 28 to 31, and when there are n general winning ports, one is provided for each and n is provided as a whole. Instead of providing one sensor for each general winning opening, one sensor may be provided for a plurality of general winning openings. The gate switch 122 is a sensor for detecting one game ball passing through the usual starting gate 32 one by one.
Each of the sensors 120, 121, 122, 123, and 124 for detecting these game balls is a proximity switch in this example, and outputs a negative logic detection signal such as a high level of 11V and a low level of 7V. It is configured.

The game control device 100 is provided with a proximity I / F (not shown). Although the proximity I / F is not shown in FIG. 34, the configuration is similar to that of the proximity I / F 821 shown in FIG. 46 described in a modification of Example 1 described later. Will be explained.
That is, the proximity I / F 821 has a signal conversion function for converting the detection signals input from the sensors 120, 121, 122, 123, and 124 into positive logic signals of 0V-5V. The proximity I / F 821 has an input range of 7V-11V, so that the lead wire of the proximity switch (each sensor 120, 122, 123, 124) is improperly shorted, the switch is disconnected from the connector, An abnormal state in which the lead wire is disconnected and becomes floating can be detected, and when such an abnormal state is detected, an abnormality detection signal is output. The proximity I / F 821 is supplied with a voltage of 12 V in addition to a voltage such as 5 V required for normal IC operation from the power supply device 500 in order to enable the signal level conversion function as described above. ing.
The magnetic sensor switch 125 and the vibration sensor switch 126 are sensors that are provided on the back surface of the game board 20 or the like and detect fraud by magnetism or vibration.

Here, the game control device 100 and electronic components such as solenoids 132 and 133 to be described later driven by the game control device 100 have a DC voltage of a predetermined level such as DC32V, DC12V, and DC5V generated by the power supply device 500. Supplied and enabled.
The power supply device 500 includes a normal power supply including an AC-DC converter that generates the DC 32V DC voltage from a 24V AC power source, a DC-DC converter that generates a lower level DC voltage such as DC 12V and DC 5V from the DC 32V voltage, and the like. Unit 501, a backup power supply unit 502 that supplies power supply voltage to the internal RAM of the gaming microcomputer 111 in the event of a power failure, a power failure monitoring signal that has a power failure monitoring circuit and notifies the game control device 100 of the occurrence and recovery of a power failure A control signal generation unit 503 that generates and outputs a control signal such as a reset signal, a RAM clear switch 504 that initializes an internal RAM of the gaming microcomputer 111, and the like.

  In the first embodiment, the power supply device 500 is configured separately from the game control device 100, but the backup power supply unit 502 and the control signal generation unit 503 are integrated on a separate board or the game control device 100, that is, You may comprise so that it may provide on a main board | substrate. Since the game board 20 and the game control device 100 are to be replaced when the model is changed, the backup power supply unit 502 and the control signal generation unit 503 are provided on a board different from the power supply apparatus 500 or the main board in this way. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the cost by removing it from the object of replacement when changing the model.

  The backup power supply unit 502 can be composed of one large-capacity capacitor such as an electrolytic capacitor. The backup power is supplied to the game microcomputer 111 (particularly, the built-in RAM) of the game control device 100, and the data stored in the RAM is held even during a power failure or after the power is shut off. For example, the control signal generation unit 503 monitors the voltage of 32V generated by the normal power supply unit 501, and detects the occurrence of a power failure when the voltage drops to, for example, 17V or less, and changes the power failure monitoring signal (in this example, turns on) ) And a reset signal after a predetermined time. In addition, a reset signal is output after a predetermined time has elapsed from the time when the power is turned on or the power is restored.

An initialization switch signal is output from the RAM clear switch 504, and the initialization switch signal is a signal generated when the RAM clear switch 504 is turned on. Information stored in a RAM area such as the work RAM 603 (see FIG. 35) and a similar RAM area in the payout control apparatus 200 is initialized.
In this example, the initialization switch signal is read when the power is turned on, and the power failure monitoring signal is repeatedly read in the main loop of the main program executed by the gaming microcomputer 111 and the payout microcomputer 201. The reset signal causes the entire control system to be reset.

Next, the game control device 100 includes a payout control device 200, an effect control device 300, a test firing test device 131 (connected during a test at a test engine), a general electric solenoid 132, a prize winning solenoid 133, and a collective display device 35. It is connected. The game control device 100 outputs external information to the payout control device 200 and transmits data (for example, payout command) by parallel communication. In addition, as described later, individual identification information (unique ID) is also output in the first embodiment.
As external information, for example, a signal that informs the signal input to the game control device 100 to the outside, a jackpot signal that informs the jackpot that occurs in the course of the game progress, and a prize at the start opening that is a condition for rotating the symbol A start port signal that informs the player, the symbol starts rotating, or the symbol determination number signal that notifies the symbol rotation when the symbol rotation stops, and the game state is in a state advantageous to the player (so-called probability change state, time-short state ) Indicating a privilege status signal, etc., and signals to the outside, and these are collectively referred to as a gaming machine status signal.
Since the privilege state signal is generated after the end of the big hit state, it is a signal output during the “big hit state + a state advantageous to the player” period.

In addition, the game control device 100 outputs individual identification information (unique ID) for identifying the gaming microcomputer 111 to the payout control device 200 as serial data, but the payout control device 200 sends it to the game control device 100. On the other hand, the individual identification information retransmission request is not output.
Further, a payout abnormality status signal, a shot ball out switch signal, an overflow switch signal, a front frame open switch signal, and a game frame open detection switch signal are output from the payout control device 200 to the game control device 100. The contents of each signal will be described later.

Next, the test firing test apparatus 131 connected to the game control apparatus 100 will be described.
The test firing test apparatus 131 is used by an authorized organization to perform a test firing test of a gaming machine. The general electric solenoid 132 is a solenoid that opens and closes the opening and closing member of the second start winning port 26, the large winning port solenoid 133 is a solenoid that opens and closes the opening and closing member of the variable winning device 27, and the collective display device 35 is a so-called general purpose as described above. Display, special figure display, and also, special chart and usual chart start memory hold display and game state display.
Further, the game control device 100 is configured to transmit data (for example, an effect command) to the effect control device 300 through parallel communication.

(Production control device related)
Next, a configuration of the effect control device 300 and devices connected to the effect control device 300 will be described.
The effect control device 300 includes a main control microcomputer, a video control microcomputer that performs video control exclusively under the control of the main control microcomputer, a VDP as a graphic processor that performs image processing for video display on the display device 41, It has a tone generator LSI that controls the output of various melody and sound effects, etc., but its detailed configuration is omitted.
The production control device 300 analyzes a control command (8-bit data signal) from the game microcomputer 111 of the game control device 100, determines the production content and controls the content of the output video of the display device 41, or the sound source LSI. The reproduction sound is instructed and the speakers 12a and 12b are driven to produce sound effects, and the processing such as the drive control of the decoration LED 301 described above is executed.
Further, when receiving the error notification instruction from the game control device 100, the effect control device 300 outputs a signal to the error notification LED 302 to turn it on.

(Discharge control device related)
Next, the configuration of the payout control apparatus 200 and devices connected to the payout control apparatus 200 will be described.
The payout control device 200 includes a payout microcomputer (hereinafter referred to as a payout microcomputer) 201 for controlling payout of game balls (award ball payout or rental payout), an error number display 202, an error release switch 203, an inspection device. A connection terminal 204 is provided. Details of the payout microcomputer 201 will be described later.
The payout microcomputer 201 is a payout arithmetic processing device (second arithmetic processing device) and corresponds to the gaming machine arithmetic processing device of the present invention.
The inspection device connection terminal 204 includes, for example, a photocoupler, and is a terminal to which a cable for transmitting various types of information related to payout obtained from the payout microcomputer 201 to the inspection device is connected. When there is an error in the payout control process, the error number indicator 202 lights a specific number according to the content of the error. The error cancel switch 203 outputs a signal for canceling the error when operated, for example, when the processing is stopped due to an error in the payout control process.

The equipment connected to the input side of the payout control device 200 includes a glass frame opening detection switch 211 (front frame opening detection switch), a front frame opening detection switch 212 (game frame opening detection switch), an overflow switch 213, and radio waves. There are a detection sensor 214, a payout ball detection switch 215, and a chute ball cut switch 216.
The glass frame open detection switch 211 is a sensor that detects that the glass frame 5 is open, and the front frame open detection switch 212 is a sensor that detects that the front frame 4 is open.
The overflow switch 213 is a switch for detecting that the game balls in the lower tray 10 are excessive, the radio wave detection sensor 214 is a sensor for detecting abnormal radio waves such as fraud, and the payout ball detection switch 215 is by a payout unit 53 (FIG. 33). A switch for detecting game balls (award balls or rental balls) to be paid out toward the upper plate 7 one by one, a chute ball cut switch 216 detects that there is no game ball on the chute for supplying the game balls to the storage tank 51. Switch.

As devices connected to the output side of the payout control device 200, there are a payout motor 222, a card unit connection board 54, a firing control device 400, and an external information terminal board 55.
The payout control device 200 drives the payout motor 222 of the payout unit 53 in accordance with a signal (payout control command) from the game control device 100, and performs control for paying out a prize ball. Further, the payout control device 200 drives the payout motor 222 based on a BRQ signal (lending request signal) or the like from a card unit (CR unit) 551 connected to the card unit connection board 54, and pays out a rental ball. Control for.
An operation panel board 552 is connected to the card unit connection board 54, and the operation panel board 552 is provided with a ball lending LED, a balance indicator, a ball lending switch, a return switch (all of which are provided in the pachinko machine 1). Etc.) are connected. The operation panel board 552 receives signals such as a ball lending LED and a balance indicator from the card unit (CR unit) 551, and sends operation signals from the ball lending switch and return switch to the card unit (CR unit) 551 for lending. Control necessary for paying out the ball is performed.
Although not shown, backup power is also supplied from the power supply device 500 to a RAM area (a user work RAM 703, which will be described later) of the payout control device 200 in the event of a power failure.

As described above, external information is input from the game control device 100 to the payout control device 200. The payout control device 200 relays this external information (by simply passing (through) the relay). While sending to the external information terminal board 55, the prize ball signal produced by itself is also sent to the external information terminal board 55. Further, the individual identification information (unique ID) of the game control device 100 is also input to the payout control device 200 from the game control device 100 as the main board, and as a result, is sent to the external information terminal board 55 via the payout control device 200. However, the individual identification information (unique ID) of the game control device 100 is subjected to processing such as editing by a payout program described later, and is sent to the external information terminal board 55. Accordingly, the payout control apparatus 200 has a function of relaying external information and the like, and a function of editing the unique ID.
As described above, the external information terminal board 55 is connected to the payout control device 200 with a cable, and transmits external information, a prize ball signal, and the unique ID of the game control device 100 to the management device 780 as an external device. Relay.

  The launch control device 400 is supplied with necessary power from the payout control device 200 and receives a launch permission signal and a power failure detection signal. The launch control device 400 controls the launch motor 401 that launches the game ball according to the operation of the launch operation handle 11, and signals from the touch switch 402 and the launch stop switch 403 are input to the launch control device 400. The touch switch 402 detects whether or not the player is touching the launch operation handle 11, and the launch stop switch 403 temporarily stops the launch of the game ball and is operated by the player. It is.

(Details of the gaming microcomputer 111)
Next, the details of the gaming microcomputer 111 provided in the gaming control device 100 will be described with reference to FIG.
FIG. 35 is a block diagram of the gaming microcomputer 111. In FIG. 35, the gaming microcomputer 111 is manufactured as an IC for a so-called amuse chip, and is divided into a gaming area unit 600A for performing gaming control and an information area unit 600B for managing information.
First, the game area 600A includes a CPU core (arithmetic processing means) 601, a user program ROM (nonvolatile storage means) 602, a user work RAM (volatile storage means) 603, an external bus interface (I / F) 604, and a bus switch. Circuit 605, decryption / ROM writing circuit 606, mirrored RAM 607, boot block 608, clock generator 609, reset / interrupt control circuit 610, address decoder 611, output control circuit 612, random number generation circuit 613, monitoring circuit 614, HW A parameter ROM 615, a chip individual ID register 616, an encrypted transmission / reception circuit 617, and a bus 618 are included.

The CPU core 601 executes a game program for managing a game to perform arithmetic processing necessary for game control, and performs processing for outputting a unique ID by the game program.
The user program ROM 602 stores a game program, and the game program includes a process of outputting unique identification information (unique ID) for identifying the game microcomputer 111. In addition, there is a ROM comment as unique information written in the access prohibited area of the user program ROM 602.
Here, examples of information written in the ROM comment include a manufacturer name, a product name, and a manufacturing date. However, these are information different from the manufacturer code and product code described later, and are merely comments as the name suggests. Further, ROM comments cannot be read by the user program.

The user work RAM 603 is used as a work area (work area) when executing a process based on a game program in the game area 600A.
The external bus interface 604 has interfaces such as a memory request signal MREQ, an input / output request signal IORQ, a memory write signal WR, a memory read signal RD, and a mode signal MODE, and includes a serial communication circuit 604a. The serial communication circuit 604a manages serial data communication when the gaming microcomputer 111 exchanges data with the outside.
The bus switching circuit 605 interfaces with 16-bit address signals A0 to A15 and 8-bit data signals D0 to D7. The external information described above is output as 8-bit data signals D0 to D7 via the bus switching circuit 605.

The decryption / ROM writing circuit 606 performs a process of decrypting the encrypted data and writing it in the user program ROM 602, for example, when the encrypted data is fetched from the outside. The mirrored RAM 607 stores the same data stored in the user work RAM 603 by mirror processing. The boot block 608 includes a ROM that stores a boot program executed by the CPU core 601 after a system reset, and a boot-dedicated work RAM that is used by the boot program. The clock generator 609 generates a predetermined clock signal.
The reset / interrupt control circuit 610 detects the reset interrupt signal RST and notifies the CPU core 601 of it. The address decoder 611 decodes the location of the built-in device and the built-in control / status register group by the memory mapped I / O method and the I / O mapped I / O method. The output control circuit 612 performs signal control from the address decoder 611 and outputs chip select signals (CS0 to CS13) from the external terminals (14 in the first embodiment) to the outside.

The random number generation circuit 613 generates a random number related to whether or not a game value (for example, jackpot) is added in a game execution process (random numbers are used for determining a jackpot or determining a symbol at a stop) Therefore, a mathematical method for generating a uniform random number (for example, a congruent method or an M-sequence method) is used. In the present embodiment, information related to the model is used as a seed value when generating a random number.
The monitoring circuit 614 monitors each part including the CPU core 601, and outputs a reset interrupt signal RST to the reset / interrupt control circuit 610 if there is an abnormality. Further, the monitoring circuit 614 has an illegal access reset function that prevents the CPU core 601 from accessing areas other than those necessary for the operation of the user program, such as ROM comments, CPUIDs, manufacturer codes, product codes, chip codes, etc. The storage area cannot be directly accessed by the CPU core 601.
Here, both the CPUID and the chip code correspond to individual identification information (unique ID, that is, main board unique ID) that can identify the gaming microcomputer 111, but the CPUID is conventionally used for the purpose of product management and the like. It cannot be read by the user program. On the other hand, the chip code is information that can be read by a user program. Note that the CPUID and the chip code have different values, and the CPUID cannot be estimated from the chip code.

The HW parameter ROM 615 can set and write parameters, and has a user setting parameter area, a certification authority setting data area, and the like. The user setting parameter area is built in the gaming microcomputer 111. Parameters that specify the operation of the CPU peripheral circuit, manufacturer code, product code, etc. are written, security code (however, not unique identification information (unique ID)), arithmetic processing for gaming machines in the certification authority setting data area A chip code (main board chip code) corresponding to individual identification information (unique ID, i.e., main board unique ID) that can identify the gaming microcomputer 111 as a device (arithmetic processing device), and product management, etc. The CPUID being used is written. The user setting parameter area and the certification authority setting data area are both access-prohibited areas that cannot be accessed by the user program.
The chip individual ID register 616 is a storage area where a unique ID stored in the HW parameter ROM 615 is copied and written by a control circuit (HPG) 625 (described later) when the power is turned on. Since the chip individual ID register 616 is an area accessible by the user program, the unique ID originally stored in the access prohibited area in the user program can be read through this register. . When the unique ID stored in the HW parameter ROM 615 is read when the power is turned on, the unique ID is also copied to the ID property RAM 624 of the information area 600B as will be described later.

The encrypted transmission / reception circuit 617 is a serial communication circuit that is connected to a device having the same function (for example, the payout microcomputer 201) and performs data transmission / reception by encrypting data if the result of mutual authentication is normal. The bus 618 includes a data bus, an address bus, and a control bus, and extends to the information area portion 600B.
Here, the gaming microcomputer 111 sends the individual identification information (main board unique ID) to the external device side (the payout control device 200 in this embodiment) in association with the gaming machine state signal by processing (game program) described later. The function to output (the function of the gaming machine state signal output control means) is realized.

Next, the information area unit 600B that performs information management in the gaming microcomputer 111 will be described.
The information area part 600B is a part of the bus 618 extending from the HPG work RAM 621, the HPG program ROM 622, the bus monitor circuit 623, the ID property RAM 624, the control circuit (HPG) 625, the external communication control circuit 626, the bus 627, and the game area part 600A. It is comprised including.
The HPG work RAM 621 is used as a work area (work area) when performing information management processing in the gaming microcomputer 111. The HPG program ROM 622 stores a control program for the control circuit (HPG) 625, and is used for performing management operation of the information area unit 600B.
The bus monitor circuit 623 monitors and controls the state of the bus 618 on the game area 600A side from the information area 600B side. The control here is timing control when copying the contents of the user program ROM 602 to the HPG work RAM 621, or when the game program is output to the outside (the bus 618 on the game area 600A side is opened and the user program ROM 602 is opened). Timing control when a game program is read and output to the outside from the information area 500B side. Note that the game program is output through an external communication control circuit 626 described later. When outputting to the outside, an encryption process may be performed.
The bus monitor circuit 623 also performs status monitoring and timing control of the bus 618 when the unique ID is stored in the ID property RAM 624 from the game area 600A side when the power is turned on.

The ID property RAM 624 is used as a work area (working area) when outputting the manufacturer code, product code, chip code, etc., and the CPU ID and chip code are copied and stored in the ID property RAM 624 when the system is reset. When the CPU ID is requested, the copied CPU ID and chip code are read from the ID property RAM 624. Further, the manufacturer property code and product code are copied and stored in the ID property RAM 624 when the system is reset, and the copied manufacturer code and product code are read from the ID property RAM 624 when requested.
Further, in the ID property RAM 624, the chip code (unique ID) is copied and stored from the HW parameter ROM 615 by the control circuit (HPG) 625 when the power is turned on, and the copied chip code is read from the ID property RAM 624 when the chip code is requested. It is designed to be read out.

A control circuit (HPG) 625 controls the information area 600B side and has a buffer memory. The control circuit (HPG) 625 monitors the operation of the CPU core 601 via, for example, the bus monitor circuit 623, and copies the contents of the mirrored RAM 607 in the game area unit 600A to the HPG work RAM 621 in the information area unit 600B during non-operation. . In addition, the contents of the HPG work RAM 621 in the information area 600B are transferred to the outside in response to a memory content request command from the outside, or in the user program ROM 602 through the bus monitor circuit 623 in response to a game program request command. Transfer game programs to the outside. Further, in response to an external chip code request, control is performed when transferring the chip code copied to the ID property RAM 624 of the information area 600B to the outside.
The memory of the control circuit (HPG) 625 is used for timing adjustment at the time of transfer.

The external communication control circuit 626 performs communication with the outside. For example, information stored in the gaming microcomputer 111 (for example, a game program, a unique ID, etc.) is encrypted based on an external command. Thereafter, processing such as forwarding to the outside is performed. Note that information relating to individual identification information that can be read from the outside through the external communication control circuit 626 includes a manufacturer code, a product code, a chip code, a ROM comment, and a CPUID. The bus 627 includes a data bus, an address bus, and a control bus.
In the gaming microcomputer 111, the gaming area unit 600A and the information area unit 600B operate independently via the bus monitor circuit 623. That is, the information area unit 600B side can operate regardless of the operation of the CPU core 601 in the game area unit 600A (regardless of program execution).

(Details of payout microcomputer 201)
Next, the details of the payout microcomputer 201 provided in the payout control apparatus 200 will be described with reference to FIG.
FIG. 36 is a block diagram of the payout microcomputer 201. In FIG. 36, the payout microcomputer 201 is manufactured as an IC for a so-called amuse chip, and is divided into a game area portion 700A that controls payout of balls and an information area portion 700B that manages information.
The configuration of each unit is similar to the gaming microcomputer 111 described above, but the gaming microcomputer 111 manages game control, whereas the dispensing microcomputer 201 manages ball payout control. And different.

  First, the game area 700A includes a CPU core (arithmetic processing means) 701, a user program ROM (nonvolatile storage means) 702, a user work RAM (volatile storage means) 703, an external bus interface (I / F) 704, and a bus switch. Circuit 705, decoding / ROM writing circuit 706, mirrored RAM 707, boot block 708, clock generator 709, reset / interrupt control circuit 710, address decoder 711, output control circuit 712, monitoring circuit 714, HW parameter ROM 715, individual chip An ID register 716, an encryption transmission / reception circuit 717, and a bus 718 are included.

The CPU core 701 executes a payout program for managing the payout control of the ball to perform a calculation process necessary for the payout control, and the unique ID sent from the game microcomputer 111 by the game program to the external information terminal board 55. Process to output.
The user program ROM 702 stores a payout program, and the payout program includes processing for outputting individual identification information (unique ID), external information, and the like sent from the game microcomputer 111 to the external information terminal board 55. Yes.
The user work RAM 703 is used as a work area (work area) when executing processing based on the payout program in the game area 700A.
The external bus interface 704 has interfaces such as a memory request signal MREQ, an input / output request signal IORQ, a memory write signal WR, a memory read signal RD, and a mode signal MODE, and includes a serial communication circuit 704a. The serial communication circuit 704a manages serial data communication when data is exchanged with the outside of the payout microcomputer 201.
The bus switching circuit 705 interfaces 16-bit address signals A0 to A15 and 8-bit data signals D0 to D7.

The decryption / ROM writing circuit 706 performs a process of decrypting the encrypted data and writing it in the user program ROM 702, for example, when taking in the encrypted data from the outside. The mirrored RAM 707 stores the same data stored in the user work RAM 703 by mirrored processing. The boot block 708 includes a ROM that stores a boot program executed by the CPU core 701 after a system reset, and a boot-dedicated work RAM that is used by the boot program. The clock generator 709 generates a predetermined clock signal.
The reset / interrupt control circuit 710 detects the reset interrupt signal RST and notifies the CPU core 701 of it. The address decoder 711 decodes the location of the built-in device and the built-in control / status register group by the memory mapped I / O method and the I / O mapped I / O method. The output control circuit 712 performs signal control from the address decoder 711 and outputs chip select signals (CS0 to CS4) from the external terminals (5 in the first embodiment) to the outside.

The monitoring circuit 714 monitors each part including the CPU core 701, and outputs a reset interrupt signal RST to the reset / interrupt control circuit 710 if there is an abnormality. Further, the monitoring circuit 714 has an illegal access reset function that prevents the CPU core 701 from accessing areas other than those necessary for the operation of the user program, such as ROM comments, CPUIDs, manufacturer codes, product codes, chip codes, etc. The storage area is prevented from being directly accessed by the CPU core 701.
The HW parameter ROM 715 is capable of setting and writing parameters, and has a user setting parameter area, a certification authority setting data area, and the like. The user setting parameter area is built in the payout microcomputer 201. Parameters that specify the operation of the CPU peripheral circuit, manufacturer code, product code, and the like are written, and the security code (however, not the unique identification information (unique ID)) and the second arithmetic processing are stored in the certification authority setting data area. A chip code (payout chip code) corresponding to individual identification information (payout unique ID) that can identify the payout microcomputer 201 as a payout calculation processing device corresponding to the device, and has been conventionally used for the purpose of product management, etc. CPUID is written. The user setting parameter area and the certification authority setting data area are both access-prohibited areas that cannot be accessed by the user program.

Depending on the contents of the payout control program, the following control can be made possible. However, it depends only on the contents of the payout control program. For example, when the unique ID sent from the gaming microcomputer 111 is simply relayed by the payout control device 200 and sent to the external information terminal board 55, the payout control program does not perform processing related to the unique ID. (See Example 3).
In the first embodiment, the following control is performed.
That is, the chip individual ID register 716 is a storage area in which a unique ID stored in the HW parameter ROM 715 is copied and written by a control circuit (HPG) 725 described later when the power is turned on. Since the chip individual ID register 716 is an area accessible by the user program, the payout control program can read the unique ID originally stored in the access prohibited area of the user program through this register. It has become.
The encrypted transmission / reception circuit 717 is a serial communication circuit that is connected to a device having an equivalent function (for example, the gaming microcomputer 111) and performs transmission / reception by encrypting data if the result of mutual authentication is normal. The bus 718 includes a data bus, an address bus, and a control bus, and extends to the information area 700B.

Next, the information area unit 700B that performs information management in the payout microcomputer 201 will be described.
The information area 700B is a part of the bus 718 extending from the HPG work RAM 721, the HPG program ROM 722, the bus monitor circuit 723, the ID property RAM 724, the control circuit (HPG) 725, the external communication control circuit 726, the bus 727, and the game area 700A. It is comprised including.
The HPG work RAM 721 is used as a work area (work area) when performing information management processing in the payout microcomputer 201. The HPG program ROM 722 stores a control program for the control circuit (HPG) 725, and is used for performing a management operation of the information area unit 700B.
The bus monitor circuit 723 monitors and controls the state of the bus 718 on the game area 700A side from the information area 700B side. The control here is timing control such as timing control when copying the contents of the user program ROM 702 to the HPG work RAM 721. The bus monitor circuit 723 also performs status monitoring and timing control of the bus 718 when the payout unique ID is stored in the ID property RAM 724 from the game area 700A side when the power is turned on.
The payout program is output through an external communication control circuit 726 described later. When outputting to the outside, an encryption process may be performed.

The ID property RAM 724 is used as a work area (working area) when performing output processing of a chip code or the like. The ID property RAM 724 stores a CPUID and a chip code which are copied and stored when the system is reset. When requested, the copied CPU ID and chip code are read from the ID property RAM 724. Further, the manufacturer property code and product code are copied and stored in the ID property RAM 724 when the system is reset, and the copied manufacturer code and product code are read from the ID property RAM 724 when requested.
The ID property RAM 724 stores the payout unique ID copied from the HW parameter ROM 715 by the control circuit (HPG) 725 when the power is turned on. The payout unique ID is read from the ID property RAM 724 when the payout unique ID is requested. It is supposed to be.

A control circuit (HPG) 725 controls the information area 700B side and has a buffer memory. The control circuit (HPG) 725 monitors the operation of the CPU core 701 through, for example, the bus monitor circuit 723, and copies the contents of the mirrored RAM 707 in the game area 700A to the HPG work RAM 721 in the information area 700B during non-operation. . Further, the contents of the HPG work RAM 721 in the information area 700B are transferred to the outside in response to an external memory content request command. The memory of the control circuit (HPG) 725 is used for timing adjustment at the time of transfer.
Further, the control circuit (HPG) 725 performs control when transferring the unique ID copied to the ID property RAM 724 of the information area 700B to the outside in response to a request for the unique ID from the outside.

The external communication control circuit 726 performs communication with the outside. For example, information (for example, a manufacturer code, a product code, a unique ID, etc.) stored in the payout microcomputer 201 based on a command from the outside is used. After encryption, processing such as transferring to the outside is performed. Note that information relating to individual identification information that can be read from the outside through the external communication control circuit 726 includes a manufacturer code, a product code, a chip code, a ROM comment, and a CPUID. The bus 727 includes a data bus, an address bus, and a control bus. When performing control such that the payout unique ID is read by the payout control program, the output control circuit 712, the bus switching circuit 705, etc. output the individual identification information (payout unique ID) so that it can be received by an external device outside the gaming machine. It has a function to control.
In the payout microcomputer 201, the game area 700A and the information area 700B operate independently via the bus monitor circuit 723. That is, the information area 700B side can operate regardless of the operation of the CPU core 701 in the game area 700A (regardless of the program execution).
Here, the payout microcomputer 201 realizes the functions of the reception control means and the individual identification information output control means.

E. Outline of Game Next, an outline of a game performed in the pachinko machine 1 of this example and a flow of the game will be described.
First, at the beginning of the game (or before the start of the game), the customer is in a waiting state (during demonstration), and a command for instructing the display of the waiting screen for the customer is a buffer (for example, the same) 46 (corresponding to the buffer 833 in FIG. 46 of the function) is transmitted to the effect control device 300, and a customer waiting screen (moving image or still image) is displayed on the display unit 41a of the display device.

  When the game ball that has been driven into the game area 22 through the guide rail 21 wins the special winning start winning opening 25 or 26 (that is, when there is a special winning start winning), the fluctuation display of the special figure Is sent from the game control device 100 to the effect control device 300, and a display (so-called variable display) in which a special figure (including numbers, characters, symbols, patterns, etc.) fluctuates (for example, scrolls) on the display unit 41a. ) Is performed, and a special figure variation display game (hereinafter referred to as a special figure variation display game) is performed.

And if the stop result mode of this variable display game (the combination of special figures derived by the variable display) is a special result mode (for example, “3, 3, 3”, etc.), a privilege called a big hit is given. It is given to the player. In terms of control, for example, a value such as a big hit random number is extracted and stored on the condition that there has been a start prize, and this extracted and stored random number value is compared with a predetermined determination value at the time of determination. Based on the comparison determination result, whether or not to make a big hit is determined in advance, and the variable display game is started in response to this determination.
Further, in the normal mode, if the stop result mode of the variable display game is a specific mode of the special result mode (for example, “7, 7, 7”), it will be a big hit and after the big hit game The game state shifts from the normal mode to the probability change mode (after a special prize period described later). In this probability variation mode, control is performed to increase the probability that the special figure will be a big hit (hereinafter referred to as the special figure big hit probability). In some cases, so-called time reduction (which shortens the variable display time for special drawings or the like to increase the frequency of the variable display game and make it easier to win) is also performed.

  When the jackpot is reached and the jackpot state is reached, a fanfare period (a period in which an output of a sound effect that produces a jackpot is executed) is passed, and the jackpot of the variable prize winning device 27 is set for a predetermined time (for example, In the range not exceeding 30 seconds), for example, an opening operation (a jackpot round) that is temporarily opened for a period of up to 10 winnings is performed. This release operation is repeated for a specified number of rounds. Further, in this jackpot state, a command for instructing display of a jackpot screen for producing the jackpot state or notifying the player of the number of jackpot rounds is transmitted from the game control device 100 to the effect control device 300, and the display unit 41a. Then, such a big hit display is executed.

The period in which the jackpot is in effect (the fanfare period, the period of the jackpot round in which the jackpot is open, the interval period between the jackpot round and the next jackpot round, and the ending period) are the special prize period. It corresponds to.
In addition, as the number of rounds of the big hit, for example, a big hit of 15 rounds is usually the main big hit, but a configuration that generates a 16R big hit as a premier or other configurations may be used. Further, there may be a two-round big hit or the like as a so-called abruptness (a sudden probability change in which the big hit probability changes via a big hit with few balls).

Further, when a game ball is further won in the start winning opening 25 or 26 during the above-mentioned special figure variable display game or big hit, a special display start memory is held on the display unit 41a or the like, for example, four pieces are displayed. After the change display game or the big hit state is finished, the special display change display game is repeated or returned to the customer waiting state based on the start memory.
That is, if the variable display game ends with a big hit, the game shifts to a big hit state, and if the variable display game ends with a start and there is a start memory, the variable display game is executed again, and the variable display game ends with a start and no start memory is stored. If the big hit ends and there is a start memory, the variable display game is executed again. If the big hit ends and there is no start memory, the flow returns to the customer wait state.

  In this embodiment, for example, two types of special chart start memory (special map start memory) are displayed (special figure 1 hold display and special figure 2 hold display). A variation display game (a first variation display game and a second variation display game) is executed. That is, when a special figure start prize (first start prize) due to the game ball entering the first start prize opening 25 occurs, the display device 41 plays the first variation display game by the variation display of the special figure 1. When a game ball wins the first start winning opening 25 during any special figure variation display game or the like, one first start memory (start memory corresponding to the special figure 1 hold display) is stored. On the other hand, the first variation display game by the variation display of the special figure 1 is performed on the display device 41 after the special figure fluctuation display game is finished. Further, if there is a special figure start prize (second start prize) due to the game ball entering the second start prize opening 26, the display device 41 plays the second variation display game by the variation display of the special figure 2. When a game ball wins the second start winning opening 26 during any special figure variation display game or the like, one second start memory (start memory corresponding to the special figure 2 hold display) is stored. On the other hand, the second variation display game by the variation display of the special figure 2 is performed on the display device 41 after the above special figure fluctuation display game ends. When both the first start memory and the second start memory are present, either the first variation display game or the second variation display game is executed first in accordance with a preset rule. For example, a mode in which the second variable display game corresponding to the second start winning opening 26 is preferentially performed (that is, a mode in which the second start memory is preferentially consumed) or two types of variable display games are alternately displayed. There may be a mode to be performed.

On the other hand, when the game ball passes through the usual figure start gate 32 during the game, a usual figure change display game (hereinafter, referred to as a usual figure change display game) is played by the display part 41a or the like. . And if this normal map change display game result (stopped general chart) is a predetermined mode (specific display mode), a privilege called per map is granted.
At this time, a game is held in which the pair of opening / closing members 26a of the second start winning opening 26 is temporarily held in an open state where the pair of opening / closing members 26a is opened in a reverse C-shape. This makes it easier for the game ball to start and win, and accordingly, the number of executions of the special figure variable display game increases and the possibility of winning a big hit increases.
Further, during the above-mentioned variable display game, when a game ball is further won in the general chart start gate 32, a general display start storage display is executed on the display unit 41a and the like, for example, up to four are stored, After the usual variable display game is over, the usual variable display game is repeated based on the memory.

Next, the external output of the unique ID will be outlined. When the pachinko machine 1 is powered on or reset, the unique ID stored in the HW parameter ROM 615 of the gaming microcomputer 111 is controlled by the operation of the control circuit (HPG) 625. Is read and copied to the chip individual ID register 616, and the unique ID is also copied to the ID property RAM 624.
The unique ID copied to the chip individual ID register 616 passes through the external bus interface 604 by the operation of the game program, is converted into a serial communication format by the built-in serial communication circuit, and is appropriately output to the outside of the gaming microcomputer 111 for payout control. Serially transferred to the apparatus 200 (external apparatus side), further sent to the external information terminal board 55 via the payout control apparatus 200, relayed by the external information terminal board 55, and transmitted to the external management apparatus 780. This makes it possible to send the unique ID stored in the gaming microcomputer 111 to the gaming store side.
When the unique ID is output from the gaming microcomputer 111 by parallel communication, the unique ID copied to the chip individual ID register 616 is transferred in parallel via the bus 618 and the bus switching circuit 605. However, serial communication is used in the first embodiment.
On the other hand, the unique ID copied to the ID property RAM 624 is transferred to the outside (in this case, the inspection apparatus connection terminal 112 in FIG. 34) through the external communication control circuit 626 in response to a request for the unique ID from the outside. Then, for example, by connecting the inspection device to the inspection device connection terminal 112, the unique ID stored in the gaming microcomputer 111 is read out by the inspection organization.
The ID property RAM 724 stores the payout unique ID copied from the HW parameter ROM by the operation of the control circuit (HPG) 725 when the power is turned on, and the payout unique ID copied to the ID property RAM 724 is an external unique ID. Is output to the outside through the external communication control circuit 726 in response to the request.
Note that the gaming machine state signal (external information) generated by the gaming control device 100 is transferred in parallel to the outside (for example, to the payout control device 200 in the first embodiment) via the bus switching circuit 605, for example.

F. Operation of Control System Next, the control contents of the game control device 100 and the payout control device 200 will be described. First, the game control device 100 will be described with reference to FIGS. 37, 38, 11, 39, 13, 40, 15, 41, 42 and 43.
(A) Main Process of Game Control Device First, the main process of the game control device 100 (game microcomputer 111) will be described with reference to FIGS.
This main process starts based on the fact that the gaming microcomputer 111 is forcibly reset. That is, when a power switch (not shown) of the power supply device 500 is turned on, a reset signal is sent from the control signal generation unit 503 of the power supply device 500 at a predetermined timing (during a predetermined reset period when the power is turned on). When the reset terminal of the gaming microcomputer 111 is turned on and then the reset signal is released, the gaming microcomputer 111 is activated. When the power is restored from a power failure, the game microcomputer 111 is activated after the reset signal is turned on and released. Further, when the worker wants to initialize the user work RAM 603 and the like of the game control device 100, the power switch is turned on while turning on the initialization switch (RAM clear switch 504) of the power supply device 500. There is a need.

When the gaming microcomputer 111 is activated, interrupts are first prohibited, the CPU peripheral circuit (including the serial port) built in the CPU core 601 and the gaming microcomputer 111 is initialized, and the payout board (the payout control device 200). ) Is stopped for a predetermined delay time (for example, 4 msec) (steps S1 to S3).
When the delay time elapses, access to the RAM (user work RAM 603) is permitted, and an off signal (a signal corresponding to a binary signal “0”) is output to all output ports (steps S4 and S5). ). Since each output port is turned off (reset) by the reset signal, it is not always necessary to output the off signal to each output port in software, but step S5 is provided here just in case. .

Next, it is determined whether or not the initialization switch is turned on according to the state of the initialization switch signal (step S6). If it is turned on, the process proceeds to step S12. If not, the process proceeds to step S7.
The process proceeds to step S12 when the initialization switch is turned on and the gaming microcomputer 111 is activated, when it is determined in step S7, which will be described later, that the power failure inspection area is not all normal, or a step, which will be described later. This is a case where it is determined in S9 that the checksum is not normal. For this reason, when the processing proceeds to step S12, processing such as initialization of data (excluding the access prohibited area) in the RAM (user work RAM 603) of the gaming microcomputer 111 is performed.

If the initialization switch is not turned on, the process proceeds to step S7, where it is determined whether or not all values in the power outage inspection areas 1 and 2 of the RAM (user work RAM 603) are normal power outage inspection area check data. If so, the process proceeds to step S8 assuming that the power failure has been restored, and if abnormal (if not stored normally), the process proceeds to step S12 assuming that the power is normally turned on. The power failure inspection area check data is set in step S25 described later. In this step S7, since it is determined whether or not the power failure has been restored by using a plurality of check data as described above, it is highly reliable to determine whether or not the power failure has been restored.
Next, in step S8, a checksum of data in the user work RAM 603 is calculated, and in step S9, it is compared with the checksum at the time of power-off, and it is determined whether or not the value is normal (match). If the checksum is not normal (that is, when the data in the user work RAM 603 is corrupted), the process proceeds to step S12. If the checksum is normal, the process proceeds to step S10.
In step S10, a process for power failure recovery (initial value setting) is executed. That is, all the power failure inspection areas are cleared, the checksum area is cleared, and the areas related to error and fraud monitoring are reset. Next, in step S11, a power failure recovery command (power failure recovery command) corresponding to the special figure game process number is transmitted. After step S11, the process proceeds to step S15.

  On the other hand, if the initialization switch has been turned on in step S6, the process jumps to step S12 to perform the processes in steps S12 to S14. When the processing proceeds to step S12 and subsequent steps, processing such as initialization of data in the user work RAM 603 of the game control device 100 (excluding the access prohibited area) is performed. That is, in step S12, all user work RAM 603 areas to be used are cleared. Specifically, in the user work RAM 603, all work areas before the access prohibited area are cleared, and all stack areas after the access prohibited area are cleared. Next, in step S13, an initial value at the time of power-on is saved in the area to be initialized, and a process of transmitting a power-on command (power-on command) to the effect control device 300 is performed in step S14. When the power-on command is transmitted, the other control device receives this power-on command and, for example, in the case of the effect control device 300, performs initialization such as setting the operation position of the motor of the frame effect device to the initial position. .

After step S14, the process proceeds to step S15, and the output timer initial value of external information (security signal) relating to RAM clear is saved in the security signal control timer area. For example, 256 ms is saved as the output timer initial value.
Next, in step S16, for example, a CTC (Counter / Timer Circuit) provided inside the gaming microcomputer 111 is activated. CTC is a circuit for timer interrupt.
Next, in step S17, activation setting of the random number generation circuit 613 provided in the gaming microcomputer 111 is performed. This random number generation circuit 613 generates a part of each special figure or ordinary random number in hardware. However, the initial values of these random numbers are set in software by the processing in step S19 described later.

  Note that the random numbers related to the special figure include jackpot random numbers (random numbers for determining whether to win or not), jackpot symbol random numbers 1, 2 (random numbers for determining jackpot stop symbols), fluctuation pattern random numbers (Lee's) Random number for determining a variation pattern including presence / absence), stop symbol random number (random number for determining outlier stop symbol), and the like. In addition, examples of random numbers related to ordinary maps include random numbers per ordinary figure (random numbers for determining whether or not per ordinary figure). Among these, the random numbers (hard random numbers) targeted in steps S17 and S19 are, for example, jackpot random numbers, random numbers per common figure, jackpot symbol random numbers 1 and 2. Note that the random numbers related to the special figure may be common to the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 when there are two types of special figures, or may be provided separately.

Next, in step S18, interruption is permitted, and in the next step S19, initial value random number update processing is performed. The initial value random number update process is a process for updating the initial value of the hard random number so that it is difficult to deliberately aim for a big hit or the like by timing the game ball.
Next, the process proceeds to step S20, where the number of checks of the power failure monitoring signal (for example, twice) is set, and in the next step S21, it is determined whether or not the power failure monitoring signal is on. In step S22, if it is not turned on, the process returns to step S19. During normal operation, steps S19 to S21 are repeated.

Then, when proceeding to step S22, it is determined whether or not the power failure monitoring signal is kept on for the number of times of the check. If the result is negative, it is determined that a power failure has occurred and the process returns to step S21.
When the power failure monitoring signal is turned on, the power failure monitoring signal may be used as an NMI interrupt signal to interrupt the process being executed and forcibly execute the power failure processing from step S23. However, with the configuration of this example, the power failure monitoring signal is checked for multiple times in step S22 in step S22, so the power failure monitoring signal is temporarily and momentarily turned on due to noise or the like even though no power failure has actually occurred. In this case, there is an advantage that it is not erroneously determined that a power failure has occurred.

In step S23, interrupts are prohibited. Then, in the next step S24, all outputs are turned off (off data is output to all output ports), and then a power failure information setting process is executed in step S25. In the power failure information setting process, the power failure inspection area check data 1 is saved in the power failure inspection area 1 and the power failure inspection area check data 2 is saved in the power failure inspection area 2.
After step S25, in the next step S26, the checksum of the data in the user work RAM 603 is calculated and saved in a predetermined checksum area. Next, in step S27, the access to the user work RAM 603 is prohibited and then waits. (Reset waiting state is waited for the reset signal from the control signal generation unit 503 described above). In FIG. 9, “RWM” means the user work RAM 603.
In addition, the power failure process of the above steps S23 to S27 is performed before the power supply voltage drops below the operating voltage of the gaming microcomputer 111 due to the power failure.

(B) Timer Interrupt Processing of Game Control Device Next, timer interrupt processing of the game control device 100 (game microcomputer 111) will be described with reference to FIG.
This timer interrupt process is started by the processes of steps S16 and S18 in the main process described above, and is repeatedly executed at a predetermined timer interrupt cycle.

  In this timer interrupt process, first, in step S31, register saving or interrupt prohibition is executed as necessary, and then the input process in step S32 is executed. In this input process, the detection signals of the above-described sensors (start port switches 120 and 121, gate switch 122, winning port switch 123, count switch 124, etc.) are read. Specifically, the output value of each sensor is determined at each timer interruption period, and when the output value of the same level continues for a specified number of times (for example, twice), the level of this output value is detected by each sensor. Read as deterministic value of signal. When it is read that any one of the sensors is on, a flag (input flag) indicating that is set.

  Next, in step S33, output processing for setting and outputting the output data set in steps S38, S39, S40, and S42, which will be described later, to the corresponding output port is executed, and then in step S34, each set control device is set. Processing (command transmission processing) for transmitting a signal (command) to (the effect control device 300 and the payout control device 200) is executed.

Thereafter, in steps S35 and S36, random number update processes 1 and 2 are executed, respectively. Here, the soft random number related to the special drawing and the soft random number related to the general drawing are updated. As soft random numbers related to special figures, for example, jackpot symbol random numbers 1, 2 (random numbers for determining jackpot stop symbols), variation pattern random numbers (random numbers for determining variation patterns including presence / absence of reach action), stop symbol random numbers ( Random numbers for determining outage stop symbols). Here, the update of the random number is executed by increasing the random number by “1”, for example. Therefore, each time this timer interrupt processing routine is repeated, the random number changes, and the extracted value of the soft random number maintains at randomness.
Note that there are three types of variation pattern random numbers in the present example: variation pattern random numbers 1-3. Among these, the fluctuation pattern random number 1 is a random number for selecting the reach system of the second half fluctuation (the fluctuation after the start of reach), and the fluctuation pattern random number 2 is a detailed presentation distribution (for example, plus one frame) from the reach system. The special pattern stops or the special figure stops at minus one frame), and the variation pattern random number 3 is a random number for selecting the first half variation (variation before the start of reach). is there. In addition, the variation pattern random number may directly determine all the variation modes, but in this example, the effect control device 300 determines a specific mode. For example, only the variation time and the reach system (rough type of reach) are determined by the variation pattern random number 1, and the production control device 300 determines a specific variation mode based on the determined variation time and reach system.

  Next, in step S37, a winning opening switch monitoring process and an error monitoring process are executed. The winning opening switch monitoring process monitors the input flags (start opening switches 120 and 121, winning opening switch 123, and count switch 124 in the special figure) set as described above, for example, the input flag of the count switch 124 is set. If so, processing such as preparation for requesting the payout control device 200 to pay out 15 prize balls is executed. In addition, the error monitoring process includes an undetected error of each of the above-described sensors, an excessive error of the winning ball discharge, an open state of the glass frame 5, and an illegal winning except when the large winning opening 27a and the public power supply 26 are not open. It is a process for monitoring.

Next, in step S38, special figure game processing is performed. In the special figure game process, overall control of the special figure variable display game is performed. That is, when the change start condition (start condition of the change display game) is satisfied, the determination of the big hit random number, the process of setting the combination of the special symbol stop pattern (result form), and the process of setting the change form of the special figure (Details will be described later).
Here, when the change start condition is satisfied, when the start-up prize is received in the waiting state and the change display game is started, the change display game ends and the start display is stored and the change display game is executed again. When the game is played, there are three types when the jackpot is over, the start-up memory is stored, and the variable display game is executed again.
In this special figure game process, a process of setting various output data related to the special figure variable display game is also performed. That is, the content (command data) of a command to be transmitted to, for example, the effect control device 300 is set in accordance with the game state of the special display variable display game.

Next, in step S39, processing for the usual variable display game is performed. That is, processing for setting the content of a command to be transmitted to the production control device 300 or the like according to the state of the usual variable display game is performed.
Next, in step S40, segment LED editing processing is executed. This is because the special graphic determined in the special game process in step S38, the general graphic determined in the general game process in step S39, and other information are displayed on the collective display device 35. This is a process for displaying on a display (LED, 7-segment display).
Next, in step S41, a magnetic error monitoring process is executed. In this case, when the input flag of the magnetic sensor switch 125 is set, a predetermined process (such as transmission of an error notification command) is executed assuming that a magnetic error has occurred.

Next, in step S42, external information editing processing is executed. This edits data to be output from the game control device 100 to the payout control device 200. In the case of the first embodiment, this data, after passing through the payout control device 200, is finally output data to the external information terminal board 55 (including a big hit signal, a prize ball signal, etc., and a unique ID). (Details will be described later).
After that, in steps S43 to S45, to resume the main routine, the interrupt request is cleared, the saved register is restored, the interrupt is permitted, and the process is interrupted (returned).

(C) Special Figure Game Process of Game Control Device Next, the special figure game process S38 in the timer interruption process will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, a start port switch monitoring process is first executed in step S61. This monitors the input flag set as described above, and executes processing such as extracting and storing a jackpot random number value when the input flag of the start port switches 120 and 121 is set. (Details will be described later).
Next, a count switch monitoring process is performed in step S62. In this case, when the input flag of the count switch 124 is set, a predetermined process is executed on the assumption that a game ball has won a prize winning opening 27a.

  Next, in step S63, it is determined whether the special figure game processing timer has already expired or whether the timer has expired after -1 update of the timer. If the timer has expired, the process proceeds to step S65 in the next step S64, where time is up. If not, the process proceeds to step S76 in the next step S64. In the special figure game process timer, a timer value is set to a predetermined value in each process (steps S69 to S75) after branching by a process number described later, and the special figure game process timer has timed out. Sometimes it is set so that it is time to execute step S65 and subsequent steps. As a result, when it is time to execute step S65 and subsequent steps when step S63 is executed, the determination result of step S64 becomes affirmative and steps S65 and later (including steps S76 to S79) are executed. . And when step S63 is performed, when it is not the timing which should perform steps S65-S75, the determination result of step S64 becomes negative and only step S76-S79 is performed.

In steps S65 to S67, a special figure game sequence branch table is set for branching by a process number to be described later, the branch destination address of the process corresponding to the special figure game process number is acquired, and the return after the branch process ends. Save the address in the stack area.
Next, in step S68, the process branches according to the process number. That is, the process number 0 goes to step S69 (special figure normal process), the process number 1 goes to step S70 (special figure changing process), the process number 2 goes to step S71 (special figure display process), and the process number 3 Step S72 (fanfare / interval processing), processing number 4 to step S73 (large winning opening open processing), processing number 5 to step S74 (large winning mouth remaining ball processing), processing number 6 to step S75 ( Proceed to jackpot end processing. The customer waiting state (during demonstration) is process number 0.

  Then, in step S69 (special figure normal processing), when the special figure holding number (the number of special figure starting storages that have been put on hold because the special figure fluctuation display game has not been executed) is zero and the special figure fluctuation display game is not being executed. Then, a process for displaying the waiting state on the display device 41 is performed. Further, in the special figure routine process, a process for starting the next special figure change display game (special figure change start process) is performed. In this special figure fluctuation start process, the start memory of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is monitored, and if there is any special figure start memory, the corresponding fluctuation display (first or second fluctuation display) is started. Is set (the setting of the variation pattern command transmitted to the effect control device 300, etc.) is set, the process number is set to 1, and the process returns. If the special figure hold number is zero and the next special figure variation display game is not executed, the process returns as it is (the process number remains 0).

Also, in step S70 (special-figure changing process), a process for variably displaying the special figure is performed until the fluctuation time set in the special-figure fluctuation start process elapses. And if the said fluctuation | variation time passes, after performing the process which transmits the command (symbol stop command) which stops the symbol of a special figure to the production | presentation control apparatus 300, it returns with the process number set to 2. If the set fluctuation time has not elapsed, the process returns as it is (the process number remains 1).
In step S71 (processing during special figure display), a process for displaying the fluctuation display result of the special figure for a certain time (1 to 2 seconds) is performed. When the display for a certain period of time is completed, the process number is set to 3 if it is a big hit, and the process number is set to 0 if it is off. When the predetermined time has not elapsed, the process returns as it is (the process number remains 2).

In step S72 (fanfare / interval processing), fanfare processing for outputting a fanfare sound or the like from the speaker 12a or the like is executed immediately after the big hit, and an interval for realizing display of an interval period or the like in the big hit interval period. The processing is executed, and the processing number is set to 4 at the timing when the large winning opening of the variable winning device 27 is started.
Step S73 (processing during opening of the big prize opening) is a process while the big prize opening 27a of the variable prize winning device 27 is opened. When the grand prize opening is finished, the processing number is set to 5.

Further, in step S74 (large winning opening remaining ball processing), a process of waiting for a certain period of time is performed in order to reliably count the gaming balls that have entered the large winning opening 27a just before the end of the large winning opening. After the elapse, the processing number is set to 3 when the big hit round remains, and the processing number is set to 6 when the big hit round does not remain.
In step S75 (big hit end process), after the big hit is completed, a process for executing the special figure routine process S69 is performed, the process number is returned to 0, and the process returns.

Next, when one of the above processes corresponding to the process number is completed, the process proceeds to step S76, and a table for controlling display on the collective display device 35 of the special figure 1 (display of the special figure 1) is prepared. In the next step S77, control processing for the variable display of this special figure 1 is performed.
Next, the process proceeds to step S78, where a table for controlling display on the collective display device 35 of FIG. 2 (display of the special figure 2) is prepared. In the next step S79, the fluctuation display of the special figure 2 is displayed. Control processing is performed, and then the process returns.

(D) Special Figure Displaying Process of Game Control Device Next, the special figure displaying process executed in step S71 in the special figure game process will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S81 whether or not the special figure 2 is a big hit. If it is a big hit, the process branches to step S83, and if not a big hit, the process proceeds to step S82. Similarly, in step S82, it is determined whether or not the special figure 1 is a big hit. If it is a big hit, the process proceeds to step S83, and if not a big hit, the process jumps to step S92.
If it is either big hit of special figure 1 or special figure 2, the upper limit value of the number of rounds of big hit is determined in step S83. As described above, for example, the number of rounds per jackpot is usually the big jackpot of 15 rounds, but may be 16R as long as the 16R jackpot is generated as a premier. Moreover, 2R may be sufficient if it is the structure which generate | occur | produces 2 round big hits as what is called sudden probability (sudden probability change in which the big hit probability changes via the big hit with few outstanding balls). In any case, the upper limit value of the number of rounds in step S83 depends on the big hit result mode in step S81 or step S82 (that is, the big hit random number lottery result).

Here, the types and distribution of jackpots are set as follows, for example.
There are two types of jackpots: 2R probability variation big hit (big hit symbol number 1), 15R probability variation big hit (big hit symbol number 2), and 15R normal big hit (big hit symbol number 3). The jackpot symbol (or a plurality of jackpot symbols) is a corresponding setting. Here, the 2R probability variation big hit has two rounds of big hit, a high probability after the big hit, and there is no support after the big hit (opening operation of the open / close member 26a of the electric power transmission), the selection ratio in the special figure 1 Is 50%, and the selection ratio in FIG. 2 is 0%. In addition, the 15R probability variation jackpot is 15 rounds, the probability is high after the big hit, the support after the big hit is up to the next big hit, the selection ratio in Special Figure 1 is 25%, the selection ratio in Special Figure 2 is 75%. In addition, 15R regular big hit is 15 rounds of big hit, low probability (normal probability) after big hit, support after big hit is up to 100 times of special figure fluctuation, the selection ratio in special figure 1 is 25%, The selection ratio in the special figure 2 is 25%. That is, in FIG. 1, 2R probability variation big hit is most likely to occur, and in FIG. 2, 15R probability variation big hit is most likely to occur. However, the ratio of occurrence of probability variation as a whole in the big hit is 75% in both special figure 1 and special figure 2. Further, the probability variation due to the 2R probability variation big hit is difficult for the player to know that the probability variation (high probability) has occurred, and corresponds to a so-called latent probability variation.
However, the type of special game state is naturally not limited to those described above. For example, a small hit (not a big hit, but a state where a state similar to the big hit round occurs for a predetermined period) may be set. . In this case, if there is a small hit that opens and closes the big prize opening as in the case of the 2R probability variation big hit, it is clear from the action of the big prize opening whether this small hit (no probability variation) or 2R probability variation big hit (with probability variation). Difficult and probabilistic ambiguity can occur.

In step S84, a probability information command for a low probability is set. This is a probability information command when the jackpot lottery probability is low (normal probability). In step S85, a fanfare command corresponding to the big hit symbol is set. Thereby, a fanfare command suitable for the big hit generated at this time is set, and an effect such as a big hit video or sound effect is given. In step S86, a jackpot symbol command is set. Thereby, the decoration special figure displayed on the display part 41a of the display apparatus 41 during a big hit is determined. In step S87, external information related to the jackpot and test signal output data are set. This sets what data is output as external information to be output to the external management device 780 and game data (test signal) to be provided to the inspection organization.
In step S88, a fanfare time corresponding to the big hit symbol is set. As a result, the fanfare time suitable for the jackpot generated at this time is set, and the effect of the jackpot sound effect is performed. Next, in step S89, the number of winning prizes illegally reset is reset, and in step S90, it is set outside the period of monitoring for winning prizes. This can be done by resetting the count of game balls that won the big prize opening when it was not a big hit due to force majeure or fraud (especially to prevent the counts due to force majeure from accumulating and mishandling) The period for monitoring fraud at the prize opening is excluded (because it is not regarded as a regular jackpot prize or it becomes an illegal prize).
Next, in step S91, the fanfare / inter-interval process transition setting process 1 is executed, and the process returns to the above-described special figure game process. This is to end the special figure display process and shift to the process number of the fanfare / interval process corresponding to the next process.

  On the other hand, if it is not a big hit in either special figure 1 or special figure 2 in steps S81 and 82, the process branches to step S92 and it is determined whether low probability and normal power support are in progress. This is for confirming the fact that there is a support to open up to 100 times of special figure fluctuations when the probability is low (normal probability) after a big hit. If NO, the process jumps to step S97 to execute the special figure normal process transition setting process 1 and returns. In this process, the special figure display in-progress process is terminated, and the process number is shifted to the special figure normal process corresponding to the next process.

If it is determined in step S92 that the low probability and the power transmission support are in progress, the process proceeds to step S93 to update the number of time fluctuations by “−1”. When there is a low probability after a big hit, there is a support that allows the ordinary electric power to open up to 100 times of special figure fluctuations. Therefore, every time there is a special figure fluctuation, the support frequency is decremented. Next, in step S94, it is determined whether or not the number of short-time fluctuations is 0. If it is not “0”, the process branches to step S97 and repeats the routine. Set the command. This is to set the probability information command when the lottery probability of the big hit is low (normal probability) because the time reduction has ended.
In step S96, the special figure normal process transition setting process 2 is executed, and the process returns. In this process, the special figure display in-progress process is terminated, and the process number is shifted to the special figure normal process corresponding to the next process. However, here, it is limited to the case of shifting to the special figure routine processing from the end of the short time.

(E) Winning Port Switch / Error Monitoring Processing of Game Control Device Next, winning port switch / error monitoring processing S37 in the timer interruption processing will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, first, in step S101, the winning in the big winning opening and the illegal winning are monitored. This is to monitor the winning of a regular game ball (such as at the time of a big hit) to the big winning opening 27a and to monitor the winning to an illegal big winning opening 27a other than the big win. Next, in step S102, the winning of the ordinary electric power and the illegal winning are monitored. This monitors the winning of a regular game ball in the second start winning opening 26 as a normal electric accessory (general power) and monitors the winning in the illegal second starting winning opening 26. Next, in step S103, the winnings to other winning openings are monitored. Here, winnings to the first start winning opening 25 and the general winning openings 28 to 31 are monitored. In step S104, the error scan counter is updated. In this case, as a preparation for monitoring an error, the value of the previous error scan counter is once updated. Next, the gaming machine error monitoring table 1 is prepared in step S105.

The types of error monitoring defined in the gaming machine error monitoring table 1 are as follows.
(A) Switch abnormality (connector disconnection, switch failure, etc.)
(B) Shooting ball breakage (c) Overflow (d) Dispensing abnormality Next, in step S106, the type of error check defined in the gaming machine error monitoring table 1 is performed, and the gaming machine error monitoring table 2 is prepared in step S107.
The types of error monitoring defined in the gaming machine error monitoring table 2 are as follows.
(E) Glass frame open (front frame open)
(F) Front frame open (game frame open)
Next, after performing the type of error check defined in the gaming machine error monitoring table 2 in step S108, the process returns to the timer interrupt process.

(F) Error Check Process of Game Control Device Next, an error check process in the winning a prize opening switch / error monitoring process will be described with reference to FIG.
First, in step S111, an error parameter corresponding to the error scan counter is acquired from the table. As described above, there are the gaming machine error monitoring tables 1 and 2 as described above, and one error corresponding to this time is acquired from each of these errors. Next, in step S112, it is determined whether or not the switch for detecting the target error acquired this time is on. If it is on, there is a possibility that an error will occur. Get error occurrence monitoring timer comparison value.

  For example, as one of the errors defined in the gaming machine error monitoring table 1, if the shot ball is out, the shot ball switch 216 detects that there is no game ball in the chute that supplies the game ball to the storage tank 51. If it is turned on, step S112 becomes YES. If YES, in step S113, an error occurrence monitoring timer comparison value for shooting ball breakage is acquired, and then in step S115, it is checked whether the state of the target switch is the same as in the previous monitoring. On the other hand, if the switch for detecting the target error acquired this time in step S112 is off, there is a possibility that the error will be canceled contrary to the above, so branch to step S114 to monitor the target error cancellation. After acquiring the timer comparison value, the process jumps to step S115.

The contents of the check in step S115 are determined in step S116, and if the result is NO, it is determined that no further error handling is necessary, and the target error monitoring timer is cleared in step S117. On the other hand, if the decision result in the step S116 is YES, the target error monitoring timer is updated (incremented) by “1” in a step S118 to judge whether or not an error treatment is necessary, and the obtained timer comparison Check whether the value (the reference value for which it is necessary to handle the error) has been reached. If the timer comparison value has been reached, it is considered that the error occurrence or release state has been confirmed. However, there may be a situation where the error occurrence is confirmed when an error has already occurred, or the error cancellation is confirmed when the error is not occurring. Therefore, the error state confirmed this time in step S120 is Check if it is the same as the current error flag state. If they are the same, the error status has not changed, so it is determined that no action is required, and the process returns. If it is not the same, the error state is changed to a new error state. In step S122, the value of the target error flag area is changed to that of the currently determined error state, and the process proceeds to step S123. Set the command corresponding to and return. As a result, a measure corresponding to the current error state is performed. For example, if the shot ball is out, an error display notifying the user is notified or the notification is canceled.
On the other hand, if NO in step S116 or NO in step S119, the current routine is terminated and the process returns.
Further, when YES is determined in the step S121, the routine is terminated and the process returns.
In this way, if an error occurs, a corresponding error flag is set and a treatment command is set. If the error is resolved, the corresponding error flag is cleared and a resolution command is set. In particular, in this error check process, not only the occurrence of an error is monitored, but also the cancellation is monitored and the process is shared.
Note that such error check processing is the same for errors such as glass frame opening and front frame opening.

(G) External Information Editing Process of Game Control Device Next, the external information editing process executed in step S42 in the timer interrupt process will be described with reference to FIGS.
When this routine is started, a unique information signal editing process is first performed in step S131. This is when the output request flag of the specific information signal is set, for example, when the output request flag is set at the start of output of a security signal at power-on, a glass frame / front frame open signal, a jackpot signal, etc. In addition, the manufacturer code, product code, chip code, unique ID, and the like of the gaming microcomputer 111 are acquired (details will be described later in a subroutine).
Next, in step S132, it is checked whether the security signal control timer has already expired or has expired after "-1" update. The check result is determined in step S133. If NO, the process proceeds to step S134 to determine whether the unique information output request has been made. If NO, the unique information signal output request flag at power-on is set in step S135. At the same time, after setting the output request flag for the unique information signal when the power is turned on in step S136, the output data for the security signal ON is set in step S137, and the process proceeds to step S140.
By the processing in step S135, the main board unique ID is output to the outside in correspondence with the security signal when the pachinko machine 1 is powered on. If YES in step S134, the process jumps to step S137. The security signal is one of the gaming machine status signals.

On the other hand, if YES in step S133 (time up), the process branches to step S138 to clear the output requested flag of the specific information signal when the power is turned on, and then the output data of step S139 security signal OFF is set and step Proceed to S140. That is, if the security signal control timer has already timed out, security signal OFF output data is set, and the output value of the security signal is switched from on to off. In this way, the security signal is turned on for a certain period of time after the power is turned on, and the main board unique ID and the like are output to the external apparatus side as a unique information signal corresponding to the security signal (see FIG. 28A described later).
Next, in steps S140 to S142, it is determined whether a magnet fraud has occurred, a special prize opening fraud has occurred, or an ordinary electric power fraud has occurred. If any one or more fraud has occurred, the process proceeds to step S143 to set the output data of the security signal ON, and further set the output data of the gaming machine error state signal ON in step S144.
As a result, fraud and gaming machine error states are output to the outside. On the other hand, if NO in step S142, the process branches to step S145 to set the output data of the gaming machine error state signal OFF.

After step S144 or step S145, the process proceeds to step S146 in FIG. In step S146, it is determined whether or not the door or frame is being opened. Here, the door is the glass frame 5, and the opening of the door is detected by the glass frame open detection switch 211. The frame is the front frame 4, and the opening of the frame is detected by the front frame open detection switch 212.
If the door or frame is being opened, the process proceeds to step S147 to determine whether or not the unique information output has been requested. If the unique information output request has not been requested, the output request flag for the unique information signal when the door / frame is opened is set at step S148, and the output request flag for the unique information signal when the door / frame is opened is set at step S149. Then, the process proceeds to step S150. This is because the unique ID is output at the timing when the event of opening the door or frame occurs.
Next, in step S150, output data of the door / frame opening signal ON is set, and in step S151, output data of the gaming machine error state signal ON is set, and the process proceeds to step S152.
On the other hand, if NO in step S146, that is, if the door or frame is not open, an event of door or frame opening does not occur, so there is no need to set such output data, and the process branches to step S153. Then, the output request flag of the unique information signal when the door / frame is opened is cleared, and the output data of the door / frame opening signal OFF is set at step S154, and the process proceeds to step S152. According to the above steps S146 to S150, when the door or frame (glass frame or front frame) is being opened, the door / frame opening signal is turned on, and the main board unique ID is externally output as the unique information signal correspondingly. It is output to the device side (see FIG. 28B described later). The door / frame opening signal is one of the gaming machine status signals.

In step S152, it is determined whether or not a big hit operation is in progress. If NO, that is, if the jackpot has not been issued and the unique information output request has not yet been issued, the jackpot unique information signal output request flag is set in step S156, and the jackpot unique information signal is output in step S157. The requested flag is set and the process proceeds to step S158. This is because the unique ID is output at the timing when the event of occurrence of big hit occurs.
Next, in step S158, output data of 1 signal ON for big hit is set. On the other hand, if the unique information output request has been made in step S155, the process jumps to steps S156 and 157 and proceeds to step S158.
On the other hand, if the jackpot operation is not being performed in the previous step S152, the process branches to step S159 to clear the output request flag of the unique information signal in the jackpot, and in step S160, output data of the jackpot 1 signal OFF is set.
According to the above steps S152 to S158, if the big hit operation is being performed, one big hit signal is turned on, and the main board unique ID is output to the external device side as a unique information signal correspondingly. One jackpot signal is one of the gaming machine status signals, and is a signal that is turned on during all types of jackpot operations.
After step S158 or step S160, the start port signal editing process is performed in step S161, and in step S162, the symbol determination number signal editing process is performed, and the process returns. This is to edit a signal (symbol determination number signal) to be output to the outside for editing of a signal (start port signal) output to the outside in the case of a start winning or a special symbol determination. The start port signal and the symbol determination number signal are also gaming machine state signals, and the main board unique ID may be output to the external device side in correspondence with these signals.

(H) Unique Information Signal Editing Process of Game Control Device Next, the unique information signal editing process executed in step S131 in the external information editing process will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S171 whether serial communication is in progress. This is to check whether serial communication is being executed between the game control device 100 and the payout control device 200. If serial communication is in progress, the unique ID cannot be output to the payout control device 200 this time, and the process returns.
On the other hand, if the serial communication is not in progress, the process proceeds to step S172 to check whether the output request flag for the unique information signal is set.

Here, the output request flag of the specific information signal is set independently in response to the generation of the following signals.
"Power-on security signal"
"Door / frame opening signal"
"One signal per jackpot"
In addition, when two or more are simultaneously established, priority is provided and it respond | corresponds one by one. In this case, all the request flags are not cleared at once.

When it is checked in step S172 whether the output request flag for the unique information signal is set, the check result is determined in step S173, and if there is an output request flag, the process proceeds to step S174 to request the output of the unique information signal. Clear the flag. This is because the output request flag for the unique information signal is already set and the process for outputting the unique ID to the payout control device 200 can be performed (in step S175), so that the output request flag is cleared. It is.
Next, in step S175, a unique information acquisition process is performed and the process returns. As a result, the game control apparatus 100 acquires the unique ID and writes it to the serial transmission buffer. On the other hand, if there is no output request flag in step S173, the process jumps to steps S174 and 175 and returns. Therefore, in this case, the unique ID is not acquired. The serial transmission buffer is a transmission buffer provided in the serial communication circuit 604a.

(I) Specific Information Acquisition Process of Game Control Device Next, the specific information acquisition process executed in step S175 in the specific information signal editing process will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, a start code is first written in the serial transmission buffer in step S181. This is a code for causing the payout control device 200 on the receiving side to specify that it is the start of serial communication. Next, in step S182, it is determined whether or not the acquisition is only the chip code. If the acquisition is only the chip code, the process jumps to step S188 to write the chip code identification code in the serial transmission buffer. In step S189, the chip individual ID register 616 The chip code as individual identification information (unique ID) is read out from, written into the serial transmission buffer, and the process returns. As a result, the unique ID is acquired and output to the payout control device 200.

On the other hand, if the acquisition is not only the chip code in step S182, the process proceeds to step S183, where the manufacturer code identification code is written in the serial transmission buffer, and in step S184, the manufacturer code is read and written in the serial transmission buffer. Next, in step S185, the product code identification code is written in the serial transmission buffer, and in step S186, the product code is read out and written in the serial transmission buffer. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S188. As a result, the manufacturer code and the product code are acquired and output to the dispensing control device 200.
A specific example of the array of individual identification information is shown in FIG. 27 described later.
In this embodiment, when a door / frame opening signal or one big hit signal is generated, only the chip code (main board unique ID) is output as unique information. In this case, the determination in step S182 is positive. Thus, only steps S188 and S189 are executed and the process returns. In addition, when the security signal is generated when the power is turned on, in addition to the chip code (main board unique ID), the manufacturer code and the product code are also output as the unique information. In this case, the determination in step S182 is negative. Thus, all steps S183 to S189 are executed and the process returns. When the power is turned on, serial transmission is performed in the order of manufacturer code, product code, and chip code, as shown in FIG.
Each identification code includes information that indicates the data type and data length of each code (described later with reference to FIG. 27).

Next, the processing of the payout control apparatus 200 will be described with reference to FIGS.
(A) Main process of payout control apparatus First, the main process of the payout control apparatus 200 (the payout microcomputer 201) will be described with reference to FIG.
This main process starts based on the fact that the payout microcomputer 201 is forcibly reset. That is, when a power switch (not shown) of the power supply device 500 is turned on, a reset signal is output from the control signal generation unit 503 of the power supply device 500 at a predetermined timing (during a predetermined reset period when the power is turned on). When the reset terminal of the payout microcomputer 201 is turned on and then the reset signal is released, the payout microcomputer 201 is activated. Similarly, when the power supply is restored from a power failure, the payout microcomputer 201 is activated after the reset signal is turned on and then released. Further, when the operator wants to initialize the user work RAM 703 and the like of the payout microcomputer 201, it is necessary to turn on the power switch while turning on the initialization switch (not shown) of the power supply device 500. .

  When the payout microcomputer 201 is activated, interrupts are first prohibited, and initial settings of the CPU core 701 and CPU peripheral circuits (including serial ports) built in the payout microcomputer 201 are performed (steps S201 and S202). After permitting access to the RAM (user work RAM 703), an off signal (a signal corresponding to a binary signal “0”) is output to all output ports (steps S203 and S204). Since each output port is turned off (reset) by the reset signal, it is not always necessary to output the off signal to each output port in software, but step S204 is provided here just in case. .

Next, it is determined whether or not the initialization switch is turned on according to the state of the initialization switch signal (step S205). If it is turned on, the process proceeds to step S210, and if not, the process proceeds to step S206.
The process proceeds to step S210 when the initialization switch is turned on to start the payout microcomputer 201, when it is determined in step S206, which will be described later, that the power failure inspection area is not all normal, or a step, which will be described later. This is a case where it is determined in S208 that the checksum is not normal. For this reason, when the processing proceeds to step S210, processing such as initialization of data (excluding the access prohibited area) in the RAM (user work RAM 703) of the payout microcomputer 201 is performed.

If the initialization switch is not turned on, the process proceeds to step S206, where it is determined whether or not all values in the power outage inspection areas 1 and 2 of the RAM (user work RAM 703) are normal power outage inspection area check data. If so, the process proceeds to step S207 because it is time to recover from a power failure, and if abnormal (if not stored normally), the process proceeds to step S210 because it is normal power-on. The power failure inspection area check data is set in step S227 described later. In this step S206, since it is determined whether or not the power failure has been restored by using a plurality of check data in this manner, the determination of whether or not the power failure has been restored is made with high reliability.
Next, in step S207, a checksum of data in the user work RAM 703 is calculated, and in step S208, it is compared with the checksum at the time of power-off, and it is determined whether or not the value is normal (match). If the checksum is not normal (that is, when the data in the user work RAM 703 is corrupted), the process proceeds to step S210. If the checksum is normal, the process proceeds to step S209.
In step S209, processing for power failure recovery (initial value setting) is executed. That is, all the power failure inspection areas are cleared, the checksum area is cleared, the areas relating to error and fraud monitoring are reset, and the process jumps to step S212.

  On the other hand, if the initialization switch is turned on in step S205, the process jumps to step S210, and the processes in steps S210 and 211 are performed. When the processing proceeds to step S210 and subsequent steps, processing such as initialization of data in the user work RAM 703 of the payout microcomputer 201 (excluding the access prohibited area) is performed. That is, in step S210, all user work RAM 703 areas to be used are cleared. Specifically, in the user work RAM 703, all work areas before the access prohibited area are cleared, and all stack areas after the access prohibited area are cleared. In step S211, the initial value at power-on is saved in the area to be initialized.

Next, in step S212, for example, a CTC (Counter / Timer Circuit) provided inside the payout microcomputer 201 is activated. The CTC is a circuit for timer interrupt, and timer interrupt processing (FIG. 24) described later is periodically executed by this timer interrupt.
Next, in step S213, interruption is permitted, and in the next step S214, a firing control determination process is performed. This is a state in which a game ball cannot be launched unless the card unit 551 is connected to the pachinko machine 1 (payout control device 200) via the card unit connection board 54.
Next, in step S215, it is determined whether or not the ball lending control mode is in effect. If the ball lending control mode is in effect, the process proceeds to step S216. In step S216, a ball lending control process is performed. In this case, processing such as paying out a game ball for lending a ball is performed according to a situation where a player performs a ball lending operation. After step S216, the process jumps to step S221.

On the other hand, when the process branches from step S215 to step S217, it is determined in this step S217 whether or not the prize ball control mode is in effect. Jump. The prize ball control process performs control related to prize ball discharge.
If it is not in the winning ball control mode, the process proceeds to step S219, where an excessive payout error monitoring process is executed. If this error occurs, information indicating that an excessive payout error has occurred is set. Next, a payout device control start determination process is executed in step S220. In this case, when the payout excessive error is not in progress, a prize ball control start determination or a ball lending control start determination is performed.
The prize ball control start determination process is a process for setting the prize ball control mode when there is an undischarged prize ball and the payout is not prohibited. The ball lending control start determination process is a process of setting the ball lending control mode when there is a ball lending request (lending request by BRQ signal). However, when both the condition for setting the winning ball control mode and the condition for setting the ball lending control mode are satisfied, the ball lending control is prioritized.

Now, after step S216, step S218, and step S220, error notification editing processing is executed in step S221, and the number of times of power failure monitoring signal check (for example, twice) is set in next step S222, and step S223 is performed. Proceed to The error notification editing process is a process of editing information for notifying an error when any error occurs.
In step S223, it is determined whether or not the power failure monitoring signal is turned on. If the power failure monitoring signal is turned on, the process proceeds to step S224 for final judgment of the power failure, and if not turned on, the process returns to step S223. For this reason, steps S214 to S223 are repeated during normal operation.
Then, when the process proceeds to step S224, it is determined whether or not the power failure monitoring signal is kept on for the number of times of the check. If it is negative, it is determined that a power failure has occurred and the process returns to step S223.
When the power failure monitoring signal is turned on, the power failure monitoring signal may be used as an NMI interrupt signal to interrupt the process being executed and forcibly execute the power failure processing from step S225. However, in the configuration of this example, the power failure monitoring signal is turned on temporarily and instantaneously due to noise or the like even though no power failure has actually occurred since the power failure monitoring signal is turned on multiple times in step S224. In this case, there is an advantage that it is not erroneously determined that a power failure has occurred.

In step S225, after interrupts are prohibited, all outputs are turned off in the next step S226 (off data is output to all output ports), and then a power failure information setting process is executed in step S227. In the power failure information setting process, the power failure inspection area check data 1 is saved in the power failure inspection area 1 and the power failure inspection area check data 2 is saved in the power failure inspection area 2.
After passing through step S227, in the next step S228, the checksum of the data in the user work RAM 703 is calculated and saved in a predetermined checksum area. (Reset waiting state is waited for the reset signal from the control signal generation unit 503 described above). In FIG. 19, “RWM” means the user work RAM 703.
Note that the power failure process in steps S225 to S229 is performed before the power supply voltage drops below the operating voltage of the payout microcomputer 201 due to a power failure.

(B) Unique Information Reception Interrupt Process of Payment Control Device Next, unique information reception interrupt processing of the payment control device 200 will be described with reference to FIG.
This unique information reception interruption process is started upon interruption when an event occurs such as when the power is turned on or when the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is opened.
In this unique information reception interrupt process, first, the register is saved in step S231, and the unique information reception interrupt request is cleared in step S232. Next, communication interruption is permitted in step S233. This permits a communication interruption between the game control device 100 and the payout control device 200. Next, in step S234, the data in the serial reception buffer in the payout control apparatus 200 is read, and in step S235, it is determined whether or not the unique information is being received. The unique information here refers to the main board unique ID. The serial reception buffer is in the serial communication circuit 704a.

If unique information reception is continuing (that is, if a reception continuing flag to be described later is set), the process proceeds to step S236 to determine whether timeout has occurred. Here, if a time-out monitoring timer, which will be described later, is up, it is determined that a time-out has occurred. If not timed out, the process proceeds to steps S237 to S240. First, in step S237, the address of the main control unique information area corresponding to the unique information reception counter is calculated, and in the next step S238, the received data is saved at the calculated address. Thereby, the data regarding the main board unique ID received from the game control device 100 is stored at the calculated address. Next, the unique information reception counter is updated in step S239, and after performing unique information analysis processing (details will be described later) in step S240, the process proceeds to step S241.
On the other hand, if the unique information reception is not continuing in step S235, the process branches to step S243 to determine whether or not the received data is a start code. If YES in step S236, that is, if it is determined that a timeout has occurred, the process branches to step S242 to clear the reception continuation flag, and then proceeds to step S243.

If the received data is not a start code in step S243, the process jumps to step S241. Next, the unique information reception counter is reset in step S245, the initial value of the timeout monitoring timer is set in step S246, and the process branches to step S237. Accordingly, at this time, the processing from step S237 to step S240 is performed, and the process proceeds to step S241.
In step S241, it is determined whether or not the serial reception buffer is empty. If it is not empty, the process returns to step S234 and the above routine is repeated. When the serial reception buffer becomes empty, the process proceeds to step S247, all interrupts are permitted to resume the main routine, the register saved in step S248 is restored, and the process interrupted at the interruption is restored ( Return).

(C1) Unique information analysis processing of payout control device (a)
Next, one of the unique information analysis processes executed in step S240 in the unique information reception interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.
Here, the unique information analysis processing has a plurality of (for example, three) forms as follows. In the following description, the main board is the game control device 100, the payout board is the payout control apparatus 200, and both boards are both the main board and the payout board. "Means to output information from the payout control apparatus 200.
(A) When outputting only the information of the main board (b) When outputting the information of both boards respectively (c) When combining and outputting the information of both boards The processing of FIG. In this case, only the unique ID is output from the payout control device 200.
When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S251 whether or not the first identification code has been received. If not received, the process returns to the unique information reception interrupt process. On the other hand, if the first identification code has been received, the process proceeds to step S252, where the number of data scheduled to be received is determined based on the first identification code. Next, in step S253, it is checked whether the number of received data has reached the number of scheduled reception data. In step S254, the check result is determined. If the number of scheduled reception data has not been reached, the process returns to the specific information reception interrupt process. Then, the process after step S255 is performed. Thereby, the main board unique ID is acquired.

In step S255, the data in the main control specific information area is copied to the specific information transmission buffer area. The transmission buffer is for transmitting unique information to the outside. Next, in step S256, the number of data to be transmitted to the outside is set in the unique information transmission counter. In step S257, all the main control unique information areas are cleared. In step S258, the unique information reception continuation flag is cleared. After resetting the information reception counter and initializing parameters to start transmission in step S260, the process returns to the unique information reception interrupt process.
In this way, the unique information received from the game control device 100 is analyzed, and processing necessary for transmitting only the main board unique ID from the payout control device 200 to the outside is performed.

(C2) Unique information analysis processing of payout control device (b)
Next, an example of the specific information analysis processing (b) will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, first, in step S271, it is determined whether or not the first identification code has been received. If not received, the process returns to the unique information reception interrupt process. On the other hand, if the first identification code has been received, the process proceeds to step S272 to determine the number of data scheduled to be received based on the first identification code. Next, in step S273, it is checked whether or not the number of received data has reached the number of scheduled reception data. In step S274, the check result is determined. Then, the process after step S275 is executed. Thereby, the main board unique ID is acquired.

In step S275, the data in the main control unique information area is copied to the unique information transmission buffer area. The transmission buffer is for transmitting unique information to the outside. In step S276, the payout chip code (payout unique ID) is read out. This is performed by reading a chip code for identifying the CPU core 701 from the chip individual ID register 716. In step S276, the readout payout chip code is saved in the unique information transmission buffer area.
Next, in step S277, the number of data to be transmitted to the outside (the number of data of both the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID) is set in the unique information transmission counter. In step S278, all the main control unique information areas are cleared, and step S279 is performed. In step S280, the unique information reception continuation flag is cleared. In step S280, the unique information reception counter is reset. In step S281, parameters are initialized to start transmission, and then the process returns to the unique information reception interrupt process.
In this way, the unique information received from the game control device 100 is analyzed, and processing necessary for transmitting each of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID from the payout control device 200 to the outside is performed.

(C3) Unique information analysis processing of payout control device (c)
Next, an example of the specific information analysis processing (C) will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S291 whether or not the first identification code has been received, and if not received, the process returns to the unique information reception interrupt process. On the other hand, if the first identification code has been received, the process proceeds to step S292 to determine the number of data scheduled to be received based on the first identification code. Next, in step S293, it is checked whether the number of received data has reached the number of scheduled reception data. In step S294, the check result is determined. If the number of scheduled reception data has not been reached, the process returns to the unique information reception interrupt process. Then, the process after step S295 is performed. Thereby, the main board unique ID is acquired.

  In step S295, data in the main control specific information area is loaded, and it is determined in step S296 whether the loaded data is a chip code. If the determination result is YES, it is determined that the main board unique ID is a chip code. If YES, the corresponding payout chip code is read in step S297. This is performed by reading a chip code (payout unique ID) for identifying the CPU core 701 from the chip individual ID register 716. In step S297, the read out chip code and the main board chip code (main board unique ID) loaded from the main control unique information area are synthesized. Any method may be used for the synthesis. Next, the data synthesized in step S298 is saved in the unique information transmission buffer area. On the other hand, if the data loaded in step S296 is not a chip code, the process branches to step S298. In step S299, it is determined whether or not all data has been copied. If copying of all data is not completed, the process returns to step S295 and the process is repeated. As a result, the dispensed chip code and the main board chip code are combined, and the combined data and possibly other specific information data (main board manufacturer code and product code data) are saved in the specific information transmission buffer area. The routine is repeated until

If it is determined in step S299 that all data has been copied, the process proceeds to step S300, and the number of data to be transmitted to the outside (the number of combined data of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID) is set in the unique information transmission counter. In step S301, all the main control unique information areas are cleared. In step S302, the unique information reception continuation flag is cleared. In step S303, the unique information reception counter is reset. Further, in step S304, parameters for starting transmission. Is initialized, and the process returns to the unique information reception interrupt process.
In this way, processing necessary for analyzing the unique information received from the game control device 100, combining both the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID, and transmitting the same from the payout control device 200 is performed.

(D) Timer interrupt process of payout control apparatus Next, the timer interrupt process of the payout control apparatus 200 will be described with reference to FIG.
This timer interrupt process is started by the processes of steps S212 and S213 in the main process (FIG. 19) described above, and is repeatedly executed at a predetermined timer interrupt cycle.
In this timer interrupt process, first, in steps S311 to S313, register saving, timer interrupt interrupt request clearing, and communication interrupt permission are executed, and then in steps S314 and S315, output processing and input processing are sequentially performed, respectively. Run.
In the output process, for example, a process of setting output data to a corresponding output port is performed. In the input process, for example, each of the above-described switches (glass frame open detection switch 211, front frame open detection switch 212, overflow switch 213, radio wave detection sensor 214, payout ball detection switch 215, chute ball cut switch 216, etc.). Processing such as setting an input flag corresponding to the detection signal or receiving a payout control command from the game control device 100 is executed.

Next, in step S316, timer update processing is executed, and then request monitoring processing is executed in step S317. The request monitoring process is, for example, executing a command analysis process such as analyzing this command when a payout control command is received, or performing a ball lending request monitoring process.
Next, an input monitoring process (step S318), a payout motor output editing process (step S319), and an external information output editing process (step S320) are sequentially executed. In the input monitoring process, for example, when the above-described input flag is set, a process (such as an error determination) based on the input flag is performed. The payout motor output editing process is a process for setting a control signal to be output to the payout motor 222. The external information output editing process is a process for setting data to be output from the payout control device 200.
Thereafter, in step S321 and step S322, in order to resume the main routine, the timer interrupt is permitted, the saved register is restored, and the process interrupted at the interruption is returned (returned).

(E) External Information Output Editing Process of Payment Control Device Next, the external information output editing process executed in step S320 in the timer interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, first, a prize ball signal editing process is performed in step S331. This is to set output data of a signal (prize ball signal) indicating the number of prize balls discharged based on the discharge command from the game control device 100.
Next, a unique information signal editing process is performed in step S332. This edits the specific information signal output from the payout control apparatus 200, and will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. After step S332, the process returns to the timer interrupt process.

(F) Unique Information Signal Editing Process of Payment Control Device Next, the unique information signal editing process executed in step S332 in the external information output editing process will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S341 whether there is transmission data. This is to determine whether there is transmission data to be output from the payout control device 200 to the outside. If NO in step S341, the routine is terminated and the process returns to the external information output editing process.
On the other hand, if it is determined in step S341 that there is transmission data, the data in the unique information transmission buffer area is loaded in step S342, and the loaded data is written in the serial transmission buffer in the serial communication circuit 704a in step S343. In step S344, the unique information transmission buffer area from which the data has been extracted is cleared, and in step S345, it is determined whether or not all data has been written. This is to determine whether or not all information to be externally output has been written to the serial transmission buffer. If the writing of all data has not been completed, the routine returns to step S342 and the routine is repeated. When the writing of all data has been completed, the process proceeds to step S346 to clear parameters relating to transmission, and then returns to the external information output editing process.
In this way, the unique information signal editing process is performed.

By executing each program as described above, the main board unique ID is output to the outside. The timing chart will be described.
Here, before explaining the timing chart, FIG. 27 shows a specific example of transmission of individual identification information.
The example shown in FIG. 27 is an example when the power is turned on / when the power failure is restored and during normal game (when the frame is opened / when the jackpot is hit). For example, at the time of power-on / power failure recovery, 19-byte data in the order of start code, category identification code, manufacturer code 1-3, category identification code, product code 1-8, category identification code, chip code 1-4 It is transmitted as an array of individual identification information.
On the other hand, during normal games (at the time of opening the frame / at the time of big hit), 6-byte data in the order of a start code, a division identification code, and chip codes 1 to 4 is transmitted as an array of individual identification information.
Here, since the data length of the unique information changes depending on the situation, the classification identification code is prepared as an identifier including the data type and the data length so that the receiving side can distinguish.
In the data example shown in FIG. 27, the amount of data to be transmitted is changed when the power is turned on and during the normal game. However, the present invention is not limited to such an example. For example, during normal game (when the frame is opened / at the time of big hit) Alternatively, all data (19 bytes in this example) may be transmitted.

FIG. 28 is a diagram showing a timing chart when a unique ID (indicated as unique identification information in FIG. 28) is output from the game control device 100 to the outside (here, toward the payout control device 200) by serial communication.
First, when the power of the pachinko machine 1 is turned on, as shown in FIG. 28A, the gaming machine state signal (security signal) is turned ON for a specified time (see the flowchart of FIG. 15: steps S132 to S139). . Then, during the ON period, 19-byte data in the order of start code, classification identification code, manufacturer code 1, manufacturer code 2,... Chip code 3 and chip code 4 is serial identification information. Is sent serially from the game control device 100 to the payout control device 200 (see FIG. 27).

On the other hand, the output of the unique identification information during the normal game is shown in FIG.
That is, when the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is opened during normal gaming, the gaming machine state signal (frame open signal) is turned ON for a specified time, and this continues until the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is closed ( (Refer to the flowchart of FIG. 41). Then, in the ON period, 6 bytes of data such as start code, classification identification code, chip code 1, chip code 2, chip code 3, and chip code 4 are arranged in an array of individual identification information (FIG. 27). As a reference) is sent serially from the game control device 100 to the payout control device 200. In this case, the output of the individual identification information is started from the rising point of the gaming machine state signal.
Thus, when an event such as power-on or opening of the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 occurs, the unique ID is output from the game control device 100 to the outside (toward the payout control device 200) in accordance with these events. Finally, the data can be output to the external management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55. In particular, when such an event occurs, the external management device 780 can easily check whether or not the gaming microcomputer 111 has been illegally exchanged, so that it is possible to effectively deal with fraud. Therefore, fraud can be easily checked not only when the game store is opened, but also when the gaming microcomputer 111 is illegally replaced during the store opening.

According to the first embodiment, there are the following effects.
As described above, in the pachinko machine 1 according to the first embodiment, before the game program is executed, the game area is controlled by the control circuit (HPG) 625 of the game area unit 600B in the game microcomputer 111 (the arithmetic processing unit for game machines). The unique ID (individual identification information) stored in the HW parameter ROM 615 of the unit 600A is read and copied to the chip individual ID register 616 and the ID property RAM 624. The unique ID copied to the chip individual ID register 616 is read when the power is turned on or when the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is opened and the like through the external bus interface 604 when the game program is executed. The internal serial communication circuit 604a converts it into a serial communication format and outputs it to the outside of the gaming microcomputer 111 in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal and sends it to the external device side (payout control device 200) by serial transfer. The ID is transmitted from the payout control device 200 to the game store management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55. In some cases, the unique ID (individual identification information) of the payout microcomputer 201 (the arithmetic processing device for the gaming machine) of the payout control device 200 is also output to the external device side (management device 780) in association with the gaming machine state signal. The
Therefore, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device (the game control device 100 or the payout control device 200) having the arithmetic processing device for gaming machines. That is, information (individual identification information corresponding to the gaming machine state signal) that can determine the possibility of fraud and the situation at the time of fraud can be output to the external device side.
This is because if the game machine management device 780 monitors the unique ID (individual identification information) of the arithmetic processing device for gaming machines transmitted in correspondence with the gaming machine status signal, the occurrence of fraud for each control device. Can be easily found. For example, the management device 780 performs a process of comparing the unique ID registered in advance in the management device 780 at the time of gaming machine installation and the unique ID sent corresponding to the gaming machine state signal, and there is a mismatch. If so, it may be determined that fraud occurs.

In addition, since the individual identification information is output in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal, the external device (in this case, the management device 780) can easily match the gaming machine state signal corresponding to the individual identification information sent thereto. Therefore, it becomes easy to grasp the situation of the gaming machine, and it becomes easy to take a countermeasure when fraud occurs. Because if you output without synchronizing with the state of the gaming machine, you will have to find out what kind of situation was sent to the external device when you received the unique information, but this is necessary in this example There is no.
Further, in this embodiment, the individual identification information is output when a specific gaming machine state signal is turned on, and the individual identification information is not transmitted periodically, so that the output individual identification information is difficult to read from the outside.
Moreover, since individual identification information is not transmitted regularly, the problem that the amount of communication data becomes enormous with the number of gaming machines in the hall can be avoided.

In the first embodiment, as described above, the unique ID can be easily output from the gaming microcomputer 111 (arithmetic processing unit) efficiently and efficiently under the control of the gaming program.
In this case, the information area unit 600B (information processing unit) does not need to be significantly improved or changed, and an enormous cost or period is not required.

For example, in the case of the conventional technology, improvement or change of the information processing unit is required to improve or change the output form (protocol or the like) of the unique ID, and the IC itself constituting the arithmetic processing device is recreated. It will be. This is very expensive and time consuming.
Therefore, if the game program created for each model and written in the arithmetic processing unit is provided with a function for outputting this unique ID, improvement or change of the output form or output timing of the unique ID can be made by changing the game program. It is cheap and can be done quickly. Therefore, there is a demand for an arithmetic processing device that can output a unique ID by a game program.
However, in recent years, game programs have become more complicated due to improper countermeasures such as magnets and vibrations, and ingenuity to enhance the fun of games, and new processing for outputting unique IDs has been added, increasing the program size. However, the game program must be kept in a predetermined size, and the game program must be made more efficient.

Even in such a situation, in the first embodiment, the efficiency of the game program is improved while keeping the game program within a predetermined size, and the unique ID is easily and efficiently calculated under the control of the game program. A gaming machine that outputs to the outside (for example, a game store side) can be realized. That is, as apparent from FIG. 35, since the unique ID is output to the store side in the game area portion 600A of the game microcomputer 111 by the game program, No major improvements or changes are required, nor is it a huge expense or time.
Also, as is apparent from the flowcharts of FIG. 37 and subsequent figures, the game program can also output the unique ID by making a small change to the external information editing process, so the size of the game program does not increase, and the predetermined size is obtained. Can fit. In addition, game programs have become more efficient. For example, the timing at which an event such as a big hit or the opening of a door or frame occurs is an item that can be understood by the same program processing as before, and it is only necessary to add processing for outputting a unique ID when such an event occurs. The unique ID can be output while improving efficiency.

The unique ID is output to the game store management device 780 (store side) in the game area 600A of the game microcomputer 111 in the game program, but the unique ID is output to the inspection institution for the game microcomputer. The information area unit 600B in 111 performs the control when the external communication control circuit 626 transfers the unique ID copied to the ID property RAM 624 to the outside. In that case, by connecting the inspection device to the inspection device connection terminal 112 of the game control device 100, the inspection device operates and the unique ID is read out to the outside.
As described above, when the unique ID is output to the management apparatus 780 (store side) of the game store, it is performed through the external information terminal board 55. In this case, the transmission of the unique ID to the store side is a simple connection in which predetermined female connectors are respectively inserted into the board-to-wire connector 63a and the board-to-wire connector 67 having the same structure as before. It can be performed only by work, and it has the effect of being easy to make mistakes and easy.
Further, since all the signals including the unique ID are transmitted via the photocoupler group 65 as the isolation means 62, electrical fraud and noise can be cut off, and security is improved.

Further, in the first embodiment, in the payout program executed by the payout microcomputer 201 in the payout control device 200, the main board unique ID is controlled to be output from the payout control device 200 to the outside. The main board unique ID can be taken out without being applied.
The payout program also performs control to output each of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID from the payout control apparatus 200, and also performs control to combine both the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID and output from the payout control apparatus 200. As a result, it is possible to more reliably prevent fraud with respect to the gaming microcomputer 111 (arithmetic processing device) and also to prevent fraud with respect to the payout microcomputer 201 (second arithmetic processing device).

Further, the first embodiment has the following effects.
The unique ID (individual identification information) can identify the gaming microcomputer 111 (first arithmetic processing unit) and at the same time can identify each gaming machine, so the gaming store manages each gaming machine. It is possible to do this, and an unauthorized person has to make an unauthorized modification to each arithmetic processing unit, which has the effect of improving security.
Compared to a configuration in which all components between the game control device 100 which is the main board and the external information terminal board 55 are board elements (elements that can be exchanged game boards), the game control apparatus 100-the payout control apparatus 200-the outside Between the information terminal boards 55, if the board other than the game control device 100 and all the wiring are made into frame elements (on the side of the game frame, on the side where the game board is mounted), so-called veneer prices can be offered at a low price, Increases the efficiency of replacement work.
Further, the game control device 100 having no processing time (which also manages the production control device 300, etc.) transmits the unique ID to the payout control device 200 at the transmission timing of the unique ID, and has a sufficient processing time ( Since the payout control device 200 controls the output of the unique ID, the output control of the unique ID is made longer (the signal width is made longer). In addition, when the unique ID is output continuously, the output of the unique ID to be output later can be output with the waiting off time interposed therebetween. Therefore, the accuracy of the gaming machine as a whole can be ensured outside the gaming machine, and the unique ID can be output efficiently.

In particular, transmission of the unique ID from the game control device 100 to the payout control device 200 is performed serially, and transmission of the unique ID from the payout control device 100 to the external device (for example, the management device 780) is also performed serially. There is an effect.
First, by using the serial transfer (transmission) function provided in the gaming microcomputer 111 (first arithmetic processing unit), it is no longer necessary to prepare a transfer (transmission) process as a program (for example, a game program). Therefore, the program configuration is made efficient.
In addition, compared with parallel transfer (transmission), the number of wirings is reduced, resulting in cost reduction.

"Modification of Example 1"
Next, a modification of the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.
In this modification, the signal interface configuration for the game control device 800 is detailed, and the input paths of some of the detection switches are changed. Compared to FIG. The configuration is partially different (a signal from the glass frame open detection switch 211 or the front frame open detection switch 212 is input to the game control device 800 and not input to the payout control device 860). Since the configuration of the other pachinko machine is the same as that of the first embodiment, a duplicate description is omitted.
FIG. 46 is a detailed block diagram of the game control apparatus 800 according to the modification.
In FIG. 46, a game control device 800 is a main control device (main board) for overall control of a game, and includes a CPU unit 810 having a game microcomputer (hereinafter referred to as a game microcomputer) 811, an input port, and the like. An input unit 820 having an output port, an output unit 830 having an output port, a CPU 810, a data bus 840 connecting the input unit 820 and the output unit 830, and the like.

The CPU unit 810 includes a game microcomputer 811 called an amusement chip (IC), an inverter that logically inverts a signal (start winning prize detection signal) from a proximity I / F 821 described later, and inputs the signal to the game microcomputer 811. The inverter circuit 812 and an oscillator such as a crystal oscillator are provided, and includes an oscillation circuit 813 that generates a clock for a CPU operation clock, a timer interrupt, and a random number generation circuit.
The gaming microcomputer 811 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit: Microprocessor) 811A, a read-only ROM (Read Only Memory) 811B, and a RAM (Random Access Memory) 811C that can be read and written as needed.
The ROM 811B stores invariant information (program, fixed data, various random number judgment values, unique ID, etc.) for game control in a nonvolatile manner, and the RAM 811C stores the work area of the CPU 811A and various signals and random number values during game control. It is used as a storage area. An electrically rewritable nonvolatile memory such as an EEPROM may be used as the ROM 811B or the RAM 811C.

The CPU 811A executes a game control program in the ROM 811B to generate control signals (commands) for the payout control device 850 and the effect control device 300, and generate drive signals for the solenoids 132 and 133 and the collective display device 35. Then, the entire pachinko machine 1 is controlled.
Further, although not shown, the game microcomputer 811 performs a hard hit determination random number for the special figure variable display game, a big hit symbol random number for determining the big hit symbol, a hit determination random number for the normal figure variable display game, etc. A random number generation circuit for generating a timer interrupt signal with a predetermined period (for example, 4 milliseconds) for the CPU 811A based on an oscillation signal (original clock signal) from the oscillation circuit 813 and a clock for giving an update timing of the random number generation circuit A clock generator.

Here, the game control device 800 and electronic components such as solenoids 132 and 133 driven by the game control device 800 are supplied with a DC voltage of a predetermined level such as DC32V, DC12V, and DC5V generated by the power supply device 850. Enabled.
The power supply device 850 is a normal power source having an AC-DC converter that generates the DC 32V DC voltage from a 24V AC power source, a DC-DC converter that generates a lower level DC voltage such as DC 12V and DC 5V from the DC 32V voltage, and the like. Unit 851, backup power supply unit 852 for supplying power supply voltage to the internal RAM of gaming microcomputer 811 in the event of a power failure, and a power failure monitoring circuit and an initialization switch to inform game control device 850 of occurrence and recovery of power failure A control signal generation unit 853 that generates and outputs control signals such as a power failure monitoring signal, an initialization switch signal, and a reset signal is provided.

  In this modification, the power supply device 850 is configured separately from the game control device 800, but the backup power supply unit 851 and the control signal generation unit 853 are integrated on a separate board or with the game control device 800, that is, the main control unit 800. You may comprise so that it may provide on a board | substrate. Since the game board 20 and the game control device 800 are to be replaced when the model is changed, the backup power supply unit 852 and the control signal generation unit 853 are provided on the power supply device 850 or a board different from the main board as described above. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the cost by removing it from the object of replacement when changing the model.

  The backup power supply unit 852 can be composed of one large-capacity capacitor such as an electrolytic capacitor. The backup power is supplied to the game microcomputer 811 (particularly the built-in RAM 811C) of the game control device 800, and the data stored in the RAM is held even during a power failure or after the power is shut off. The control signal generation unit 853 monitors the voltage of 32V generated by the normal power supply unit 851, for example, and detects the occurrence of a power failure and changes the power failure monitoring signal (turns on in this example) when the voltage drops below 17V, for example. At the same time, a reset signal is output after a predetermined time. In addition, a reset signal is output after a predetermined time has elapsed from the time when the power is turned on or the power is restored.

  The initialization switch signal is a signal generated when an initialization switch (not shown) is turned on, and initializes information stored in the RAM 811C in the gaming microcomputer 811 and the RAM in the payout control device 860. To do. In this example, the initialization switch signal is read when the power is turned on, and the power failure monitoring signal is repeatedly read in the main loop of the main program executed by the gaming microcomputer 811. The reset signal causes the entire control system to be reset.

  Next, the input unit 820 of the game control device 800 is provided with a first input port 823 and a second input port 822 as input ports. The input unit 820 includes a first start port switch 120 (start port 1 switch in FIG. 20), a second start port switch 121 (start port 2 switch in FIG. 20), a gate switch 122, a winning port switch 123, and a count switch. 124, detection signals from the magnetic sensor switch 125 and the vibration sensor switch 126 are input.

  The input unit 820 is provided with an interface chip (proximity I / F) 821 that converts detection signals input from the switches 120 to 126 into positive logic signals of 0V-5V. The proximity I / F 821 has an input range of 7V-11V, so that the lead wire of the proximity switch (switches 120 to 126) is improperly shorted, the switch is disconnected from the connector, or the lead wire is disconnected. Thus, an abnormal state such as a floating state can be detected, and when such an abnormal state is detected, an abnormality detection signal is output. In addition, in order to enable the signal level conversion function as described above, the proximity I / F 821 is supplied with a voltage of 12 V from the power supply device 850 in addition to a voltage such as 5 V necessary for normal IC operation. ing.

  Here, all the outputs of the proximity I / F 821 (excluding the abnormality detection signal) are supplied to the second input port 822 and read into the game microcomputer 811 via the data bus 840 and from the main board 800 via the relay board 845. It is supplied to a test firing test apparatus (not shown). In addition, the detection signals of the first start port switch 120 and the second start port switch 121 among the outputs of the proximity I / F 821 are input to the gaming microcomputer 811 through the inverting circuit 812 in addition to the second input port 822. It is configured as follows. The inversion circuit 812 is provided on the assumption that the signal input terminal of the gaming microcomputer 811 receives a signal from a micro switch or the like, and detects negative logic, that is, low level (0 V) as an effective level. Because it is designed to do.

  In addition, detection signals from the magnetic sensor switch 125 and the vibration sensor switch 126 are also input to the second input port 822. The data held by the second input port 822 is read out by asserting the enable signal CE1 (changing to an effective level) by the gaming microcomputer 811 decoding the address assigned to the second input port 822. (Other ports can do the same). The enable signal of the first input port 823 is CE2.

  On the other hand, a signal from the glass frame opening detection switch 211 and the front frame opening detection switch 212 and a signal from the dispensing control device 860 are input to the first input port 823. These signals are supplied from the first input port 823 to the gaming microcomputer 811 via the data bus 840. The signals from the payout control device 860 include a status signal indicating a payout abnormality, a shot ball break switch signal indicating a shortage of game balls before payout, and an overflow switch signal indicating overflow. The overflow switch signal is a signal that is output when it is detected that a predetermined amount or more of the game balls are stored in the lower plate 10 (full).

  Further, the input unit 820 is provided with a Schmitt trigger circuit 824 for inputting signals such as a power failure monitoring signal, an initialization switch signal, and a reset signal from the power supply device 850 to the gaming microcomputer 811 and the like. 824 has a function of removing noise from these input signals. Of the signals from the power supply device 850, the power failure monitoring signal and the initialization switch signal are once inputted to the first input port 823 and taken into the game microcomputer 811 via the data bus 840. That is, it is treated as a signal equivalent to the signal from the various switches described above. This is because the number of terminals receiving external signals provided in the gaming microcomputer 811 is limited.

  On the other hand, the reset signal RST from which noise has been removed by the Schmitt trigger circuit 824 is directly input to a reset terminal provided in the gaming microcomputer 811 and each port of the output unit 830 (ports 831, 832, 835 described later). 836, 837). Further, the reset signal RST is directly output to the relay board 845 without going through the output unit 830, thereby turning off the test test signal held in the port (not shown) of the relay board 845 for output to the test board. It is configured as follows. Further, the reset signal RST may be configured to be output to the test firing test apparatus via the relay board 845. The reset signal RST is not supplied to the input ports 822 and 823 of the input unit 820. Data set in each port of the output unit 830 by the gaming microcomputer 811 immediately before the reset signal RST is input needs to be reset to prevent malfunction of the system, but each data in the input unit 820 is input immediately before the reset signal RST is input. This is because data read by the gaming microcomputer 811 from the port is discarded when the gaming microcomputer 811 is reset.

Next, the output unit 830 of the game control device 800 includes the first port 831, the second port 832, the third port 835, the fourth port 836, and the fifth port 837 as output ports connected to the data bus 840. Prepare. Note that data is transmitted from the game control device 800 to the payout control device 860 and the effect control device 300 through the ports 831 and 832 in parallel communication.
The first port 831 outputs a 4-bit data signal to be output to the payout control device 860, a control signal (data strobe signal) indicating validity / invalidity of the data signal, and the effect control device 300 via the buffer 833. A data strobe signal SSTB is generated.
Second port 832 generates an 8-bit data signal to be output to performance control device 300.
The buffer 833 prevents the signal from being input from the side of the effect control device 300 to the game control device 800, that is, in order to secure one-way communication, the data strobe signal SSTB and the first output from the first port 831. This is a unidirectional buffer that outputs an 8-bit data signal from the 2-port 832. A similar buffer may be provided for a signal output from the first port 831 to the payout control device 860.

The third port 835 includes opening / closing data of a solenoid (large winning prize solenoid) 133 that opens and closes the opening / closing member of the variable winning device 27 and a solenoid (general power solenoid) 132 that opens and closes the opening / closing member 26a of the second start winning prize port 26, This is an output port for outputting on / off data of a digit line to which the cathode terminal of the LED of the collective display device 35 is connected.
The fourth port 836 is an output port for outputting ON / OFF data of the segment line to which the anode terminal of the LED is connected according to the content displayed on the collective display device 35.
The fifth port 837 is an output port for outputting information relating to the pachinko machine 1 such as jackpot information to the external information terminal board 55 via the payout control device 860 as external information (similar to the first embodiment). Note that the information output from the external information terminal board 55 is supplied to, for example, an information collection terminal or management device 780 installed in an amusement store.

  The output unit 830 outputs, via the relay board 845, data indicating special symbol information of the variable display game to a test firing test apparatus of an accredited organization connected to the data bus 840 and a signal indicating the probability status of the jackpot. The buffer 834 is configured to be mountable. The buffer 834 is a component that is not mounted on the game control device 800 (main board) of the pachinko machine 1 as an actual machine (mass production product) installed in the game store. Note that a detection signal of a switch that does not require processing, such as a start port switch, output from the proximity I / F 821 is supplied to the test firing test apparatus via the relay substrate 845 without passing through the buffer 834.

  On the other hand, detection signals such as the magnetic sensor switch 125 and the vibration sensor switch 126 that cannot be supplied as they are to the test firing test apparatus are once taken into the game microcomputer 811 and processed into other signals or information. An error signal indicating that control is not possible is supplied from the data bus 840 to the test firing test apparatus via the buffer 834 and the relay board 845. The relay board 845 is provided with a port that takes in the signal output from the buffer 834 and supplies it to the test test apparatus, a connector that relays and transmits a signal line of a switch detection signal that does not pass through the buffer, and the like. ing. A chip enable signal CE output from the gaming microcomputer 811 is also supplied to the port on the relay board 845, and the signal of the port selected and controlled by the signal CE is supplied to the test test apparatus.

  The output unit 830 is provided with a plurality of drive circuits (first driver 838a to fourth driver 838d). The first driver 838a receives the opening / closing data signals of the special prize opening solenoid 133 and the general power solenoid 132 output from the third port 835, and generates and outputs respective solenoid drive signals. The second driver 838 b outputs an on / off drive signal for the digit line on the current drawing side of the collective display device 35 output from the third port 835. The third driver 838c and the fourth port 836 output an on / off drive signal for the segment line on the current supply side of the collective display device 35. The fourth driver 838d outputs external information supplied from the fifth port 837 to an external device such as the management device 780 to the external information terminal board 55 via the payout control device 860.

  The first driver 838a is supplied with DC32V as a power supply voltage from the power supply device 850 so that the solenoids 132 and 133 operating at 32V can be driven. The third driver 838c that drives the segment line is supplied with DC12V. Further, since the second driver 838b for driving the digit line is for pulling out the digit line corresponding to the display data with a current, the power supply voltage may be either 12V or 5V. Note that the collective display device 35 has a third driver 838c that outputs 12V, a current is supplied to the anode terminal of the predetermined LED via the segment line, and a cathode terminal of the predetermined LED that is output by the second driver 838b that outputs the ground potential. As a result, current is drawn through the segment line, so that the power supply voltage flows to the LEDs sequentially selected by the dynamic drive method, and the predetermined LED is turned on. The fourth driver 838d is supplied with DC 12V in order to give a level of 12V to a signal for transmitting external information.

Further, the output unit 830 is provided with a photocoupler 839 for transmitting information such as an identification code and a program of each gaming machine to an external inspection device 870. The photocoupler 839 is configured to be capable of mutual communication so that the gaming microcomputer 811 can transmit and receive data to and from the inspection device 870 through serial communication. Note that such data transmission / reception is performed using a serial communication terminal included in the gaming microcomputer 811 in the same manner as a general-purpose microprocessor, and thus ports such as the input ports 822 and 823 are not provided.
The payout control device 860 outputs the unique ID of the main board from the gaming microcomputer 811 as described above, and external information via the fourth driver 838d (including a prize ball signal and the like as in the first embodiment). Is output. The payout control device 860 is connected to the external information terminal plate 55 by a cable and a connector as in the first embodiment, and the external information terminal plate 55 is provided with a photocoupler group 65. Is connected to the amusement store management device 780 by a cable and a connector.
Note that the game microcomputer 811 of the game control device 800 includes a CPU 811A, a ROM 811B, and a RAM 811C, so that a game program having the same function as the game microcomputer 111 described in the first embodiment is executed. It has become. However, in this modified example, the input paths of some of the detection switches are changed as compared with the first embodiment, and the configuration of the payout control device 860 is partially different. Just change the part.

In the modified example having the interface configuration of the game control device 800 as described above, by executing the game program, as in the first embodiment, when the power is turned on or when the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is opened, etc. The unique ID is read from the microcomputer 811 and sent from the gaming control device 800 to the payout control device 860 by serial communication. Further, the unique ID is sent from the payout control device 860 to the game shop management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55. Sent.
Therefore, also in this modified example, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to the control device (at least the game control device) having the arithmetic processing device for gaming machines as in the first embodiment. Further, the unique ID can be easily output from the game microcomputer 811 efficiently and under the control of the game program.
"Example 2"

“Example 2: Serial-Parallel-No retransmission request-Management device”
Next, a second embodiment of the invention aspect T1 will be described with reference to FIGS.
In the second embodiment, the transmission of the unique ID from the game control device to the payout control device is serial and does not change, but the unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device to the outside in parallel. However, there is no request for retransmission of the unique ID from the payout control device to the game control device. A management device is set as the external device.
The block diagram of the control system of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment is the same as that shown in FIGS.
Next, in the second embodiment, the game program executed by the game control device is as follows (except for the ■ mark, the same as in the first embodiment, and the payout program is the same).
Main process Timer interrupt process Special figure game process Special figure display process Special prize switch / error monitoring process Error check process External information edit process Unique information signal edit process Unique information acquisition process Also, in the second embodiment, it is executed by the payout control device The payout program is as follows.
Main processing Specific information reception interrupt processing Specific information analysis processing Timer interrupt processing External information output editing processing ■ Specific information signal editing processing

As described above, the game program is the same as that of the first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.
On the other hand, part of the contents of the payout program in the payout control apparatus is different, and the rest is the same as in the first embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
In the second embodiment, the unique information signal editing process of the payout control device shown in FIG. 47 in the payout program is different from that in the first embodiment.
Therefore, the unique information signal editing process of the payout control apparatus according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.
In FIG. 47, when this routine is started, first, OFF data of the unique information strobe signal is set in step S401. This first turns off the unique information strobe signal. Next, in step S402, it is checked whether the specific information signal control timer has already timed up or time-up after "-1" update. The check result is determined in step S403, and if NO, the process branches to step S404. The unique information signal control timer is set with a time required to output the unique ID.
On the other hand, if the result of step S403 is YES, the process proceeds to step S406 to check whether unoutput data is in the unique information transmission buffer area. The check result is determined in step S407, and if there is unoutput data, Proceeding to step S408, the control timer initial value is set in the specific information output control timer. Next, in step S409, the data in the unique information transmission buffer area corresponding to the unique information transmission counter is set as the unique information signal, and then the unique information transmission buffer area from which the data has been extracted is cleared in step S410. In step S411, the unique information transmission counter is updated, and the process returns to the external information output editing process.

On the other hand, if the result of step S403 is NO, the process proceeds to step S404 to determine whether or not the strobe signal is ON timing. If it is not the ON timing, the process returns. Set the ON output data. As a result, the unique information strobe signal is turned on, and accordingly, the individual identification information is output in parallel from the payout control device as shown in FIG. The process returns after step S405.
In this way, the strobe signal is output in parallel from the payout controller while the strobe signal is turned ON / OFF in accordance with the output time of the individual identification information. In this process, the check in step S407 is entered and the set individual identification is made. When all the information has been transmitted, step S407 is NO and the process branches to step S412, where 00H (OFF data) is set as the unique information signal of the section in which the individual identification information is not output, and the process returns.

FIG. 31 is a timing chart when a unique ID (indicated as individual identification information in FIG. 31) is output from the payout control device to the outside (in this case, toward the external information terminal board 55) by parallel communication.
When the power of the pachinko machine 1 is turned on, the gaming machine state signal (security signal) is turned on for a specified time as shown in FIG. Then, in the ON period, information is sent out from the dispensing control device such as start code, classification identification code, manufacturer code 1, manufacturer code 2,... Chip code 3, chip code 4 (external) Information terminal board 55) The strobe signal is set to ON in synchronization with the output timing.

On the other hand, the output of the unique identification information during the normal game is shown in FIG.
That is, when the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is opened during a normal game, the gaming machine state signal (frame opening signal) is turned ON for a specified time, and this continues until the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is closed. Then, during the ON period, the information such as the start code, the classification identification code, the chip code 1, the chip code 2, the chip code 3, and the chip code 4 is sent out from the payout control device (external information terminal) in the same manner as described above. Plate 55) The strobe signal is set to ON in synchronization with the output timing.
Thus, when an event such as power-on or opening of the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 occurs, the unique ID can be output from the payout control device (external information terminal board 55) in accordance with these events, Finally, the data can be output to the external management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55.

Therefore, also in the second embodiment, similarly to the first embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device (at least a game control device) having an arithmetic processing device for gaming machines. Further, the unique ID can be output from the gaming microcomputer to the outside efficiently and easily.
In particular, the transmission of the unique ID from the game control device to the payout control device is performed serially, and the transmission of the unique ID from the payout control device to the external device (for example, the management device) is performed in parallel. .
In other words, output to an external device (for example, a management device) in a transmission form called parallel transfer facilitates reception by the external device. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently notify the external device that the individual identification information or unauthorized modification has been performed.
Rather than performing parallel transfer (especially transmission) at the transmission stage of the game control device, it is more costly to provide a parallel transfer (transmission) circuit at the output stage of the payout control device, which is a frame element.
<Invention Concept of Parallel Transfer in Embodiment 2>
Here, the inventive concept of parallel transfer in the second embodiment is shown as follows.
The individual identification information output control means provided in the second arithmetic processing unit is configured to transfer (transmit) the individual identification information in parallel to an external device outside the gaming machine.
"Example 3"

"Example 3: Parallel-parallel-relay function only-no retransmission request-management device"
Next, a third embodiment of the invention aspect T1 will be described with reference to FIGS.
In the third embodiment, the unique ID is transmitted from the game control device to the payout control device in parallel, and the unique ID is also transmitted from the payout control device to the outside in parallel.
However, in the payout control device, the payout program does not participate in signal transmission to the outside of the unique ID, and as far as the unique ID is concerned, the payout control device only realizes the function of relaying the unique ID. Is different.
Further, since the payout control device has only a function of relaying the unique ID with respect to the unique ID, there is no request for retransmission of the unique ID to the game control device. A management device is set as the external device.

<Block diagram>
A block diagram of the control system of the pachinko machine of Embodiment 3 is shown in FIG.
48, the unique ID is transmitted from the game control apparatus 1000 to the payout control apparatus 1020 in parallel, and the unique ID is also transmitted from the payout control apparatus 1020 to the external management apparatus 780 in parallel. There is no unique ID retransmission request from 1020 to the game control apparatus 1000.
Therefore, regarding retransmission, the game control apparatus 1000 has a configuration without retransmission as in the first embodiment. The game control device 1000 includes a game microcomputer 1001 (first arithmetic processing device).
On the other hand, the payout control device 1020 includes a payout microcomputer 1021 (second arithmetic processing device), and the payout microcomputer 1021 is configured not to make a retransmission request. Since it only has a function of relaying (in this case, relaying in parallel), the payout program is not related to the unique ID.
Further, the part for outputting the unique ID (the unique information of the main board) from the payout control device 1020 to the management device 780 is the same as in the first embodiment.
In addition, except for the configuration in which the unique ID is transmitted in parallel and the configuration in which the payout control device 1020 relays the unique ID, the same members are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.

Next, in the third embodiment, the contents of the game program in the game control device 1000 and the payout program in the payout control device 1020 are partially different from those in the first embodiment.
In the third embodiment, the game program executed by the game control device 1000 is as follows (except for the ■ mark, the same as in the first embodiment. The payout program is the same).
Main process Timer interrupt process Special figure game process Special figure display process Special prize switch / error monitoring process Error check process External information edit process Specific information signal edit process (different from the first example)
■ Specific information acquisition processing (different from the first embodiment)
In the present embodiment, the payout program executed by the payout control device is as follows. Since the signal related to the unique ID is through, there is no processing related to the unique information.
Main processing Timer interrupt processing External information output editing processing

The game program is the same as the first embodiment except for the unique information signal editing process of the game control apparatus 1000 shown in FIG. 49 and the unique information acquisition process shown in FIG. 49 and 50 are programs for performing parallel communication.
Further, the payout program is configured not to be involved in the unique ID.
<Parallel processing of game programs>
In the third embodiment, the flowchart for performing parallel communication in the game control apparatus 1000 is the unique information signal editing process of the game control apparatus 1000 shown in FIG. 49 and the unique information acquisition process shown in FIG.
First, the specific information signal editing process of the game control apparatus 1000 according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.
In FIG. 49, when this routine is started, it is first determined in step S421 whether unique information is being output. This is to check whether parallel communication is being executed between the game control device 1000 and the payout control device 1020. If it is during parallel communication, the unique ID cannot be output to the payout control apparatus 1020 this time, and the process jumps to step S426.
On the other hand, if the unique information is not being output (during parallel communication), the process proceeds to step S422 to check whether the unique information signal output request flag is set.

Here, the output request flag of the specific information signal is set independently in response to the generation of the following signals.
"Power-on security signal"
"Door / frame opening signal"
"One signal per jackpot"
In addition, when two or more are simultaneously established, priority is provided and it respond | corresponds one by one. In this case, all the request flags are not cleared at once.

When it is checked in step S422 whether the output request flag for the unique information signal is set, the check result is determined in step S423. If there is an output request flag, the process proceeds to step S424, and an output request for the unique information signal is issued. Clear the flag. This is because the output request flag of the unique information signal is already set and the process for outputting the unique ID to the payout control device can be performed (in step S425), so the output request flag is cleared. is there.
Next, a unique information acquisition process is performed in step S425. As a result, the game controller 1000 acquires the unique ID and writes it to the unique information buffer (that is, the parallel transmission buffer) for parallel communication. On the other hand, if there is no output request flag in step S423, the process branches to step S428 to set OFF data of the unique information strobe signal, and in step S429, 00H is set as the unique information signal and the process returns to the external information editing process. Therefore, in this case, the unique ID is not acquired.

On the other hand, after step S425, the process proceeds to step S426, where it is checked whether the specific information signal control timer has already timed up or timed up after "-1" update. The check result is determined in step S427. If NO, the process branches to step S430. The unique information signal control timer is set with a time required to output the unique ID.
In step S430, it is determined whether or not the strobe signal is ON timing. If it is not the ON timing, the process returns. If it is the ON timing, the process proceeds to step S431 to set the ON output data of the unique information strobe signal. Accordingly, the unique information strobe signal is turned on, and accordingly, the individual identification information is output in parallel from the game control apparatus 1000. The process returns after step S431.

On the other hand, if the result of step S427 is YES, the process proceeds to step S432 to set OFF data of the unique information strobe signal. As a result, the unique information strobe signal is turned off, and the parallel output is stopped. Next, in step S433, it is checked whether or not unoutput data exists in the unique information buffer area. The check result is determined in step S434. Set the initial value. Next, after the data in the unique information buffer area corresponding to the unique information transmission counter is set as a unique information signal in step S436, the unique information buffer area from which the data has been extracted is cleared in step S437. In step S438, the unique information transmission counter is updated, and the process returns to the external information editing process.
In this way, the individual identification information is output in parallel from the game control apparatus 1000 at the ON timing of the strobe signal, but in the process, the check in step S427 and step S434 is entered, and the time-up or unoutput data is lost. If step S434 is NO, the process branches to step S439, where 00H is set as the unique information signal and the process returns.

Next, FIG. 50 is a flowchart of the specific information acquisition process of the game control device according to the third embodiment.
In FIG. 50, when this routine is started, first, a start code is saved in the unique information buffer area in step S451. The unique information buffer is a parallel transmission buffer for parallel transmission. The process of step S451 is to first specify the start position in order to send the parallel transmission buffer information. Next, in step S452, it is determined whether or not the acquisition is only the chip code. If the acquisition is only the chip code, the process jumps to step S457 to save the chip code identification code in the unique information buffer area, and in step S458 the chip individual ID. A chip code as individual identification information (unique ID) is read from the register 616 and saved in the unique information buffer area. In step S459, the unique information transmission counter is cleared and the process returns. As a result, the unique ID is acquired and output to the payout control device. The unique information buffer area is a memory area of the user work RAM 603.

On the other hand, if the acquisition is not only the chip code in step S452, the process proceeds to step S453 where the manufacturer code identification code is saved in the unique information buffer area, and in step S454, the manufacturer code is read and saved in the unique information buffer area. In step S455, the product code identification code is saved in the unique information buffer area, and in step S456, the product code is read and saved in the unique information buffer area. Then, the process proceeds to step S457. As a result, the manufacturer code and the product code are acquired and output to the dispensing control apparatus 1020.
In this way, the transmission of the unique ID from the game control device 1000 to the payout control device 1020 is performed in parallel.

Accordingly, also in the third embodiment, as in the first embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device (at least a game control device) having an arithmetic processing device for gaming machines. Further, the unique ID can be output from the gaming microcomputer 1001 to the outside efficiently and easily.
In particular, the payout control apparatus 1020 only has a function of relaying the unique ID as far as the unique ID is concerned. Therefore, there is an advantage that the control burden on the payout control apparatus 1020 is reduced.
Furthermore, in particular, the unique ID is transmitted from the game control device 1000 to the payout control device 1020 in parallel, and the unique ID is also transmitted from the payout control device 1020 to an external device (for example, a management device) in parallel. There is an effect.
In other words, output to an external device (for example, a management device) in a transmission form called parallel transfer facilitates reception by the external device. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently notify the external device that the individual identification information or unauthorized modification has been performed.
<Concept of Parallel Transfer Invention in Embodiment 3>
Here, the inventive concept of parallel transfer in the third embodiment is shown as follows.
The transmission control means included in the first arithmetic processing device is configured to transfer (transmit) individual identification information to the payout control device in parallel.
The individual identification information output control means provided in the second arithmetic processing unit is configured to transfer (transmit) the individual identification information in parallel to an external device outside the gaming machine.

Next, in the third embodiment, the payout control device has only a function of relaying the unique ID, and there is no request for retransmission of the unique ID to the game control device.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
A gaming machine comprising individual identification information output means for outputting the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means so that an external device outside the gaming machine can receive the identification information.
According to this inventive concept, the payout control device simply outputs individual identification information so that it can be received by an external device outside the gaming machine (for example, exhibits a relay function) as far as individual identification information (unique ID) is concerned. Therefore, there is an advantage that the control burden of the payout control device is reduced.
Example 4

"Example 4: Serial-serial-retransmission requested-management device"
Next, a fourth embodiment of the invention aspect T1 will be described with reference to FIGS.
In the fourth embodiment, the unique ID is transmitted serially from the game control device to the payout control device, the unique ID is also transmitted serially from the payout control device, and the payout control device to the game control device. There is a form in which there is a request for retransmission of the unique ID. A management device is set as the external device.
<Block diagram>
A block diagram of the control system of the pachinko machine of the fourth embodiment is shown in FIG.
In FIG. 51, the game control device 1040 and the payout control device 1045 have a control form in which a unique ID retransmission request is made, and the payout control device 1045 requests the game control device 1040 to retransmit the unique ID. The unique information retransmission request signal is output. Further, when the game control device 1040 receives the unique information retransmission request signal, it retransmits the unique ID in response. Therefore, the configuration of the game microcomputer 1041 (first arithmetic processing device) included in the game control device 1040 and the payout microcomputer 1046 (second arithmetic processing device) included in the payout control device 1045 is related to the retransmission request in the first embodiment. And the contents of the game program and the payout program are different. Others are the same as those of the first embodiment, and the same members are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.

Next, in the fourth embodiment, the game program executed by the game control device 1040 is as follows (except for the ■ mark, the same as in the first embodiment. The payout program is also the same).
Main processing ■ Timer interrupt processing (different from the first embodiment)
Special figure game process Special figure display process Special prize switch / error monitoring process Error check process External information edit process ■ Specific information signal edit process (different from the first embodiment)
Specific information acquisition processing Serial reception interrupt processing (different from the first embodiment)
In this embodiment, the payout program executed by the payout control device 1045 is as follows.
Main processing Unique information reception interrupt processing ■ Unique information analysis processing (different from the first embodiment)
Timer interrupt processing External information output editing processing Specific information signal editing processing

<Game program>
In the fourth embodiment, the game program executed by the game control device 1040 is different from the first embodiment in the timer interrupt process, the specific information signal editing process, and the serial reception interrupt process, and the others are the same. The explanation is omitted. The difference is the routine associated with the retransmission request.
First, the timer interrupt process will be described.
FIG. 52 is a flowchart of the timer interrupt process of the game control apparatus 1040.
In FIG. 52, the processing from step S31 to step S42 is the same as that in the first embodiment, and the same step numbers are given. After step S42, the process proceeds to step S501 to clear the timer interrupt request. This is because the timer interrupt process is repeatedly executed at a predetermined timer interrupt cycle, so that a request for an interrupt at the timer interrupt cycle is cleared and the main routine or the like is restarted. Next, the saved register is restored in step S44, and in the subsequent step S502, the interrupt is permitted, and the process is interrupted (returned) to be interrupted.
There are two interrupts permitted in step S502, one is a timer interrupt, and the other is a serial reception interrupt described later. The serial reception interrupt is for receiving a unique information retransmission request signal for requesting retransmission of the unique ID from the payout control device 1045 to the game control device 1040 as an interrupt.

FIG. 53 is a flowchart of the unique information signal editing process of the game control apparatus 1040.
In FIG. 53, when this routine is started, it is first determined in step S511 whether serial communication is in progress. This is to check whether serial communication is being executed between the game control device 1040 and the payout control device 1045. If serial communication is in progress, the unique ID cannot be output to the payout control device 1045 this time, and the process returns.
On the other hand, if the serial communication is not being performed, the process proceeds to step S512 to determine whether there is a retransmission request command. The retransmission request command is issued when the payout control device 1045 determines that the unique ID needs to be retransmitted to the game control device 1040.
If there is no retransmission request command, it is a normal process, so the process proceeds to step S513 to check whether the output request flag for the unique information signal is set.

Here, the output request flag of the specific information signal is set independently in response to the generation of the following signals.
"Power-on security signal"
"Door / frame opening signal"
"One signal per jackpot"
In addition, when two or more are simultaneously established, priority is provided and it respond | corresponds one by one. In this case, all the request flags are not cleared at once.

When it is checked in step S513 whether the output request flag for the specific information signal is set, the check result is determined in step S514. Clear the flag. This is because the output request flag for the unique information signal is already set and the process for outputting the unique ID to the payout control device 1045 can be performed (in step S516), so the output request flag is cleared. It is.
In step S516, the unique information acquisition process is performed and the process returns. As a result, the game control device 1040 acquires the unique ID and writes it to the serial transmission buffer. On the other hand, if there is no output request flag in step S514, the process jumps to steps S515 and 516 and returns. Therefore, in this case, the unique ID is not acquired.

The case where there is a retransmission request will be described. In this case, the process returns to YES in step S512. That is, if there is a retransmission request command in step S512, the process branches to step S517 to clear the reception command area, and then jumps to step S516. The processing in step S517 is performed in order to retransmit the unique ID only once, so that this step S517 is passed only once, and the unique ID is acquired again in the next step S516 and written in the serial transmission buffer. is there.
Note that the retransmission request from the payout control device 1045 is received by a serial reception buffer shown in FIG. 54, which will be described later, and saved in the reception command area. Therefore, if the reception command area is cleared in step S517 when there is a retransmission request command as described above, the unique ID can be retransmitted only once. The serial reception buffer is in the serial communication circuit 604a.

FIG. 54 is a flowchart of the serial reception interrupt process of the game control apparatus 1040.
In FIG. 54, when this routine is started, the register is first saved in step S521, and the data in the serial reception buffer is saved in the reception command area in step S522. When there is a unique ID retransmission request (transmission of a retransmission request command) from the payout control device 1045, the game control device 1040 receives the serial reception interrupt at the serial reception buffer and receives the data (retransmission request command). Is saved in the received command area.
Next, the serial reception interrupt request is cleared in step S523, and the register is restored in step S524. Next, the process proceeds to step S525, the interrupt is permitted, and the process returns. The interruption here is permitted in such a manner that the interruption is permitted and the apparatus waits so that the next retransmission request command can be received.
In this way, the process of receiving the retransmission request command for the unique ID from the dispensing control device 1045 only once is performed. When the retransmission request command is received, the unique ID is retransmitted only once from the game control device 1040 to the payout control device 1045 in the unique information signal editing process as described above.

<Payout program>
In the fourth embodiment, the payout program executed by the payout control device 1045 is different from the first embodiment in the unique information analysis process, and the other is the same, and therefore the duplicated explanation is omitted. The difference is the routine associated with the retransmission request.
Here, the unique information analysis processing has a plurality of (for example, three) forms as follows.
(A) When outputting only information on the main board (b) When outputting information on both boards respectively (c) When combining and outputting information on both boards FIG. It is a flowchart of a process, and is the case of said (A).
When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S531 whether or not the first identification code has been received. If not received, the process returns to the unique information reception interrupt process. On the other hand, if the first identification code has been received, the process proceeds to step S532, and the number of data scheduled to be received is determined based on the first identification code. Next, in step S533, it is checked whether the number of received data has reached the number of scheduled reception data. In step S534, the check result is determined. If the number of scheduled reception data has not been reached, the process returns to the unique information reception interrupt process. Then, the process after step S535 is performed. Thereby, the main board unique ID is acquired.

In step S535, the unique information data received this time is compared with the previous unique information data (that is, the previously received unique information data) to determine whether or not they match (step S536). If they match, the process advances to step S537 to copy the data in the main control specific information area to the specific information backup area. The unique information backup area is used for temporarily storing the unique information data received from the game control device 1040 for backup.
In step S538, the data in the main control specific information area is copied to the specific information transmission buffer area. The transmission buffer is for transmitting unique information to the outside. In step S539, the number of data to be transmitted to the outside is set in the unique information transmission counter. In step S540, parameters are initialized to start transmission, and in step S541, the retransmission request flag is cleared.
Next, all the main control unique information areas are cleared in step S542, the unique information reception continuation flag is cleared in step S543, and the unique information reception counter is reset in step S544, and the process returns.
Therefore, when the current and previous received unique information data match, the main board unique ID is output from the payout control device 1045 to an external device.

In the inventive concept, the above control is expressed as follows (the same applies to the cases of (B) and (C)).
The second arithmetic processing unit has an individual identification information reception storage unit that stores the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
The individual identification information output control means outputs the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information reception storage unit.
Further, the second arithmetic processing unit includes an individual identification information reception storage unit that stores the individual identification information received by the reception control unit;
The individual identification information comparison and determination means for comparing and comparing the previous individual identification information stored in the individual identification information reception storage unit and the newly (currently) received individual identification information,
When the previous individual identification information and the current individual identification information are the same by the individual identification information comparison / determination means, the individual identification information output control means is activated and the individual identification information is output to an external device. The
According to the above inventive concept, when the value of the individual identification information accidentally becomes abnormal due to a communication failure between the game control device and the payout control device (for example, noise generated in the island), it is immediately determined that the fraud or failure has occurred. You can limit the output so that it is not. In addition, when an abnormal value is output due to fraud or failure (for example, radio wave, disconnection, poor contact), the output control means becomes active because the abnormal value continues, and the abnormal value Can be recorded by an external device.

On the other hand, if the unique information data received this time in step S536 and the result of comparing the previous unique information data do not match, it is determined that there is an error (for example, the influence of noise, etc.) and the process branches to step S545. Whether or not retransmission has been requested is determined. If NO, a retransmission request command is written in the serial transmission buffer in step S546, the retransmission requested flag is inverted in step S548, and the process proceeds to step S542. On the other hand, if “YES” in the step S545, the process branches to a step S547 to copy the data in the main control unique information area to the unique information backup area, and then execute the processes in and after the step S548.
Accordingly, when the current reception information data and the previous reception unique information data do not match, a retransmission request command is transmitted from the payout control device 1045 to the game control device 1040. Note that the retransmission request is made only once by inverting the retransmission request completed flag.
In this way, the unique information received from the game control device 1040 is analyzed, and the processing necessary for transmitting only the main board unique ID from the payout control device 1045 to the outside is performed, and the current and previous received unique information When the data does not match, a retransmission request command is issued only once.

In the concept of the invention, the above-described control is performed by the second arithmetic processing unit when the previous individual identification information is different from the current individual identification information by the individual identification information comparison / determination means. Individual identification information retransmission request means for requesting retransmission of individual identification information,
The first arithmetic processing unit is represented by a configuration in which individual identification information is retransmitted in response to a request for retransmission of individual identification information (the same applies to the cases of (B) and (C)).
According to the above inventive concept, there is an effect that it is possible to create an opportunity to recover a communication failure (for example, noise generated on the island, poor contact) between the game control device and the payout control device.

FIG. 56 is a flowchart of the unique information analysis process in the case (b).
Note that steps that perform the same processing as in FIG.
In this routine, the processing from step S531 to step S538 is the same as that in FIG. 55. After step S538, the payout chip code (payout unique ID) is read out in step S551. This is performed by reading a chip code for identifying the CPU core 701 from the chip individual ID register 716. In step S551, the readout payout chip code is saved in the unique information transmission buffer area. Thereafter, the processing from step S539 to step S544 is the same as that in FIG.
Also, the processing from step S545 to step S548 is the same as in FIG.
In this way, the unique information received from the game control device 1040 is analyzed, and processing necessary for transmitting each of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID from the payout control apparatus 1045 to the outside is performed. When the unique ID does not match the current received unique information data for the unique ID, a retransmission request command is issued only once.

FIG. 57 is a flowchart of the unique information analysis process in the form of the above case (c).
Note that steps that perform the same processing as in FIG.
In this routine, the processing from step S531 to step S537 is the same as that shown in FIG. This is performed by reading a chip code for identifying the CPU core 701 from the chip individual ID register 716. In step S552, the readout payout chip code and the main board chip code (main board unique ID) copied in the main control unique information area are synthesized. Any method may be used for the synthesis. After each code is synthesized, the synthesized data is returned to the main control unique information area. Therefore, the combined data of each code is saved in the main control unique information area.
After step S553, the process proceeds to step S539, and the processing from step S539 to step S544 is the same as that in FIG.
Also, the processing from step S545 to step S548 is the same as in FIG.
In this way, the unique information received from the game control device 1040 is analyzed, and the processing necessary for synthesizing both the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID and transmitting the same from the payout control device 1045 is performed. When the current and previous received unique information data do not match for the main board unique ID, a retransmission request command is issued only once.

Therefore, in the fourth embodiment, as in the first embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device (at least a game control device) having a gaming machine arithmetic processing device. Further, the unique ID can be output from the gaming microcomputer 1041 to the outside efficiently and easily.
In addition, when the value of the unique ID (individual identification information) accidentally becomes abnormal due to a communication failure between the game control device 1040 and the payout control device 1045 (for example, noise generated in the island), The output can be limited so that it is not judged as a failure. In addition, when an abnormal value is output due to fraud or failure (for example, radio wave, disconnection, poor contact), the output control means becomes active because the abnormal value continues, and the abnormal value Can be recorded by an external device.
Further, by issuing a unique ID retransmission request command, there is an effect that an opportunity to recover a communication failure (for example, noise generated in the island) between the game control device 1040 and the payout control device 1045 can be created.
"Modification"

"Modification of Example 4"
Next, a modification of the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.
This modified example is a detailed interface configuration of the signal for the game control device 1050 and a change in the input path of some of the detection switches. Compared to FIG. The configuration is partially different (a signal from the glass frame opening detection switch 211 or the front frame opening detection switch 212 is input to the game control device 1050 and not input to the payout control device 1055). Since the configuration of the other pachinko machine is the same as that of the first embodiment, a duplicate description is omitted.
FIG. 58 is a detailed block diagram of the game control device 1050 in the modification. In FIG. 58, the game control device 1050 has a game microcomputer 1051. On the other hand, the payout control device 1055 has a payout microcomputer.
The difference from the first embodiment is that when the received unique information data (unique ID data) this time and the previous one do not match, a retransmission request command (unique information retransmission request signal) is issued from the payout control device 1055 only once. The game control apparatus 1050 is configured to retransmit the unique ID in response to the retransmission request command (unique information retransmission request signal). Other pachinko machine configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, and are given the same numbers.

Also in the modified example having the interface configuration of such a game control device 1050, by executing the game program, the control device (at least the game control device) having the arithmetic processing device for gaming machines is illegally executed as in the first embodiment. It is possible to notify the outside that the possibility is high. Further, the unique ID can be easily output from the gaming microcomputer 1051 efficiently and efficiently under the control of the gaming program.
In particular, a communication failure between the game control device 1050 and the payout control device 1055 occurs due to fraud or failure (for example, radio wave, disconnection, contact failure), and the value of the unique ID (individual identification information) is abnormal. When the communication is continuously performed in this state, the output control means of the payout control device 1055 becomes active, and there is an effect that the external device can record the abnormal value.
Further, by issuing a unique ID retransmission request command, there is an effect that an opportunity to recover a communication failure (for example, noise generated in an island) due to force majeure between the game control device 1050 and the payout control device 1055 can be created.
"Example 5"

Example 5: Serial-Parallel-Retransmission Request-Management Device
Next, a fifth embodiment of the invention aspect T1 will be described with reference to FIG.
In the fifth embodiment, the unique ID is transmitted serially from the game control device to the payout control device, the unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device to the outside in parallel, and the payout control device to the game control device. There is a form in which there is a request for retransmission of the unique ID. A management device is set as the external device.
<Block diagram>
The block diagram of the control system of the pachinko machine of the fifth embodiment is the same as that shown in FIG.
Next, in the fifth embodiment, the game program executed by the game control device is as follows (except for the ■ mark, the same as in the first embodiment, and the payout program is the same).
Main processing ■ Timer interrupt processing (different from the first embodiment)
Special figure game process Special figure display process Special prize switch / error monitoring process Error check process External information edit process ■ Specific information signal edit process (different from the first embodiment)
Specific information acquisition processing Serial reception interrupt processing (different from the first embodiment)
In the fifth embodiment, the payout program executed by the payout control device is as follows.
Main processing Unique information reception interrupt processing ■ Unique information analysis processing (different from the first embodiment)
Timer interrupt processing External information output editing processing ■ Specific information signal editing processing (different from the first embodiment)

<Game program>
In the fifth embodiment, the game program executed by the game control device is different from the first embodiment in the timer interrupt process, the specific information signal editing process, and the serial reception interrupt process. Is abbreviated. The difference is the routine associated with the retransmission request.
However, in the fifth embodiment, the process of responding to the retransmission request is performed while serially transmitting the unique ID from the game control apparatus to the payout control apparatus, but the timer interrupt process, the specific information signal editing process, and the serial reception interrupt process are performed. These are the same as in Example 4. Therefore, the timer interrupt process, the specific information signal editing process, and the serial reception interrupt process are referred to in the fourth embodiment, and a duplicate description is omitted in the fifth embodiment.

<Payout program>
In the fifth embodiment, the payout program executed by the payout control apparatus differs from the first embodiment in the unique information analysis process and the unique information signal editing process, and the others are the same. The difference is a routine related to a retransmission request and a routine for transmitting a unique ID in parallel to the outside.
However, the unique information analysis process executed in the fifth embodiment is the same as the routine of the fourth embodiment described above. Therefore, regarding the unique information analysis processing, the fourth embodiment will be referred to, and in the fifth embodiment, a duplicate description will be omitted.
Therefore, the only different routine is the unique information signal editing process, which will be described below.
FIG. 59 is a flowchart of the unique information signal editing process of the payout control apparatus.
In FIG. 59, when this routine is started, first, OFF data of the unique information strobe signal is set in step S601. This first turns off the unique information strobe signal. Next, in step S602, it is checked whether the specific information signal control timer has already timed up or timed up after "-1" update. The check result is determined in step S603, and if NO, the process branches to step S604. The unique information signal control timer is set with a time required to output the unique ID.
On the other hand, if the result of step S603 is YES, the process proceeds to step S606 to check whether unoutput data is in the unique information transmission buffer area. The check result is determined in step S607, and if there is unoutput data, Proceeding to step S608, the control timer initial value is set in the specific information output control timer. Next, in step S609, the data in the unique information transmission buffer area corresponding to the unique information transmission counter is set as a unique information signal, and then the unique information transmission buffer area from which the data has been extracted is cleared in step S610. In step S611, the unique information transmission counter is updated, and the process returns to the external information output editing process.

On the other hand, if the result of step S603 is NO, the process proceeds to step S604 to determine whether or not the strobe signal is ON timing. If it is not the ON timing, the process returns. If it is the ON timing, the process proceeds to step S605 and the unique information strobe signal. Set the ON output data. As a result, the unique information strobe signal is turned on, and accordingly, the individual identification information is output in parallel from the payout control device to the outside. The process returns after step S605.
In this way, the strobe signal is output in parallel from the payout controller while the strobe signal is turned ON / OFF in accordance with the output time of the individual identification information. In the process, the check in step S607 is entered and the set individual identification is made. When all the information has been transmitted, step S607 is NO and the process branches to step S612, where 00H (OFF data) is set as the unique information signal of the section in which the individual identification information is not output, and the process returns.

Therefore, also in the fifth embodiment, when an event such as power-on or opening of the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 occurs, the unique ID is output from the dispensing control device in accordance with these events (external information terminal board 55) in parallel. Finally, the data can be output in parallel to the external management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55.
Therefore, in the fifth embodiment, as in the first embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device (at least a game control device) having a gaming machine arithmetic processing device. Further, the unique ID can be output from the gaming microcomputer to the outside efficiently and easily.
In addition, when a unique ID (individual identification information) value accidentally becomes abnormal due to a communication failure between the game control device and the payout control device (for example, noise generated in the island), it is immediately fraudulent or faulty. An opportunity to recover can be created by issuing a retransmission request command with a unique ID so that it is not determined. In addition, when an abnormal value is output due to fraud or failure (for example, radio wave, disconnection, poor contact), the output control means becomes active because the abnormal value continues, and the abnormal value Can be recorded by an external device.
Furthermore, since the unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device to the external device (for example, the management device) in parallel, the following effects are obtained.
In other words, output to an external device (for example, a management device) in a transmission form called parallel transfer facilitates reception by the external device. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently notify the external device that the individual identification information or unauthorized modification has been performed.
Rather than performing parallel transfer (especially transmission) at the transmission stage of the game control device, it is more costly to provide a parallel transfer (transmission) circuit at the output stage of the payout control device, which is a frame element.
"Example 6"

"Example 6: Serial-serial-relay function only-management device"
Next, a sixth embodiment of the invention aspect T1 will be described with reference to FIG.
In the sixth embodiment, the unique ID is serially transmitted from the game control device to the payout control device, and the unique ID is also transmitted serially from the payout control device to the outside. However, in the payout control device, the unique ID is externally transmitted. Unlike the above-described embodiments (except for the third embodiment), the payout program is not involved in the signal transmission and the payout control device only realizes the function of relaying the unique ID as far as the unique ID is concerned. Yes.
Further, since the payout control device has only the function of relaying the unique ID with respect to the unique ID, there is no request for retransmission of the unique ID to the game control device, and the management device is set as an external device.

<Block diagram>
A block diagram of the control system of the pachinko machine of Embodiment 6 is shown in FIG.
In FIG. 60, the unique ID is serially transmitted from the game control device 1060 to the payout control device 1065, and the unique ID is also transmitted serially from the payout control device 1065 to the external management device 780. There is no unique ID retransmission request from 1065 to the game control device 1060.
Therefore, the game control device 1060 has the same configuration as the first embodiment (configuration without retransmission).
Therefore, the gaming microcomputer 1061 (first arithmetic processing unit) included in the gaming control device 1060 is the same as that in the first embodiment, and has the same number. On the other hand, the configuration of the payout microcomputer 1066 (second arithmetic processing device) included in the payout control device 1065 has no retransmission, and has only a function of relaying the unique ID as far as the unique ID is concerned. The payout program is also not related to the unique ID.
Further, the part for outputting the unique ID (the unique information of the main board) from the payout control device 1065 to the management device 780 is the same as that of the first embodiment, and other parts are the same as those of the first embodiment except for the function of relaying the unique ID. The same number is attached | subjected to the same member, and duplication description is abbreviate | omitted.

In the sixth embodiment, the unique ID is serially transmitted from the game control device 1060 to the payout control device 1065. In the payout control device 1065, the payout program is not involved in the transmission of the unique ID, but simply relays the unique ID. The unique ID is output serially to the management device 780. Therefore, as in the first embodiment, the management device 780 can check the authenticity of the unique ID sent from the game store.
Therefore, also in the sixth embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device (at least a game control device) having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines. Also, by executing the game program, the unique ID can be output from the game microcomputer 1061 efficiently and easily under the control of the game program as in the first embodiment.
In particular, as long as the payout control device 1065 relates to the unique ID, the payout control device 1065 only has a function of relaying the unique ID, so that there is an advantage that the control burden on the payout control device 1065 is reduced.
The unique ID may be transmitted from the game control device 1060 to the payout control device 1065 in parallel, and the payout control device 1065 may simply have a function of relaying the unique ID.
"Example 7"

Example 7: Serial-Serial-No Retransmission Request-Card Unit
Next, Example 7 of invention aspect T1 is demonstrated based on FIG.
In the seventh embodiment, the unique ID is transmitted serially from the game control device to the payout control device, the unique ID is also transmitted serially from the payout control device, and the payout control device to the game control device. There is no request for retransmission of the unique ID, and the card unit is set as the external device instead of the management device.
<Block diagram>
A block diagram of the control system of the pachinko machine of Embodiment 7 is shown in FIG.
In FIG. 61, the unique ID is serially transmitted from the game control apparatus 1100 to the payout control apparatus 1110, and the unique ID is also transmitted serially from the payout control apparatus 1110 to the external card unit 1112. However, there is no request for retransmission of the unique ID from the payout control device 1110 to the game control device 1100.
Therefore, the configuration of the gaming microcomputer 1101 (first arithmetic processing device) included in the gaming control device 1100 and the payout microcomputer 1111 (second arithmetic processing device) included in the payout control device 1110 is an example of the gaming microcomputer 1101. However, the payout microcomputer 1111 is different in that the unique ID is output to the card unit 1112. Others are the same as those of the first embodiment, and the same members are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.

Explaining the different parts, the unique ID output from the payout control device 1110 is sent to the card unit 1112 via the board-to-wire connector 67 of the external information terminal board 55. That is, the board-to-wire connector 67 is for transmitting the unique ID of the main board to the card unit 1112 as an external device, and the board-to-wire connector 67 is the signal outlet side (OUT side) of the photocoupler group 65. The board-to-wire connector 67 is a male type, and a female type connector (not shown: connected to the card unit 1112) is connected to the connector 67 to send it through the photocoupler group 65. The card unit 1112 receives the unique ID of the incoming main board.
Although the unique ID output from the payout control device 1110 is sent to the card unit 1112 via the external information terminal board 55, the present invention is not limited to this (hereinafter, other implementations for sending the unique ID to the card unit). In the same manner, the unique ID is output to the card unit 1112 using the card unit connection board 54 connected to the card unit 1112 in order to exchange control signals for lending a ball. good. In this way, the payout control device 1110 and the card unit 1112 need only be connected once, and if they are not connected, the unique ID can be output and the game ball can not be fired. Further, the gaming machine state signal may also be output to an external device (a management device, a ball rental information collection device, etc.) via the card unit connection board 54.

The card unit 1112 is attached to a pachinko machine (game machine) and supplies a player with a ball for consideration. For example, if the game machine is called a CR machine (card reading machine), a pachinko machine ( A gaming machine) and a card unit (CR unit: card-type ball lending control unit) as a gaming medium lending device are provided side by side, and these are installed in pairs.
However, the pachinko machine can be separated from the card unit, and the pachinko machine can be separated and taken to another corner.
The card unit 1112 has a built-in card reader / writer. On the front surface of the card unit 1112, a card insertion slot into which a card such as a magnetic card or an IC card is inserted, a card usable LED, a bill insertion slot, a bill insertion An OK LED, a card insertion LED, a ball throwing operation section, an information display device, a game medium dispensing section, and the like are provided.

In the seventh embodiment, the unique ID (specific information on the main board) is serially transmitted from the payout control device 1110 to the external card unit 1112. In the card unit 1112, it is possible to confirm the authenticity of the sent unique ID as a unique ID of the pachinko machine installed in a pair on the game store side. The card unit 1112 may display the result of determining the authenticity of the unique ID in a form that can only be viewed by a clerk at the amusement store, or may be configured to determine the authenticity of the unique ID via another tool. Good. For example, the ID may be sent to the terminal that can be carried by the staff from the card unit 1112 using infrared rays or the like so that the terminal can authenticate. By doing so, the authenticity of the unique ID can be judged while the attendant walks even when the store is opened.
Also in the seventh embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device (at least a game control device) having an arithmetic processing device for gaming machines. Also, by executing the game program, the unique ID can be output from the game microcomputer 1101 efficiently and easily under the control of the game program as in the first embodiment.
In addition, there is an advantage that the unique ID of each gaming machine can be confirmed with each card unit 1112 in particular. Further, by transferring the unique ID from the card unit 1112 to the ball lending information collecting device that collects the ball lending information, the unique ID can be confirmed centrally in the ball lending information collecting device in the same manner as the management device described above.

In the seventh embodiment, the unique ID is serially transmitted from the game control device 1100 to the payout control device 1110, and the unique ID is also transmitted serially from the payout control device 1110 to the external card unit 1112. Although the configuration is such that there is no retransmission request of the unique ID from the control device 1110 to the game control device 1100, it is not limited to such a configuration.
For example, although the transmission of the unique ID from the game control device 1100 to the payout control device 1110 is performed serially, the transmission of the unique ID from the payout control device 1110 to the external card unit 1112 is performed in parallel, and the payout control device 1110 is performed. The configuration may be such that there is no request for retransmission of the unique ID to the game control device 1100.
This is configured as “serial-parallel-no retransmission request-card unit”.
By doing so, the following effects are obtained.
That is, by outputting to the card unit 1112 as an external device in a transmission form called parallel transfer, the card unit 1112 can be easily received. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently notify the card unit 1112 that individual identification information or unauthorized modification has been performed.
Rather than performing parallel transfer (especially transmission) at the transmission stage of the game control device 1100, it is more costly to provide a parallel transfer (transmission) circuit at the output stage of the payout control device 1110, which is a frame element.
Note that the transmission form of the parallel transfer can be similarly applied to Examples 8 and 9 described later (details will be described later).

Further, when the unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device 1110 to the external card unit 1112, there are the following modes.
(B) When outputting only information on the main board (b) When outputting information on both boards respectively (c) When combining and outputting information on both boards The above configuration of the seventh embodiment is However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID are transferred from the payout control device 1110 to the external card unit 1112 in a configuration including the forms (b) and (c). It may be configured to transmit to.
In that case, in the form (b), each of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device 1110 to the external card unit 1112.
In the form (c), the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID are combined, and the combined data is transmitted from the payout control device 1110 to the external card unit 1112.
Note that the above three unique ID transmission modes can be similarly applied to the eighth and ninth embodiments described later.
"Example 8"

“Example 8: Serial-serial-retransmission requested-card unit”
Next, an eighth embodiment of the invention aspect T1 will be described with reference to FIG.
In the eighth embodiment, the unique ID is transmitted serially from the game control device to the payout control device, the unique ID is also transmitted serially from the payout control device, and the payout control device to the game control device. There is a request for re-sending the unique ID, and a card unit is set as an external device instead of a management device.
<Block diagram>
A block diagram of the control system of the pachinko machine according to the eighth embodiment is shown in FIG.
62, the unique ID is serially transmitted from the game control device 1120 to the payout control device 1125, and the unique ID is also transmitted serially from the payout control device 1125 to the external card unit 1112. The unique ID is requested to be retransmitted from 1125 to the game control device 1120.
That is, between the game control device 1120 and the payout control device 1125, there is a control form in which there is a request for retransmission of the unique ID, and the payout control device 1125 requests the game control device 1120 to retransmit the unique ID. An information retransmission request signal is output. In addition, when the game control device 1120 receives the unique information retransmission request signal, it retransmits the unique ID in response. Therefore, the configuration of the gaming microcomputer 1121 (first arithmetic processing device) included in the gaming control device 1120 and the payout microcomputer 1126 (second arithmetic processing device) included in the payout control device 1125 is the portion related to the retransmission request in the first embodiment. Unlike this, the program is the same as that of the fourth embodiment (a program with a retransmission request).
Further, the part that outputs the unique ID (specific information of the main board) from the payout control device 1125 to the card unit 1112 is the same as that of the seventh embodiment, and the other parts are the same as those of the first embodiment, and the same members are assigned the same numbers. Therefore, duplicate explanation is omitted.

In the eighth embodiment, as in the seventh embodiment, the unique ID (specific information on the main board) is serially transmitted from the payout control device 1125 to the external card unit 1112, and is sent by the card unit 1112. The unique ID of the pachinko machine installed in a pair can be confirmed by the amusement store as the unique ID.
Therefore, also in the eighth embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to the control device (at least the skill control device) having the arithmetic processing device for gaming machines. Also, by executing the game program, the unique ID can be output from the game microcomputer 1101 efficiently and easily under the control of the game program as in the first embodiment.
Further, there is an advantage that the unique ID can be confirmed by the card unit 1112 in particular. Furthermore, by transferring the unique ID from the card unit 1112 to the ball lending information collecting device that collects the ball lending information, the unique ID can be confirmed centrally in the ball lending information collecting device in the same manner as the management device described above.

In addition, when the value of the unique ID (individual identification information) accidentally becomes abnormal due to a communication failure (for example, noise generated within the island) between the game control device 1120 and the payout control device 1125, An opportunity for recovery can be created by a unique ID resending request from the payout control device 1125 to the game control device 1120 so that it is not determined as a failure. In addition, when an abnormal value is output due to fraud or failure (for example, radio wave, disconnection, poor contact), the output control means becomes active because the abnormal value continues, and the abnormal value Can be recorded by an external device.
In the eighth embodiment, the unique ID is transmitted serially from the game control device 1120 to the payout control device 1125, the unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device 1125 to the external card unit 1112 in parallel, and The payout control device 1125 may have a unique ID retransmission request from the game control device 1120.
This is configured as “serial-parallel-retransmission requested-card unit”.
By doing so, the following effects are obtained.
That is, by outputting to the card unit 1112 as an external device in a transmission form called parallel transfer, the card unit 1112 can be easily received. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently notify the card unit 1112 that individual identification information or unauthorized modification has been performed.
"Example 9"

[Example 9: Serial-serial-relay function only-card unit]
Next, a ninth embodiment of the invention aspect T1 will be described with reference to FIG.
In the ninth embodiment, the unique ID is serially transmitted from the game control device to the payout control device, and the unique ID is also serially transmitted from the payout control device to the outside. This is different from the eighth embodiment in that the payout program is not involved in the signal transmission, and the payout control device only realizes the function of relaying the unique ID as far as the unique ID is concerned.
Further, since the payout control device has only a function of relaying the unique ID with respect to the unique ID, there is no request for retransmission of the unique ID to the game control device, and a card unit is set as an external device, not a management device. It is a form.

<Block diagram>
A block diagram of the control system of the pachinko machine of Embodiment 9 is shown in FIG.
In FIG. 63, the unique ID is serially transmitted from the game control device 1200 to the payout control device 1210, and the unique ID is also transmitted serially from the payout control device 1210 to the external card unit 1112. There is no unique ID retransmission request from 1210 to the game control device 1200.
Therefore, the game control apparatus 1200 has the same configuration as that of the seventh embodiment (configuration without retransmission).
Therefore, the gaming microcomputer 1201 (first arithmetic processing unit) included in the gaming control device 1200 is the same as that of the seventh embodiment. On the other hand, the configuration of the payout microcomputer 1211 (second arithmetic processing device) provided in the payout control device 1210 has no retransmission, and has only a function of relaying the unique ID as far as the unique ID is concerned. The payout program is also not related to the unique ID.
Further, the part that outputs the unique ID (the unique information of the main board) from the payout control device 1210 to the card unit 1112 is the same as that of the seventh embodiment, and other parts are the same as those of the first embodiment except the function of relaying the unique ID. The same number is attached | subjected to the same member, and duplication description is abbreviate | omitted.

In the ninth embodiment, the unique ID is serially transmitted from the game control device 1200 to the payout control device 1210. In the payout control device 1210, the payout program is not involved in the transmission of the unique ID, but simply relays the unique ID. The unique ID is output to the card unit 1112 serially. Therefore, as in the seventh embodiment, the card unit 1112 allows the amusement shop to confirm the authenticity of the sent unique ID as the unique ID of the pachinko machine installed in a pair. Become.
Therefore, also in the ninth embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to the control device (at least the skill control device) having the arithmetic processing device for gaming machines. Also, by executing the game program, the unique ID can be easily and efficiently output from the game microcomputer 1201 under the control of the game program as in the first embodiment.
In particular, the payout control device 1210 only has a function of relaying the unique ID as far as the unique ID is concerned, so that there is an advantage that the control burden on the payout control device 1210 is reduced.

The unique ID is transmitted from the game control device 1200 to the payout control device 1210 in parallel. The payout control device 1210 simply has a function of relaying the unique ID, and the payout control device 1210 transmits the unique ID to the outside. There may be a configuration in which transmission is also performed in parallel.
By doing so, the following effects are obtained.
That is, by outputting to the card unit 1112 as an external device in a transmission form called parallel transfer, the card unit 1112 can be easily received. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently notify the card unit 1112 that individual identification information or unauthorized modification has been performed.
Rather than performing parallel transfer (particularly transmission) at the transmission stage of the game control device 1200, it is more costly to provide a parallel transfer (transmission) circuit at the output stage of the payout control device 1210, which is a frame element.
"Example 10"

"Example 10: Parallel-parallel-relay function only-no retransmission request-with payout unique ID"
Next, Example 10 will be described with reference to FIG.
This example is a modification of Example 3 described above. In the third embodiment, the payout control device does not transmit the payout unique ID to the outside, but merely relays the unique information from the game control device by the payout control device. The processing of S332 (unique information signal editing processing) is not necessary. However, since the tenth embodiment is a mode in which the payout unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device to the outside, the processing of the step S332 in FIG. 25 (unique information signal editing process) is necessary in the payout control device. The unique information signal editing process is as shown in FIG. Other configurations are the same as those of the third embodiment.
In FIG. 64, when this routine is started, first, in step 701, if the chip code (payout unique ID) has been transmitted, the process proceeds to step S702, and if not transmitted, the process jumps to step S704.
In step S702, the chip code (payout unique ID) is read and written in the unique information transmission buffer area. In the next step S703, the chip code transmitted flag is set, and the process proceeds to step S704.
In step S704, the unique information strobe signal OFF data is set. This first turns off the unique information strobe signal. In step S705, it is checked whether the specific information signal control timer has already timed up or timed up after "-1" update. The check result is determined in step S706, and if NO, the process branches to step S713. The unique information signal control timer is set with a time required to output the chip code (payout unique ID).
On the other hand, if the result of step S706 is YES, the process proceeds to step S707 to check whether unoutput data is in the unique information transmission buffer area. The check result is determined in step S708, and if there is unoutput data, Proceeding to step S709, the control timer initial value is set in the unique information output control timer (the unique information signal control timer in step S705). Next, after the data in the unique information transmission buffer area corresponding to the unique information transmission counter is set as a unique information signal in step S710, the unique information transmission buffer area from which the data was extracted is cleared in step S711. In step S712, the unique information transmission counter is updated, and the process returns to the external information output editing process.

On the other hand, if the result of step S706 is NO, the process proceeds to step S713 to determine whether or not the strobe signal is ON timing. If it is not the ON timing, the process returns. If it is ON timing, the process proceeds to step S714 and the unique information strobe signal is determined. Set the ON output data. Thus, the unique information strobe signal is turned on, and accordingly, a chip code (payout unique ID) is output in parallel from the payout control device. The process returns after step S714.
In this way, the chip code (payout unique ID) is output in parallel from the payout control device at the ON timing of the strobe signal. In the process, the check in step S706 and step S708 is performed, and the time is up or not output. If there is no more data, step S708 is NO and the process branches to step S715, where 00H (unique information signal OFF data) is set as the unique information signal, and the process returns.
Thus, in this embodiment, the chip code (payout unique ID) of the payout control device is also output to the external device side in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal.
"Example 11"

"Example 11: Dispensing board-main board (serial)-management device"
Next, Example 11 will be described with reference to FIGS. 65 to 71. FIG.
This is because the payout unique ID is serially sent from the payout board (payout control apparatus) to the main board (game control apparatus), and the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID are serially transmitted from the main board (game control apparatus) to the outside. Is what you do. However, there is no request for retransmission of the payout unique ID from the main board to the payout board. A management device is set as the external device.
<Block diagram>
A block diagram of the control system of the pachinko machine of the present embodiment is shown in FIG.
In FIG. 65, the game control device 2000 includes a game microcomputer 2001, and the payout control device 2010 includes a payout microcomputer 2011. The game control device 2000 is connected to the external information terminal board 55, and external information and unique information of the game control device 2000 are transmitted from the game control device 2000 to the management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55. .
Therefore, the game control device and the payout control device are different from those in the first embodiment, and the contents of the game program and the payout program are different. Others are the same as those of the first embodiment, and the same members are denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description is omitted.

Next, in the present embodiment, the game programs executed by the game control device 2000 are as follows (except for the ■ mark, the same as in the first embodiment. The payout program is also the same).
■ Main processing (different from the first embodiment)
■ Timer interrupt processing (different from the first embodiment)
Special figure game process Special figure display process Special prize switch / error monitoring process Error check process External information editing process Unique information signal editing process Unique information acquisition process (different from the first embodiment)
■ Serial reception interrupt processing (different from the first embodiment)
In this embodiment, the payout program executed by the payout control device is as follows.
Main processing Timer interrupt processing External information output editing processing ■ Specific information signal editing processing (different from the first embodiment)

<Game program>
In the present embodiment, the game program executed by the game control device 2000 differs from the first embodiment in main processing, timer interrupt processing, unique information acquisition processing, and serial reception interrupt processing, and the others are the same. , Abbreviate duplicate explanation.
66 and 67 are flowcharts of the main process of the game control apparatus 2000. In this flowchart, steps S1 to S2, steps S5 to S10, steps S11, and steps S13 to S14 are the same as those in the first embodiment, and are denoted by the same step numbers. Also in other drawings, the same processes as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same step numbers and the description thereof is omitted.
After the same steps S1 to S2 as in the first embodiment, access to the RWM (user work RAM) is permitted in step S2001, and then a serial reception interrupt is permitted in step S2002. This allows an interrupt to receive a serial signal from the payout control device 2010.
Next, in step S2003, the process is stopped for a predetermined delay time (for example, 4 msec) in order to wait for the start-up of the payout board (the payout control device 2010). During this time, the payout chip code (payout unique ID) of the payout microcomputer 2011 is received, but if it does not come, the contents of the RWM (user work RAM) are used. The RWM refers to a RAM such as a user work RAM. In the flowchart, RWM is illustrated as necessary.
Also, not all the data in the RAM is initialized, and the contents of the payout chip code area (chip code and comparison result flag (set in steps S2004 to S2006)) are not deleted. Thus, the number of areas to be initialized is limited.
As described above, also in the payout microcomputer 2011, when the pachinko machine 1 is turned on or the system is reset, the payout unique ID stored in the HW parameter ROM of the payout microcomputer 2011 is determined by the operation of the control circuit (HPG). By the operation of the payout program copied from the ROM, the payout unique ID stored in the HW parameter ROM of the payout microcomputer 2011 is read, copied to the chip individual ID register, and copied to the chip individual ID register. This is because the ID passes through the external bus interface, is converted into a serial communication format by a built-in serial communication circuit, is read out of the payout microcomputer 2011, and is output to the game control device 2000 (see a payout program described later).

  Next, in step S2004, the backed-up payout chip code (payout unique ID) is compared with the newly received payout chip code. The backed-up payout chip code is data stored in the RWM in the previous routine (when the power was turned on last time). The previous and current payout chip codes are compared, and the comparison result is determined in step S2005. If they match, the process proceeds to step S5 to turn off all output ports (signal corresponding to binary signal “0”). Is output.

On the other hand, if the comparison result of step S2005 indicates that the previous and current payout chip codes do not match, the process proceeds to step S2006 to set the payout chip code NG flag, and then proceeds to step S5.
After step S5, the process proceeds to step S6, where it is determined whether the initialization switch is turned on according to the state of the initialization switch signal. If it is turned on, the process jumps to step S2008, and if it is not turned on. Proceed to step S7.
Note that the reason for jumping to step S2008 is when the initialization switch is turned on and the gaming microcomputer 2001 is started, when it is determined in step S7 that all power failure inspection areas are not normal, or in step S9 This is the case when it is determined that the thumb is not normal. For this reason, when the processing proceeds to step S2008, processing such as initialization of data in the RAM of the game control device 2000 (excluding the access prohibited area) is performed. However, even with data in the RAM, the payout chip code area (the payout chip code sent from the payout microcomputer 2011 and the comparison result flag (set in steps S2004 to S2006)) is not initialized.

After step S10, it is determined whether or not the payout chip code is normal in step S2007, and if not normal, the process branches to step S15. In this case, the process proceeds to step S15 and subsequent steps, and it is determined in step S2010 whether or not the transmission of the unique information is completed.
That is, if the payout chip code is not normal, the process waits until the transmission of the unique information to the outside and the transmission of the security signal are completed.
If the payout chip code is normal in step S2007, the process proceeds to step S11 to transmit a power failure recovery command (power failure recovery command) corresponding to the special figure game process number. After step S11, the process proceeds to step S15.

On the other hand, when proceeding to the processing after step S2008, processing such as initialization of all data in the user work RAM other than the payout chip code area in the game control apparatus 2000 (excluding the access prohibited area) is performed.
That is, in step S2008, all user work RAM areas to be used are cleared, but the payout chip code area is excluded. Specifically, in the user work RAM, all work areas before the access prohibited area are cleared, and all stack areas after the access prohibited area are cleared.
Therefore, the payout chip code sent from the payout microcomputer 2011 in the previous routine remains without being initialized. As shown in the flowchart (FIG. 70) described later, when the payout chip code is sent from the payout microcomputer 2011, the data in the serial reception buffer is saved in the payout chip code area by the serial reception interrupt. Will be updated.

After step S18, in the next step S2009, it is determined whether or not the payout chip code is normal. If not normal, it branches to step S2010 and it is judged whether transmission of specific information is completed. This is to determine whether transmission of the combined information (FIG. 69) of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID as unique information is completed and output of the security signal is completed. If “NO” in the step S2010, the process waits in the step S2010 until the transmission of the unique information is completed, and when the transmission of the unique information is completed, the process returns to the step S2011. As a result, if the payout chip code is not normal, the process waits until the transmission of the combined information of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID to the outside is completed.
After step S2010, the interrupt is prohibited in the next step S2011. This is because the transmission of the unique information this time has been completed, so there is no need to transmit this time anymore, so no interruption is permitted.
After step S2011, the process jumps to step S27 to prohibit access to the user work RAM, and then waits (reset wait state waiting for a reset signal from the control signal generation unit 503 described above).

On the other hand, if the payout chip code is normal in step S2009, step S19 and subsequent steps (same as in the first embodiment) are executed.
According to the above main processing, when an abnormality occurs in which the backed-up payout chip code (payout unique ID) does not match the payout chip code newly received at the time of startup, the command transmission at the time of power failure recovery is not performed and the power is turned on. After waiting for the completion of the transmission of the security signal and the unique information, the RAM access is prohibited and a reset wait state is entered.

FIG. 68 is a flowchart of the timer interrupt process of the game control apparatus 2000.
After the same steps S31 to S32 as in the first embodiment, it is determined whether or not the payout chip code is normal in the next step S2021, and if not normal, the process branches to step S42. In this case, it is determined that the payout chip code is not normal and may be a fake, and the processing of steps S34 to S41 is not performed (therefore, a game game such as a special game is not performed). The main board unique ID and payout unique ID are transmitted to the outside. Further, the external management device 780 determines whether the current main board unique ID and the payout unique ID are true or false.
On the other hand, if the payout chip code is normal in step S2021, the process proceeds to step S34 and subsequent steps to play a game game as usual.

FIG. 69 is a flowchart of the unique information acquisition process of the game control apparatus 2000.
When this routine is started, a start code is first written in the serial transmission buffer in step S181. This is a code for causing the external management device 780 on the receiving side to specify that it is the start of serial communication. Next, in step S2041, it is determined whether or not the acquisition is only a chip code. If the acquisition is not only the chip code, the process proceeds to step S183, where the maker code identification code is written into the serial transmission buffer, and at step S184, the maker code is read out and written into the serial transmission buffer. Next, in step S185, the product code identification code is written in the serial transmission buffer, and in step S186, the product code is read out and written in the serial transmission buffer. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2042. As a result, the manufacturer code and the product code are acquired.
Each identification code is used to identify a section of data to be transmitted, and thereafter, the read codes are serially arranged.

On the other hand, if the acquisition is only the chip code in step S2041, the process jumps to step S2042 to write the chip code identification code in the serial transmission buffer.
Next, in step S2043, the chip code (here, the main board unique ID) is read from the chip individual ID register and synthesized with the corresponding payout chip code (payout unique ID). The payout chip code is sent from the payout control device 2010. In step S2043, a process of writing the combined chip code (combined information of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID) into the serial transmission buffer is also performed.
In this way, each code is acquired together with each identification code, serialized and sequentially written to the serial transmission buffer. As a result, each code is output from the serial transmission buffer to the management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55. After step S2043, the process returns.

Next, the serial reception interrupt process executed by the game control apparatus 2000 will be described with reference to FIG.
When this routine is started, the register is first saved in step S2051, and the data in the serial reception buffer is saved in the payout chip code area in step S2052. This is because when a payout unique ID is output from the payout control device 2010 to the game control device 2000, the game control device 2000 receives a serial reception interrupt and receives the data (payout unique ID). Is saved in the payout chip code area in the RWM.
In this embodiment, the chip code (payout unique ID) of the payout control apparatus 2010 is 4 bytes, and is set so that an interrupt is generated when 4 bytes are received.
Next, in step S2053, it is determined whether the reception buffer is empty. If it is not empty, the process returns to step S2052 to repeat the routine. Thus, when 4 bytes of chip code are received from the payout control device 2010, all byte data is read from the serial reception buffer and saved in the payout chip code area.

When all the byte data are read from the serial reception buffer and become empty, the determination in step S2053 becomes YES, and the process returns to step S2054. In step S2054, the serial reception interrupt request is cleared, and in step S2055, the register is restored. This is because the payout unique ID is received only once from the payout control device 2010, and when it is received, it is not necessary to receive it anymore, and therefore no interruption is permitted.
In this way, the process of receiving the payout unique ID from the payout control apparatus 2010 is performed. Note that unique information other than the payout chip code (for example, the model code of the payout control device) may be received from the payout control device 2010 in the same manner and handled in the same manner as the payout chip code.

<Payout program>
In the eleventh embodiment, among the payout programs executed by the payout control apparatus 2010, the unique information signal editing process is different from the first embodiment, and the others are the same.
FIG. 71 is a flowchart of the unique information signal editing process of the payout control apparatus 2010.
When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S2071 whether or not the chip code has been transmitted. The chip code here is a payout chip code (payout unique ID) of the payout microcomputer 2011. If it has already been sent, the routine ends and returns.
On the other hand, if the chip code has not been transmitted, the process proceeds to step S2072, where the payout chip code is read and written into the serial transmission buffer. Since the payout chip code (payout unique ID) stored in the HW parameter ROM of the payout microcomputer 2011 is copied to the chip individual ID register when the power is turned on, it is read out.
Next, in step S2073, the chip code transmission completion flag is set and the process returns. Thus, the payout chip code written in the serial transmission buffer is sent to the game control device 2000 (that is, to the external device side) by serial communication.

By executing each program as described above, when the pachinko machine 1 is turned on, the payout control device 2010 serializes during the delay process waiting for the payout control device 2010 to be activated in the game control device 2000 (step S2003). The payout chip code is sent to the game control device 2000 by communication. In the past, delay processing was merely a wait, but no processing was performed and time was spent. However, by using the waiting time to receive a payout chip code, payout during normal operation is performed. Interruption due to chip code transmission from the control device 2010 to the game control device 2000 is not generated, and the burden on the program is reduced.
The game control device 2000 outputs external information and a prize ball signal to the external management device 780 (that is, to the external device side) via the external information terminal board 55. In particular, the power control, the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 When an event such as the release of an event occurs, the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID are output to the external management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55 in accordance with these events.
Therefore, when such an event occurs, the external management device 780 can easily check whether or not the gaming microcomputer 2001 and the payout microcomputer 2011 have been exchanged illegally, and illegally and effectively cope with it. it can. Therefore, fraud can be easily checked not only when the game store is opened, but also when the game microcomputer 2001 and the payout microcomputer 2011 are illegally replaced during the store opening.

According to Example 11, there are the following effects.
That is, in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the main board unique ID of the gaming microcomputer 2001 is determined by executing the game program when the power is turned on or when the glass frame 5 or the front frame 4 is opened. In the same manner as above, the data is output to the external device side in the serial communication format by the built-in serial communication circuit.
On the other hand, in the payout microcomputer 2011 as well, when the pachinko machine 1 is turned on or the system is reset, the payout unique ID stored in the HW parameter ROM 715 of the payout microcomputer 2011 is read by the operation of the payout program. The payout unique ID is also copied to the ID property RAM 724 and the payout unique ID copied to the chip individual ID register 716 passes through the external bus interface 704 and is incorporated into the built-in serial communication circuit. It is converted into a serial communication format by 704a and sent to the game control device 2000. In the game control device 2000, the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID sent from the payout microcomputer 2011 are combined and sent to the external information terminal board 55 and relayed by the external information terminal board 55 to be externally managed. 780. As a result, the unique ID stored in the gaming microcomputer 2001 and the payout unique ID stored in the payout microcomputer 2011 can be read out at the game store, and the management device 780 can check the authenticity.

Therefore, also in the eleventh embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device (game control device 2000 or payout control device 2010) having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines.
In the eleventh embodiment, the unique ID can be easily and efficiently output from the gaming microcomputer 2001 or the payout microcomputer 2011 (arithmetic processing unit) under the control of the gaming program.
In that case, the information area 600B or 700B (information processing unit) does not need to be significantly improved or changed, and enormous costs and periods are not required.
"Example 12"

“Example 12: payout board—main board (parallel) —management device”
Next, a twelfth embodiment of the invention aspect T1 will be described with reference to FIG.
In this embodiment, the payout unique ID is serially sent from the payout board (payout control apparatus) to the main board (game control apparatus), and the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID are transmitted from the main board (game control apparatus) to the outside. Is performed in parallel. However, there is no request for retransmission of the payout unique ID from the main board to the payout board. A management device is set as the external device.
In this embodiment, the structure of the front, back, game board, and external information terminal board of the pachinko machine is the same as that of the first embodiment, and the block diagram of the control system is the same as that of the eleventh embodiment and is omitted.

Next, in this embodiment, the game program executed by the game control device is as follows. (Same as other examples except for the ■ mark. Same with the payout program)
Main processing (same as Example 11)
Timer interrupt processing (same as Example 11)
Special figure game processing (same as Example 1)
Special figure display processing (same as Example 1)
Winning mouth switch / error monitoring process (same as Example 1)
Error check processing (same as Example 1)
External information editing process (same as Example 1)
Specific information signal editing process (same as in Example 3)
Specific information acquisition processing Serial reception interrupt processing (same as Example 11)
In this embodiment, the payout program executed by the payout control device is as follows.
Main processing (same as Example 1)
Timer interrupt processing (same as Example 1)
External information output editing process (same as Example 1)
Specific information signal editing process (same as Example 11)

Thus, the payout program is the same as that in the eleventh embodiment, and the description thereof is omitted.
On the other hand, a part of the contents of the game program in the game control device is different, and the other is not described.
<Game program>
In the twelfth embodiment, only the unique information acquisition process is unique among the game programs and is different from the other embodiments.
FIG. 72 is a flowchart of specific information acquisition processing of the game control device according to this embodiment. When this routine is started, first, a start code is saved in the unique information buffer area in step S2131.
Next, in step S2132, it is determined whether or not the acquisition is only a chip code. If the acquisition is not only the chip code, the process proceeds to step S2133 to save the manufacturer code identification code in the unique information buffer area, and in step S2134, the manufacturer code is read and saved in the unique information buffer area. In step S2135, the product code identification code is saved in the unique information buffer area, and in step S2136, the product code is read and saved in the unique information buffer area. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2137. As a result, the manufacturer code and the product code are acquired.

On the other hand, if the acquisition is only the chip code in step S2132, the process jumps to step S2137 to save the chip code identification code in the unique information buffer area.
Then, in step S2138, the chip code (here, the main board unique ID) is read and combined with the corresponding payout chip code (payout unique ID). The payout chip code is sent from the payout control device. In step S2138, the combined chip code (the combined information of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID) is also saved in the unique information buffer area.
In step S2139, the unique information transmission unter is cleared and the process returns.
In this way, each code is acquired together with each identification code and saved in the unique information buffer area. As a result, each code saved in the unique information buffer area is output to the management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55 by parallel communication.
Since the external information terminal board 55 merely relays a signal, if a parallel signal is input to the input side, the output side is also output as a parallel signal.

As described above, in the twelfth embodiment, the payout unique ID is serially sent from the payout control device to the game control device, and the game control device combines the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID sent from the payout control device. The data is sent to the external information terminal board 55 by parallel communication, relayed by the external information terminal board 55, and transmitted to the external management device 780 by parallel communication. Thereby, the unique ID stored in the game microcomputer and the payout unique ID stored in the payout microcomputer can be read out at the game store, and the management device 780 can check the authenticity.
Therefore, also in the present embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device (game control device 2000 or payout control device 2010) having the arithmetic processing device for gaming machines as in the eleventh embodiment. . Further, the unique ID can be output from the gaming microcomputer to the outside efficiently and easily.
Further, since both the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID are output to the management device 780 as in the case of the eleventh embodiment, it is possible to more reliably prevent fraud with respect to the gaming microcomputer (arithmetic processing device), and Injustice to the payout microcomputer (second arithmetic processing unit) can also be suppressed.
Furthermore, since the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID are transmitted in parallel from the game control device to the external device (in this case, the management device 780), the following effects are obtained.
That is, by outputting to the external device in a transmission form called parallel transfer, the external device can be easily received. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently notify the external device that the individual identification information or unauthorized modification has been performed.
"Example 13"

“Example 13: Dispensing substrate—main substrate—card unit”
Next, an embodiment 13 of the invention aspect T1 will be described with reference to FIG.
This embodiment is an example in which a card unit is set as an external device outside the gaming machine that is an output destination of individual identification information and payout individual identification information.
That is, the payout unique ID is serially sent from the payout board (payout control apparatus) to the main board (game control apparatus), and the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID are transferred from the main board (game control apparatus) to the card unit outside the gaming machine. Is performed serially. However, there is no request for retransmission of the payout unique ID from the main board to the payout board.
In the present embodiment, the block diagram of the control system of the pachinko machine is different from the eleventh embodiment.

<Block diagram>
Therefore, a block diagram (FIG. 73) of the control system different from that of Embodiment 11 (FIG. 65) will be described.
The block diagram shown in FIG. 73 is different from that of the eleventh embodiment in that the connector for unique information (board-to-wire connector 67) of the external information terminal board 55 is connected to the card unit 2120. Others are the same as in Example 11, and the same number is attached | subjected to the same member and duplication description is abbreviate | omitted.

The card unit 2120 is provided in a pachinko machine (game machine) and supplies a player with a rental ball. For example, if the game machine is called a CR machine (card reading machine), a pachinko machine ( A gaming machine) and a card unit (CR unit: card-type ball lending control unit) as a gaming medium lending device are provided side by side, and these are installed in pairs.
However, the pachinko machine can be separated from the card unit, and the pachinko machine can be separated and taken to another corner.
The card unit 2120 has a built-in card reader / writer, and a card insertion slot into which a card such as a magnetic card or an IC card is inserted, a card usable LED, a banknote slot, a banknote slot on the front surface of the card unit 2120 An OK LED, a card insertion LED, a ball throwing operation section, an information display device, a game medium dispensing section, and the like are provided.

In the above configuration, in the thirteenth embodiment, the management device 780 receives external information and a prize ball signal from the game control device 2000 via the external information terminal board 55, and the card unit 2120 plays a game via the external information terminal board 55. The unique information including the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID is received from the control device 2000.
Thereby, the unique ID stored in the game microcomputer and the payout unique ID stored in the payout microcomputer can be read at the game store, and the card unit 2120 can check the authenticity.
It should be noted that the card unit 2120 may display the authenticity determination result of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID in a form that can only be seen by an attendant at the amusement store, or the main board unique ID and the payout via other tools. You may make it the structure which performs authenticity determination of unique ID. For example, the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID may be skipped from the card unit 2120 to a terminal that can be carried by an attendant with infrared rays or the like so that the terminal can authenticate. By doing so, it is possible to determine the authenticity of the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID while the attendant walks even when the store is opened.
Also in the thirteenth embodiment, by executing the game program, it is notified to the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to the control devices (game control device 2000 and payout control device 2010) having the arithmetic processing device for gaming machines. It becomes possible. Further, the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID can be easily output from the game microcomputer under the control of the game program.
In addition, there is an advantage that the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID of each gaming machine can be confirmed with each card unit 2120 in particular. In addition, by transferring the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID from the card unit 2120 to the ball loan information collecting apparatus that collects the ball loan information, the main board unique ID and the payout in the ball loan information collecting apparatus as in the management apparatus described above. The unique ID can be confirmed centrally.
"Example 14"

"Example 14: Main board (serial)-external device, payout board (serial)-external device"
Next, Example 14 will be described with reference to FIGS.
In this embodiment, the main board unique ID is serially sent from the main board (game control device) to the external device (management device or card unit), and the external device (management device or card unit) is serially sent from the payout board (payout control device). ) Is an example of sending a payout unique ID.
<Block diagram>
In the block diagram of the control system, FIG. 74 shows a case where a management device is set as an external device, and FIG. 75 shows a case where a card unit is set as an external device.
In FIG. 74, the game control device 2100 includes a game microcomputer 2101, and the payout control device 2110 includes a payout microcomputer 2111. The game control device 2100 is connected to the external information terminal board 55, and the external information and unique information (main board unique ID) of the game control apparatus 2100 are transmitted from the game control device 2100 to the management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55. The The payout control device 2110 is also connected to the external information terminal board 55, and external information (prize ball signal etc.) and unique information (payout unique ID) of the payout control device 2110 are sent from the payout control device 2110 via the external information terminal board 55. To the management device 780.

  75, the game control device 2200 includes a game microcomputer 2201, and the payout control device 2210 includes a payout microcomputer 2211. Further, the unique information connector (board-to-wire connector 67) of the external information terminal board 55 is also connected to the card unit 2220. The game control apparatus 2200 is connected to the external information terminal board 55, and external information of the game control apparatus 2200 is transmitted from the game control apparatus 2200 to the management apparatus 780 via the external information terminal board 55, and the unique information ( The main board unique ID) is transmitted from the game control device 2200 to the card unit 2220 via the external information terminal board 55. The payout control device 2210 is also connected to the external information terminal board 55, and a prize ball signal of the payout control apparatus 2210 is transmitted from the payout control apparatus 2210 to the management device 780 via the external information terminal board 55. The unique information (payout unique ID) is transmitted from the payout control device 2210 to the card unit 2220 via the external information terminal board 55. The card unit 2220 has a function of receiving and processing each unique information.

In the fourteenth embodiment, the game program executed by the game control device is the same as that of the first embodiment, and the payout program executed by the payout control device is the same as that of the eleventh embodiment, so the description thereof is omitted.
Also in such an embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device (game control device or payout control device) having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines. Further, the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID can be easily and efficiently output from the game microcomputer or the payout microcomputer under the control of the game program.
"Example 15"

Example 15: Main board (parallel) -external device, payout board (parallel) -external device
Next, Example 15 will be described.
In this embodiment, the main board unique ID is sent from the main board (game control device) to the external device (management device or card unit) in parallel, and the external device (management device or card unit) is sent in parallel from the payout board (payout control device). ) Is an example of sending a payout unique ID.
<Block diagram>
The block diagram of the control system is the same as that of the fourteenth embodiment. FIG. 74 shows the case where the management device is set as the external device, and FIG. 75 shows the case where the card unit is set as the external device.

<Game program>
In the fifteenth embodiment, the game program executed by the game control device is the same as that of the third embodiment, and the payout program executed by the payout control device is the same as that of the tenth embodiment.
Also in such an embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device (game control device or payout control device) having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines. Further, the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID can be easily output from the game microcomputer or the like efficiently and under the control of the game program.
"Example 16"

"Example 16: Main board (serial)-external device side; output when the frame is closed"
Next, Example 16 will be described with reference to FIGS.
The present embodiment is a modification of the embodiments (the first embodiment, the second embodiment, and the fourteenth embodiment) in which the game control device outputs the main board unique ID by serial transmission without receiving the unique information from the payout control device. Of the game program, only the error check process, the external information editing process (second half), and the unique information signal editing process are different from those in the first embodiment, and other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment. This embodiment is characterized in that unique information is output at the timing when the glass frame 5 or the like is closed.

  FIG. 76 is a flowchart of the error check process of the game control device according to this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. 40 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. In this example, after step S123, the process proceeds to step S2151, where it is determined whether the door opening error is canceled or the frame opening error is canceled, and if any of these errors is canceled, the process proceeds to step S2153 via step S2152. If not, return. The process proceeds to step S2153 when the opened door (glass frame 5) is closed or when the opened frame (front frame 4) is closed. In step S2153, the door / frame is closed. Set the hour flag and return.

  FIG. 77 is a flowchart of the external information editing process (first half) of the game control apparatus in the present embodiment, and FIG. 78 is a flowchart of the external information editing process (second half) of the game control apparatus in the present embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIGS. 15 and 41 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. In this example, after step S144 or S145 in the external information editing process (first half), the process proceeds to step S2161 (hereinafter, FIG. 78), and the door / frame closing flag that is set to ON in step S2153 (FIG. 76) described above. Is turned on (that is, whether or not the flag is set), the process proceeds to step S147 if turned on, and the process proceeds to step S2162 if not turned on. In step S2162, if the door (glass frame 5) or the frame (front frame 4) is open, the process proceeds to step S2163, and if not open, the process proceeds to step S2164. In step S2163, the output data of the gaming machine error state signal ON is set, and the process proceeds to step S150. On the other hand, in step S2164, output data of the door / frame opening signal OFF is set, and then in step S2165, the output request flag of the unique information signal in the door / frame opening is cleared, and then the process proceeds to step S152.

FIG. 79 is a flowchart of the unique information signal editing process of the game control device according to this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. In this example, when this routine is started, it is first determined in step S2171 whether serial communication is being performed. This is to check whether the game control device is executing serial communication with the external device side (payout control device, management device, etc.). If serial communication is in progress, the unique ID cannot be output to the external device side this time, and the process returns.
On the other hand, if the serial communication is not in progress, the process proceeds to step S2172, where it is checked whether the transmission of the unique information after the door or frame is closed, and the process branches in step S2173 depending on the check result. That is, in step S2173, if the transmission ends, the process proceeds to step S2174. If not, the process jumps to step S172. In step S2174, the door / frame closing flag is cleared, and the flow proceeds to step S172.

In the case of the present embodiment 16 having the game program features described above, the door / frame closing flag is set immediately after the open door (glass frame 5) or frame (front frame 4) is closed. When set to ON (step S2153), an output request flag for a unique information signal when the door / frame is opened is set (step S148). As a result, the main board unique ID is output from the game control device. That is, the game control device of the present embodiment (the same applies to later-described embodiments 17 and 18), as shown in the timing chart of FIG. 80, the timing when the door (glass frame 5) or the frame (front frame 4) is closed. It has a function (individual identification information output start means at the time of state release) that starts outputting individual identification information at the timing (the timing at which the generated gaming machine state is released). In contrast to this, in the gaming control device of the first embodiment or the like described above, the timing at which the door (glass frame 5) or the frame (front frame 4) is opened (the gaming machine state is generated, and the gaming machine state signal is It has a function (individual identification information output start means at the time of occurrence of a state) that starts outputting individual identification information at the timing when it is turned off.
In addition, due to the action of step S2173, the door / frame closing flag is not cleared in step S2174 unless the transmission of the unique information after the door or frame is closed, so the determination result in step S2161 is YES, The door / frame opening signal OFF setting in step S2164 is not executed. As a result, the gaming machine state signal (in this case, the door / frame opening signal) remains on (extended) until the end of transmission of the unique information. That is, the game control device of the present embodiment (the same applies to later-described embodiments 17 and 18), as shown in the timing chart of FIG. 80, the timing when the door (glass frame 5) or the frame (front frame 4) is closed. It has a function (game machine state signal extension control means) that extends the corresponding game machine state signal while it is turned on until the transmission of the individual identification information started at the timing (the timing at which the generated game machine state is released) is completed. . With this function, the external device side can easily determine the correspondence between the individual identification information and the gaming machine state signal.
Also in this embodiment, it is possible to notify the outside that there is a high possibility of fraud with respect to a control device (game control device or payout control device) having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines. Further, the main board unique ID and the payout unique ID can be easily and efficiently output from the game microcomputer or the payout microcomputer under the control of the game program.
In this embodiment, in order to facilitate the correspondence between the individual identification information and the gaming machine state signal, the gaming machine state signal is extended until the transmission of the individual identification information is completed (that is, kept on). However, the game machine state signal may be turned off when the gaming machine state is released. Specifically, for example, in FIG. 80, when both the glass frame and the front frame are closed, the frame open signal may be lowered from on to off.
"Example 17"

"Example 17: Main board (parallel)-external device side; output when frame closed"
Next, Example 17 will be described with reference to FIG.
The present embodiment is a modification of the embodiment (the third embodiment and the fifteenth embodiment) in which the game control device outputs the main board unique ID by parallel transmission without receiving the unique information from the payout control device. Only the error check process, the external information editing process (second half), and the unique information signal editing process are different from those of the third embodiment, and other configurations are the same as those of the third embodiment. In addition, as in the sixteenth embodiment, the present embodiment is characterized in that unique information is output at the timing when the glass frame 5 or the like is closed. Therefore, the error check process and the external information editing process (second half) in the above game program are the same as those in the sixteenth embodiment (FIGS. 76 and 78). Therefore, only the unique information signal editing process has a characteristic not found in the other embodiments.

FIG. 81 is a flowchart of the specific information signal editing process of the game control device according to the seventeenth embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. 49 of the third embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. In this example, after step S439, the process proceeds to step S2181, where it is checked whether transmission of the unique information after the door or frame is closed, and the process branches in step S2182 depending on the check result. That is, in step S2182, if the transmission ends, the process proceeds to step S2183, and if not the transmission ends, the process returns. In step S2183, the door / frame closing flag is cleared and the process returns.
According to the present embodiment, the same effect as that of the sixteenth embodiment can be obtained.
"Example 18"

"Example 18: Dispensing substrate-main substrate (parallel)-external device; output when the frame is closed"
Next, the eighteenth embodiment is a modified example of the twelfth embodiment in which the game control device receives the payout unique ID from the payout control device and outputs the unique information by parallel transmission. Only the external information editing process (second half) and the unique information signal editing process are different from those of the twelfth embodiment, and other configurations are the same as those of the twelfth embodiment. Further, the present embodiment is characterized in that the unique information is output at the timing when the glass frame 5 or the like is closed, as in the embodiments 16 and 17. Therefore, in the above game program, the error check process and the external information editing process (second half) are the same as in the sixteenth embodiment (FIGS. 76 and 78), and the unique information signal editing process is the same as in the seventeenth embodiment (FIG. 81). It is. Therefore, there is no processing having features not found in other embodiments.
According to the present embodiment, the same effect as that of the sixteenth embodiment can be obtained.
"Example 19"

“Example 19: Dispensing substrate—main substrate (serial) —external device; output when frame closed”
Next, the nineteenth embodiment is a modified example of the eleventh embodiment in which the game control device receives the payout unique ID from the payout control device and outputs the unique information by serial transmission. Only the external information editing process (second half) and the unique information signal editing process are different from those of the eleventh embodiment, and other configurations are the same as those of the eleventh embodiment. In addition, as in the sixteenth embodiment, the present embodiment is characterized in that unique information is output at the timing when the glass frame 5 or the like is closed. Therefore, the game program (error check process, external information editing process (second half), and unique information signal editing process) is the same as that in the sixteenth embodiment (FIGS. 76, 78, 79). Therefore, there is no processing having features not found in other embodiments.
According to the present embodiment, the same effect as that of the sixteenth embodiment can be obtained.

That is, in Embodiments 17 to 19 described above, as in Embodiment 16, the main board unique ID is a game at the timing when the door (glass frame 5) or the frame (front frame 4) that was being opened is closed. Output from the controller.
In addition, the timing which outputs individual identification information corresponding to a game machine state signal is not limited to the said Example. For example, after a specified time elapses (the gaming machine state signal is turned on) from the timing when the door (glass frame 5) or the frame (front frame 4) is opened (the timing when the gaming machine state signal is turned on from off). The game control device may be provided with a function of starting to output individual identification information (during the generation of signal). In this mode, when the door or frame is closed for a short time (less than the specified time) and then closed, the individual identification information is not output. There is no fear that will be output frequently.
"Example 20"

"Example 20: Main board (serial) -external device side; overlap is ignored"
Next, Example 20 will be described with reference to FIGS.
Example 20 is a modification of the examples (Example 1, Example 2, Example 14) in which the game control device outputs the main board unique ID by serial transmission without receiving the unique information from the payout control device. Among the game programs, main processing, special chart display processing, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), unique information signal editing processing, and unique information acquisition processing are different. And so on. The present embodiment is characterized in that when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the output control is performed by associating the individual identification information with only the gaming machine state signal corresponding to the previously generated gaming machine state.

FIG. 82 is a flowchart of the main process of the game control apparatus in this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. 37 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. In this example, after step S14, the process proceeds to step S2191 to set (set) a security signal output request flag. After step S2191, the process proceeds to step S15. The security signal output request flag is checked in step S2245, which will be described later, in the unique information signal editing process.
FIG. 83 is a flowchart of the special figure display process of the game control apparatus according to this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. 39 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. In this example, after step S90, the process proceeds to step S2201, and an output request flag for one jackpot signal is set. After step S2201, the process proceeds to step S91. Note that the output request flag for one jackpot signal is also checked in step S2245 described later.

  FIG. 84 is a flowchart of the error check process of the game control device in this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. 40 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. In this example, after step S123, the process proceeds to step S2211, where it is checked whether a door opening error or a frame opening error has occurred, and the check result is determined in step S2212, and if YES (if any error has occurred) Step S2213: If NO, return. The process proceeds to step S2213 when the closed door (glass frame 5) is opened or when the closed frame (front frame 4) is opened. In step S2213, the door / frame is opened. Set the signal output request flag and return. Note that the door / frame opening signal output request flag is also checked in step S2245 described later. In addition, since there are two ways of passing through step S2212, when an error occurs and when it is canceled, in step S2212, a determination is made to limit the time of occurrence. If it has already been determined that an error has already occurred (for example, either a door / frame opening error has occurred), the determination result in step S121 is YES until the error state is cleared, step S2212, etc. Is not executed. For this reason, for example, if a closed glass frame is opened and a door / frame opening error occurs and the output request flag is set once, the glass frame remains open (open state) after that. Even if this error check process is executed again, the setting of the output request flag in step S2213 will not be executed again.

85 and 86 are flowcharts of the external information editing process in this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIGS. 15 and 41 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
When this routine is started, a unique information signal editing process is first performed in step S2221. This is to acquire a unique ID (for example, a chip code of the gaming microcomputer 111) based on the output request flag of the unique information signal (details will be described later in a subroutine).

In step S2222, it is checked whether or not the security signal output permission flag is set. The check result is determined in step S2223. If NO, the process branches to step S2226 to set the output data of the security signal OFF, and then in step S2227, the security signal output permission flag is cleared and the process proceeds to step S140. The security signal output permission flag is set in step S2246, which will be described later, in the unique information signal editing process.
On the other hand, if YES in step S2223 (flag set), the process proceeds to step S2224 to update the security signal control timer by “−1” and then check whether the security signal control timer has expired. The check result is determined in step S2225. If NO, the process proceeds to step S137 to set the output data of the security signal ON, and the process proceeds to step S140. Thereby, a security signal is output when the pachinko machine 1 is powered on. The security signal control timer is a timer set in step S15 of the main process.

On the other hand, if YES in step S2225 (time up), the process branches to step S2226 to set the output data of the security signal OFF, and then the security signal output permission flag is cleared in step S2227. After step S2227, the process proceeds to step S140. That is, if the security signal control timer has already expired, the external output of information related to security is not set.
Next, in steps S140 to S145, the process described in FIG. 15 of the first embodiment is performed. After step S144 or step S145, the process proceeds to step S2231 in FIG. In step S2231, it is checked whether the output permission flag for the door / frame opening signal is set, and the check result is determined in step S2232. If YES, the process proceeds to step S2233, and if NO, the process branches to step S2236. In step S2233, it is determined whether the door or frame is being opened. As described above, the door is the glass frame 5, and the frame is the front frame 4. If the door or frame is being opened, the process proceeds to step S2234 to set the output data of the door / frame opening signal ON, and then in step S2235 to set the output data of the gaming machine error state signal ON to proceed to step S152. Through these steps S2234 and S2235, a door / frame opening signal is output (turned ON), and a gaming machine error state signal is output (turned ON).

On the other hand, if NO in step S2233, that is, if the door or frame is not open, an event of opening the door or frame does not occur, so there is no need to set such output data, and the process branches to step S2236. Then, the output data of the door / frame opening signal OFF is set, and the door / frame opening signal output permission flag is cleared in step S2237, and the process proceeds to step S2238.
In step S2238, it is checked whether or not the output permission flag for one jackpot signal is set, and the check result is determined in step S2239. If YES, the process proceeds to step S2240, and if NO, the process branches to step S2241. In step S2240, it is determined whether or not the big hit operation is being performed. If the big hit operation is being executed, the output data of the big hit 1 signal ON is set in step S158. One signal is output (turned ON) by the processing of step S158. On the other hand, if it is not during the big hit operation in step S2240, it is not necessary to output one big hit signal. Therefore, branching to step S2241 sets output data for one big hit signal, and permission to output one big hit signal in step S2242. The flag is cleared, and then the process proceeds to step S161.

  FIG. 87 is a flowchart of the specific information signal editing process (step S2221 of the external information editing process) of the game control device in this embodiment. When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S2245 whether any output request flag is set. If YES, the process proceeds to step S2246, and NO (if any output request flag is not set). If so, the process returns because there is no need to output the unique ID. Here, the output request flag is a security signal output request flag set in step S2191 (main processing), a jackpot one signal output request flag set in step S2201 (special display processing), and The door / frame opening signal output request flag set in step S2213 (error check process).

  In step S2246, the output permission flag of the first established among the gaming machine state signals (security signal, jackpot 1 signal, and door / frame opening signal) for which the output request flag is set is set. In step S2274, the corresponding output request flag (that is, the output request flag of the first established signal) is cleared, and then the process proceeds to step S2248 (unique information acquisition processing). This occurred in duplicate gaming machine states (in this example, power-on to turn on the security signal, jackpot operation to turn on the jackpot 1 signal, door / frame opening to turn on the door / frame opening signal) In this case, the gaming machine state signal that is first turned ON is output first, and the unique ID is output in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal. That is, when a plurality of output request flags are simultaneously established, processing is performed one by one from the previously generated one, and output request flags are cleared one by one. Even when any one of the above gaming machine states occurs (when there is no overlap), these steps S2246 to S2248 are executed, and the gaming machine state signal is output and corresponding to this. Thus, the unique ID is output.

FIG. 88 is a flowchart of the unique information acquisition process (the unique information signal editing process in step S2248) of the game control apparatus according to this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. In this example, when this routine is started, it is first determined in step S2251 whether serial communication is being performed. This is to check whether the game control device is executing serial communication with the external device side (payout control device, management device, etc.). If serial communication is in progress, the unique ID is not output to the external device even if any of the above-described output request flags is present, and the process returns.
On the other hand, if the serial communication is not being performed, the process proceeds to step S181 and the subsequent steps, and the code data of the unique ID is written in the corresponding serial transmission buffer to output the unique ID as described in the first embodiment.

  In the present embodiment 20 having the gaming program features described above, when the gaming machine state is duplicated (during the period in which the gaming machine state is generated and the individual identification information is output correspondingly) When another gaming machine state occurs), a unique ID (individual identification information) is output corresponding to only the gaming machine state signal of the gaming machine state that occurred first, and the gaming machine state signal of the gaming machine state that occurred later No unique ID is output for. For example, as shown in FIG. 89 (b), the security signal is turned ON when the power is turned on, and the individual identification information is output (serial communication in this example) when the power is turned on in response to the security signal. When the door / frame opening signal is turned ON during the frame opening, the unique ID is output corresponding to the security signal generated earlier, but the door / frame opening signal generated later is output. The corresponding unique ID is not output.

  When the above-described gaming machine state overlap occurs, an output request flag corresponding to each gaming machine state is set (step S2191, step S2201, step S2213), and the unique information signal editing process (steps S2245 to S2248) is performed. First, the output of the gaming machine state signal of the previously generated gaming machine state (hereinafter referred to as the first generated gaming machine state signal) and the output of the individual identification information corresponding to this first generated gaming machine state signal are executed. Only the output request flag of the gaming machine state signal is cleared in step S2247. When the unique information signal editing process is executed at the next timer interrupt, the output request flag of the gaming machine state signal of the gaming machine state that has occurred later (hereinafter referred to as the subsequent gaming machine state signal) remains set. Therefore, steps S2246 to S2248 are also executed, and the generated gaming machine state signal is also output thereafter. However, since there is step S2251 in the specific information acquisition process of this example, if the individual identification information corresponding to the pre-generated gaming machine status signal is being communicated, an output request for the post-generated gaming machine status signal is requested. For the flag, the determination result in step S2251 is YES, and the process for outputting the individual identification information (steps S181 to S189) is not executed. Moreover, the output request flag for the post-generated gaming machine state signal is cleared in the process of step S2247, and even if the specific information signal editing process is executed in the next timer interrupt, the determination in step S2245 is NO. For this reason, when the above-described overlap occurs, the post-generation gaming machine state signal is ignored regarding the output of the individual identification information, and the output of the individual identification information corresponding to the post-generation gaming machine state signal is not executed. . In this example, individual identification information is output only for the earliest gaming machine status signal (first generated gaming machine status signal) even if three or more gaming machine statuses occur in duplicate, and other games The individual identification information is not output for the machine state signal (post-generated gaming machine state signal).

That is, in the gaming control device of the present embodiment (the same applies to later-described embodiments 21 to 23), the gaming machine state is duplicated and the duplicate gaming machine state is transferred to the external device side outside the gaming machine. When individually controlling the corresponding gaming machine status signal to notify individually, the previously generated gaming machine status (the first one in the case of three or more) is the external device side outside the gaming machine. A function of controlling the output of the individual identification information only in correspondence with only the gaming machine state signal to be notified (advance information output control means). Speaking conversely, in order to individually notify the gaming machine state that has occurred, and to individually notify the external device side outside the gaming machine, the corresponding gaming machine state signal When output control is performed, output of the individual identification information corresponding to the gaming machine state signal for informing an external device side outside the gaming machine of the gaming machine state that occurred later (in the case of three or more, other than the first one) It has a function (subsequent information output control means) that does not execute control.
On the other hand, in the case of the above-described embodiment 1 or the like, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, for example, as shown in FIG. The individual identification information corresponding to the frame opening signal) is executed after the output of the individual identification information corresponding to the pre-generated gaming machine state signal (the power-on security signal in the figure) is completed. When the individual identification information corresponding to the gaming machine state signal is output, there is a possibility that the output of the subsequent generated gaming machine state signal corresponding thereto has already been completed. For this reason, it is not possible for the external device to determine what kind of individual identification information has been sent, but in this embodiment, individual identification information whose correspondence with the gaming machine state is unknown is output in this way. Absent.
"Example 21"

"Example 21: Main board (parallel) -external device side; overlap is ignored"
Next, Example 21 will be described with reference to FIGS.
The present embodiment is a modification of the embodiment (the third embodiment, the tenth embodiment, and the fifteenth embodiment) in which the game control device outputs the main board unique ID by parallel transmission without receiving the unique information from the payout control device. Among the game programs, main processing, special chart display processing, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), unique information signal editing processing, and unique information acquisition processing are different. And so on. Further, in the present embodiment, similarly to the twentieth embodiment, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the output control is performed by associating the individual identification information with only the gaming machine state signal corresponding to the previously generated gaming machine state. It is characterized in that Therefore, the main process, special chart display process, error check process, and external information editing process (first half and second half) of the above game programs are the same as those in the twentieth embodiment (FIGS. 82 to 86). Therefore, only the unique information signal editing process and the unique information acquisition process have characteristics not found in the other embodiments.

FIG. 90 is a flowchart of the specific information signal editing process of the game control device according to this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. 49 of the third embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
90, when this routine is started, it is first checked in step S2361 whether an output request flag is set. If any output request flag is set, the process proceeds to step S2362, and if not, step S428 is performed. Branch to Here, the output request flag is a security signal output request flag set in step S2191 (main processing), a jackpot one signal output request flag set in step S2201 (special display processing), and The door / frame opening signal output request flag set in step S2213 (error check process).

  When the process proceeds to step S2362, the output permission flag of the first established among the gaming machine state signals (security signal, jackpot 1 signal, and door / frame opening signal) for which the output request flag is set is set. In step S2363, the corresponding output request flag (that is, the output request flag of the first established signal) is cleared, and then the process proceeds to step S2364 (unique information acquisition processing).

Next, FIG. 91 is a flowchart of the unique information acquisition process (step S2364) in the present embodiment.
In FIG. 91, when this routine is started, it is first determined in step S2371 whether unique information is being output. This is to check whether parallel communication is being executed between the game control device and the external device side. If parallel communication is in progress, the unique ID is not output to the external device, and the process returns.
On the other hand, if the unique information is not being output (during parallel communication), the process proceeds to step S451 and subsequent steps to execute processing for outputting the unique ID.
According to the present embodiment, the same effect as that of the twentieth embodiment can be obtained.
"Example 22"

“Example 22: Dispensing substrate—main substrate (parallel) —external device;
Next, the embodiment 22 is a modification of the embodiment 12 in which the game control device receives the payout unique ID from the payout control device and outputs the unique information by parallel transmission. The processing in the figure display, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), unique information signal editing processing, and unique information acquisition processing are different, and the other configurations are the same as those in the twelfth embodiment. Further, in the present embodiment, similarly to the twentieth embodiment, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the output control is performed by associating the individual identification information with only the gaming machine state signal corresponding to the previously generated gaming machine state. It is characterized in that Therefore, in the above game program, the special figure display processing, error check processing, and external information editing processing (first half and second half) are the same as those in the twentieth embodiment (FIGS. 82 to 86). Is the same as in Example 21 (FIG. 90). Therefore, only the main process and the unique information acquisition process have characteristics not found in the other embodiments.

92 and 93 are flowcharts of the main process of the game control device in this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. 66 and FIG.
FIG. 92 is the first half of this main process, and is the same as FIG. 66 described in the eleventh embodiment.
In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 93, after step S11 or step S14 in the first half of FIG. 92, the process proceeds to step S2381, the security signal output request flag is set, and then the process proceeds to step S15.
Next, FIG. 94 is a flowchart of the specific information acquisition process of the game control device in this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 94, step S2391 is executed in place of step S458 in FIG. 91. In this step S2391, the chip code constituting the main board unique ID is read out to form the payout board unique ID. It is combined with the payout chip coat (chip code of the arithmetic processing unit of the payout control device received from the payout control device), and the combined data is saved in the unique information buffer area.
According to the present embodiment, the same effect as that of the twentieth embodiment can be obtained.
"Example 23"

“Example 23: Dispensing substrate—main substrate (serial) —external device;
Next, the twenty-third embodiment is a modification of the eleventh embodiment in which the game control device receives the payout unique ID from the payout control device and outputs the unique information by serial transmission. ), Special figure display processing, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), unique information signal editing processing, and unique information acquisition processing are different, and the other configurations are the same as those in the eleventh embodiment. Further, in the present embodiment, similarly to the twentieth embodiment, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the output control is performed by associating the individual identification information with only the gaming machine state signal corresponding to the previously generated gaming machine state. It is characterized in that Therefore, in the above game program, the special figure display processing, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), and unique information signal editing processing are the same as those in the embodiment 20 (FIGS. 83 to 87). The main process (second half) is the same as that in the twenty-second embodiment (FIG. 93). Therefore, only the unique information acquisition process has a characteristic not found in other embodiments.

FIG. 95 is a flowchart of the specific information acquisition process of the game control device according to this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. 88 of the twentieth embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 95, step S2395 is executed instead of step S189 in FIG. 88, and in this step S2395, the chip code constituting the main board unique ID is read out to form the payout board unique ID. It is combined with the payout chip coat (chip code of the arithmetic processing unit of the payout control device received from the payout control device), and the combined data is written in the serial transmission buffer area.
According to the present embodiment, the same effect as that of the twentieth embodiment can be obtained.
"Example 24"

"Example 24: Main board (serial) -external device side; external delay"
Next, Example 24 will be described with reference to FIGS.
The present embodiment is a modification of the embodiments (the first embodiment, the second embodiment, and the fourteenth embodiment) in which the game control device outputs the main board unique ID by serial transmission without receiving the unique information from the payout control device. Among the game programs, main processing, timer interrupt processing, special figure display processing, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), unique information signal editing processing, unique information acquisition processing, unique information communication error cancellation processing However, other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment. However, among the above game programs, the special figure display processing, error check processing, and external information editing processing (first half and second half) are the same as those in the embodiment 20 (FIGS. 83 to 86). Therefore, only the timer interrupt process, the unique information acquisition process, and the unique information communication error cancellation process have features not found in the other embodiments.

  In addition, in the present embodiment, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the gaming machine generated later until the output control of the individual identification information corresponding to the gaming machine state signal of the gaming machine state generated earlier is completed. It is characterized in that it waits for output control of the gaming machine state signal of the state, and outputs and controls the individual identification information in correspondence with the waiting gaming machine state signal. Another feature is that control for outputting individual identification information and the like to the external device side is performed based on an operation signal by a predetermined operation input (in this case, an operation input of the RAM clear switch 504).

  FIG. 96 is a flowchart of the timer interrupt process of the game control device according to this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. 38 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. In this example, after step S41, the process proceeds to step S2261, the unique information communication error cancellation process is executed, and the process proceeds to step S42.

  FIG. 97 is a flowchart of the unique information communication error cancellation processing of the game control device in this embodiment. When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S2271 whether or not there has been an operation input of the RAM clear switch 504 based on a signal from the RAM clear switch 504 (whether or not the RAM clear switch 504 has been turned on). If there is an operation input, the process proceeds to step S2272, and if not, the process returns. In step S2272, the serial communication circuit 604a is reset, and in the next step S2273, the serial communication circuit 604a is reset. After step S2273, the process proceeds to step S2274, and the communication error cancellation code is written in the serial transmission buffer. The communication error cancellation code is a code for canceling the communication error state on the external device side (for example, the payout control device or the management device). That is, for example, when the communication error cancellation code is received on the external device side, the serial communication circuit on the external device side is reset or reset on the external device side.

  After step S2274, steps S2275 to S2281 are executed, and all codes for outputting unique information are written in the serial transmission buffer. That is, the start code is written in the serial transmission buffer in step S2275. In step S2276, the manufacturer code identification code is written to the serial transmission buffer, and in step S2277, the manufacturer code is read and written to the serial transmission buffer. In step S2278, the product code identification code is written in the serial transmission buffer. In step S2279, the product code is read out and written in the serial transmission buffer. In step S2280, the chip code identification code is written in the serial transmission buffer. In step S2281, the chip code as individual identification information (unique ID) is read from the chip individual ID register 616, written in the serial transmission buffer, and the process returns.

  FIG. 98 is a flowchart of the specific information signal editing process of the game control apparatus in this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. 87 of the twentieth embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S2291 whether or not serial communication is in progress. If serial communication is in progress, the process returns; otherwise, the process advances to step S2245.

  In the case of the twenty-fourth embodiment having the game program features described above, in the unique information signal editing process shown in FIG. 98, the presence of step S2291 causes step S2245 and subsequent steps to be executed on the condition that serial communication is not in progress. The output request flags are processed one by one. For this reason, when a gaming machine state is duplicated, it is uniquely associated with a gaming machine state signal (that is, a preceding gaming machine state signal) of a gaming machine state that has occurred first (hereinafter referred to as a preceding gaming machine state). During the period in which the ID (individual identification information) is output (that is, during serial communication), an output request flag for a later-generated gaming machine state (hereinafter referred to as a post-generated gaming machine state) is executed after step S2245. No game machine state signal (post-generation game machine state signal) or unique ID is output for the later-generated game machine state. However, the output request flag for the subsequently generated gaming machine state signal remains during the period because step S2247 has not been executed (it remains set). At the time when the unique information signal editing process shown in FIG. 98 is executed immediately after the period ends (that is, immediately after the output of individual identification information corresponding to the pre-generated gaming machine state signal (serial communication) is completed), in step S2245. At that time, step S2246 and subsequent steps are executed. For this reason, in the present embodiment, when the gaming machine state is duplicated (three or more may be duplicated), the output of the succeeding gaming machine state signal is immediately after the end of the output of the preceding gaming machine state signal. After that, it is executed at the same time as the output of the individual identification information corresponding to the generated gaming machine state signal.

  For example, as shown in FIG. 99 (b), the security signal is turned ON when the power is turned on, and the individual identification information is output (serial communication in this example) when the power is turned on in response to the security signal. When a frame opening occurs and the door / frame opening signal is turned ON, a unique ID (individual identification information) is output in correspondence with the security signal (previously generated gaming machine state signal) generated earlier. After that, the door / frame opening signal (rearly generated gaming machine state signal) generated later is delayed and output, and the unique ID corresponding to this door / frame opening signal (rearly generated gaming machine state signal) is output. Done.

That is, in the gaming control device of the present embodiment (the same applies to Embodiments 25 to 27 described later), the gaming machine state is duplicated, and the duplicate gaming machine state is transferred to the external device side outside the gaming machine. When individually controlling the corresponding gaming machine state signal to notify individually, the individual identification information is included in the gaming machine state signal that notifies a previously generated gaming machine state to the external device side outside the gaming machine. Until the output control corresponding to is finished, it waits for the output control of the gaming machine state signal for informing the external device side outside the gaming machine of the gaming machine state generated later, and the waiting gaming machine state signal includes the It has a function (game machine state signal delay control means) for controlling output corresponding to individual identification information.
On the other hand, when the gaming machine state occurs in duplicate, for example, as shown in FIG. 99 (a), the individual identification corresponding to the later-generated gaming machine state signal (the frame opening signal at the time of opening the frame). The information output is executed after the output of the individual identification information corresponding to the pre-generated gaming machine state signal (the security signal at the time of power-on in the figure) is finished, but the individual identification information corresponding to the subsequent generated gaming machine state signal Is output, there is a possibility that the output of the corresponding post-generated gaming machine state signal has already been completed. For this reason, there is a possibility that the external device cannot determine what kind of individual identification information has been sent. However, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 99 (b), the individual identification information output in which the later-generated gaming machine state signal is made to correspond to the preceding gaming machine state signal rather than the timing at which the corresponding gaming machine state actually occurs. Since the delayed game machine state signal is output at the same time as the corresponding individual identification information because it is delayed after the period, the external device side can determine what kind of event the individual identification information has been sent.

  Further, in the case of the twenty-fourth embodiment, the following functions are realized by executing the inherent information communication error cancellation process shown in FIG. 97 by a timer interrupt. That is, when a store clerk or the like of the game hall operates the RAM clear switch 504, the serial communication circuit 604a is reset and reset, and the main board unique ID (including the manufacturer code and the like) and the communication error cancel code are externally set. Output to the device side. That is, the game control device of the present embodiment has a function (individual identification) for performing control to output individual identification information to the external device side based on an operation signal by a predetermined operation input (in this case, an operation input of the RAM clear switch 504). Information operation output control means), a function (communication circuit reset operation control means) for resetting and resetting the communication circuit in the arithmetic processing unit based on an operation signal by a predetermined operation input, and an operation signal by a predetermined operation input And a function (communication error release operation output control means) for performing control to output a communication error release code to the external device side. Note that, according to the process shown in FIG. 97, even after the RAM clear switch 504 is operated during the communication for outputting the individual identification information corresponding to the gaming machine state signal, step S2272 and subsequent steps are executed. Therefore, when the RAM clear switch 504 is operated during the communication, the transmission of the individual identification information corresponding to the gaming machine state signal is interrupted, and the individual identification information is newly transmitted regardless of the gaming machine state signal. Will be.

Here, since the communication error cancellation code is transmitted through the same path as the individual identification information, the data size (number of bytes) is set larger than the chip code so as not to be mistaken for the chip code on the external device side. In the example of FIG. 27, since the chip code is 4 bytes, the communication error cancellation code is 5 bytes or more. Since the chip codes 1 to 4 are each composed of a random combination in the range of “00H to FFH”, if the communication error cancellation code has a length of 4 bytes or less, the chip code can be configured with any value. The possibility that an individual that coincides with the value of will occur. If this happens, the external device side that is the receiving side may not be able to determine whether it has received a “chip code” or a “communication error cancel code”. Of course, if the transmission / reception is always carried out accurately according to the table as shown in FIG. 27, the type and length of the command are also conveyed by the identification code, so it is not usually misunderstood. There is a risk of abnormalities such as information being cut off. However, if the data size of the communication error cancellation code is increased as described above, even if the above abnormality occurs, misunderstanding is unlikely to occur. If the communication error cancellation code is longer, it is possible to specify only the “communication error cancellation code” simply by setting the value of the first byte to 5 bytes without using “34H” when applied to the example of FIG. Note that the receiving side must always monitor whether the combination of commands sent byte by byte is a “communication error cancel code”.
The communication error cancellation code is composed only of values excluding the values used as characters in the ASCII code. For example, it is composed only of values in the range of “00h to 1Fh”, “80h to 90h”, and “E0h to FFh”. The manufacturer code and product code are to be shown in ASCII code. If the communication error cancel code is composed only of values that are not used as the manufacturer code and product code, it will only be longer than the indeterminate chip code. Thus, not only the chip code but also misidentification with other codes (manufacturer code and product code) can be prevented. If the range of possible values is not different as described above, in the case of FIG. 27, in order to prevent misunderstanding between the communication error cancellation code and each code of the individual identification information, the communication error cancellation code is set to 8 of the product code. It may be necessary to make the length longer than 19 bytes or longer than 19 bytes (data size of each code including the identification code).
"Example 25"

"Example 25: Main board (parallel) -external device side; external delay"
Next, Example 25 will be described with reference to FIGS.
The present embodiment is a modification of the embodiment (the third embodiment, the tenth embodiment, and the fifteenth embodiment) in which the game control device outputs the main board unique ID by parallel transmission without receiving the unique information from the payout control device. Among the game programs, main processing, timer interrupt processing, special figure display processing, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), unique information signal editing processing, and unique information communication error cancellation processing are different. The configuration is the same as that of the third embodiment. Further, in the present embodiment, as in the case of the embodiment 24, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the output control of the gaming machine state signal of the gaming machine state generated later is put on standby, and the predetermined operation input is performed. It is characterized in that control for outputting individual identification information to the external device side is performed. Therefore, of the above game programs, the main process, the timer interrupt process, the special chart display process, the error check process, and the external information editing process (first half and second half) are performed in the twenty-fourth embodiment (FIGS. 82, 96, 83 to 83). 86). Therefore, only the unique information signal editing process and the unique information communication error canceling process have features not found in the other embodiments.

FIG. 100 is a flowchart of the unique information communication error cancellation processing of the game control device according to this embodiment. When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S2301 whether or not there has been an operation input of the RAM clear switch 504 based on a signal from the RAM clear switch 504 (whether or not the RAM clear switch 504 has been turned on). If there is an operation input, the process proceeds to step S2302, and if not, the process returns. In step S2302, the communication error cancellation code is saved in the unique information buffer area. As described above, the communication error cancel code is a code for canceling the communication error state on the external device side (for example, the payout control device or the management device).
After step S2302, steps S2303 to S2310 are executed, and necessary information is read and saved in the unique information buffer area for unique information output (parallel output), then the unique information transmission counter is cleared, and then the process returns. . That is, the start code in step S2303, the manufacturer code identification code in step S2304, the manufacturer code in step S2305, the product code identification code in step S2306, the product code in step S2307, the chip code identification code in step S2308, In step S2309, the chip code is read out and written in the unique information buffer area. In step S2310, the unique information transmission counter is cleared and the process returns.

FIG. 101 is a flowchart of the specific information signal editing process of the game control apparatus according to this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. 49 of the third embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
In FIG. 101, when this routine is started, it is first checked in step S2411 whether unique information is being output (parallel communication is in progress). If unique information is being output, the process branches to step S426. Otherwise, the process proceeds to step S2413. move on. In step S2412, it is checked whether the output request flag is set. If any output request flag is set, the process proceeds to step S2413. Otherwise, the process branches to step S428. Here, as described above, the output request flag is a security signal output request flag set in the main process, a jackpot one signal output request flag set in the special chart display process, and an error check process. Indicates the output request flag for the door / frame opening signal to be set.

In step S2413, an output permission flag is set for the first gaming machine state signal for which the output request flag is set, and the corresponding output request flag (that is, first established) is set in the next step S2414. The signal output request flag) is cleared, and then the process proceeds to step S2415 (unique information acquisition processing). After step S2415, the process proceeds to step S426. In step S2415 (unique information acquisition process), the same process as in FIG. 50 of the third embodiment is performed.
According to the present embodiment, the same effects as those of the embodiment 24 can be obtained.
"Example 26"

“Example 26: Dispensing board—main board (parallel) —external device; external delay”
Next, a twenty-sixth embodiment is a modification of the twelfth embodiment in which the game control device receives a payout unique ID from the payout control device and outputs unique information by parallel transmission. ), Timer interrupt processing, special chart display processing, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), unique information signal editing processing, and unique information communication error cancellation processing are different. The same. Further, in the present embodiment, as in the case of the embodiment 24, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the output control of the gaming machine state signal of the gaming machine state generated later is put on standby, and the predetermined operation input is performed. It is characterized in that control for outputting individual identification information to the external device side is performed. Therefore, in the above game program, the special chart display process, the error check process, and the external information editing process (first half and second half) are the same as those in the embodiment 20 (FIGS. 83 to 86), and the main process (second half). Is the same as in the twenty-second embodiment (FIG. 93), and the unique information signal editing process and the unique information communication error canceling process are the same as those in the twenty-fifth embodiment (FIGS. 100 and 101). Therefore, only timer interrupt processing has a characteristic not found in other embodiments.

FIG. 102 is a flowchart of the timer interrupt process in this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. In this example, after step S41, the process proceeds to step S2421, executes a unique information communication error cancellation process, and proceeds to step S42. The unique information communication error cancellation processing is the same processing as that in FIG.
According to the present embodiment, the same effects as those of the embodiment 24 can be obtained.
"Example 27"

"Example 27: Dispensing board-main board (serial)-external device; external delay"
Next, a twenty-seventh embodiment is a modification of the eleventh embodiment in which the game control device receives a payout unique ID from the payout control device and outputs unique information by serial transmission. ), Timer interrupt processing, special chart display processing, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), unique information signal editing processing, and unique information communication error cancellation processing are different. The same. Further, in the present embodiment, as in the case of the embodiment 24, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the output control of the gaming machine state signal of the gaming machine state generated later is put on standby, and the predetermined operation input is performed. It is characterized in that control for outputting individual identification information to the external device side is performed. Therefore, in the above game program, the special chart display process, error check process, and external information editing process (first half and second half) are the same as those in the embodiment 20 (FIGS. 83 to 86), and the main process (second half) is the same. This is the same as the twenty-second embodiment (FIG. 93), the unique information signal editing process and the unique information communication error canceling process are the same as those of the twenty-fourth embodiment (FIGS. 98 and 104), and the timer interrupt process is the twenty-sixth embodiment (FIG. 93). 102). Therefore, there is no processing having features not found in other embodiments. However, the unique information communication error cancellation process executed in step S2421 of the timer interrupt process is the same process as that of FIG.
According to the present embodiment, the same effects as those of the embodiment 24 can be obtained.
"Example 28"

"Example 28: Main board (serial)-payout board-external device; communication after activation of counter circuit"
Next, Embodiment 28 will be described with reference to FIGS.
In this embodiment, the unique ID is transmitted serially from the game control device to the payout control device, and the unique ID is transmitted from the payout control device to the outside in parallel or serially. It is a modified example of. Therefore, in the game program, main processing, timer interrupt processing, special figure display processing, error check processing, specific information signal editing processing, specific information acquisition processing, serial reception interrupt processing, external information editing processing, and specific information The resending process is different, and the other configurations are the same as those in the fourth or fifth embodiment. Further, in the gaming machine program of the present embodiment, the unique information signal editing process is the same as that in Embodiment 24 (FIG. 98), and the unique information acquisition process is the same as that in Embodiment 20 (FIG. 88). Also, in this embodiment, the game control device starts bi-directional communication with the payout control device after starting the random number counter circuit, and the game program of the game control device starts after a response is returned from the payout control device to the game control device. It is characterized in that

FIG. 103 is a flowchart of the main processing of the game microcomputer 1041 (FIG. 51) of the game control apparatus 1040 in this embodiment. Hereinafter, the numbers of the game control device 1040 and the game microcomputer 1041 are omitted. Further, the same processing steps as those in FIG. 37 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof will be omitted in principle.
In the main process of this embodiment, after step S11 or step S14, the process proceeds to step S6001, and a random number generation circuit 613 (a counter circuit for generating a random number value of a hard random number) provided inside the gaming microcomputer is used. Startup setting is performed, and then the process proceeds to step S6002. In step S6002, the output timer initial value of external information (security signal) relating to RAM clearing is saved in the security signal control timer area. For example, 256 ms is saved as the output timer initial value.
Next, the process proceeds to step S6003, and unique information acquisition processing (same as FIG. 88 of Example 20) is performed. Through the processing of step S6003, the unique ID (main board unique ID) of the game control apparatus is acquired and written in the serial transmission buffer, and the main board unique ID is assigned to the payout control apparatus 1045 (FIG. 51) at the timing of serial communication. ). In the following, the number of the payout control device 1045 is omitted.

Next, it is determined whether or not a response command is received in step S6004. If not received, the process stands by in step S6004. In this case, when a main board unique ID is sent from the game control device to the payout control device, a response command from the payout control device is waiting. The response command is a concept including both a “retransmission request command” and a “reception completion command (ACK signal)”. If a response command is received, the process proceeds to step S6005 to determine whether there is a retransmission request (that is, whether the received response command is a retransmission request command). If there is a retransmission request, the process returns to step S6003 to perform a routine. repeat.
Then, after sending the main board unique ID from the game control device to the payout control device and receiving the response command, if there is no retransmission request (that is, if the received response command is a reception completion command), from step S6005 Proceed to step S16. Next, in step S16, for example, a CTC (Counter / Timer Circuit) provided inside the gaming microcomputer is activated. After step S16, step S18 and subsequent steps are executed in the same manner as in FIG. 37 of the first embodiment.
The above-mentioned reception completion command (ACK signal) is transmitted from the payout control device as follows, for example. That is, in the unique information analysis processing (FIGS. 55, 56, and 57) of the payout control device according to the fourth and fifth embodiments, the processing for writing the reception completion command to the serial transmission buffer is inserted after step S541, and then the step What is necessary is just to make it progress to S542.

FIG. 104 is a flowchart of the timer interrupt process of the game control device in this embodiment. The same processing steps as those in FIG. 38 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
In the timer interrupt process of this embodiment, after step S42, the process proceeds to step S6011. In step S6011, unique information retransmission processing is performed. This is a process related to a retransmission request for a payout unique ID, and details will be described later.
Thereafter, in order to resume the main routine, the timer interrupt request is cleared in step S6012, the process after step S44 is executed, and the process returns.

FIG. 105 is a flowchart of the special chart display process of the game control apparatus according to this embodiment. The same processing steps as those in FIG. 39 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
In the special figure displaying process of the present embodiment, after step S90, the process proceeds to step S6021, and the unique information acquisition process (same as FIG. 88 of the twentieth embodiment) is performed. After step S6021, the process proceeds to step S91.

FIG. 106 is a flowchart of the error check process of the game control device according to this embodiment. The same processing steps as those in FIG.
In the error check process of the present embodiment, after step S123, the process proceeds to step S6031, where it is checked whether a door opening error or a frame opening error has occurred. If a door opening error has occurred or a frame opening error has occurred, the process proceeds to step S6033 through step S6032, and a unique information acquisition process (same as FIG. 88 of the twentieth embodiment) is performed. Therefore, the main board unique ID is sent to the dispensing control device at the timing of the door opening error or the frame opening error. After step S6033, the process returns.

  FIG. 107 is a flowchart of external information editing processing of the game control apparatus according to this embodiment. This is the process executed in step S42 in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 104). The same numbers are used for the same processing steps as those shown in FIGS. 15 and 41 of the first embodiment. When this routine is started, it is first checked in step S132 whether the security signal control timer has already expired or has expired after "-1" update. The check result is determined in step S133. If NO, the process proceeds to step S137 to set the output data of the security signal ON, and the process proceeds to step S140. On the other hand, if YES in step S133 (time up), the process branches to step S139 to set the output data of the security signal OFF, and the process proceeds to step S140. That is, if the security signal control timer has already expired, the external output of information related to security is not set.

  Next, in steps S140 to S142, it is determined whether a magnet fraud has occurred, a special prize opening fraud has occurred, or an ordinary electric power fraud has occurred. If any one or more fraud has occurred, the process proceeds to step S143 to set the output data of the security signal ON, and further set the output data of the gaming machine error state signal ON in step S144. On the other hand, if NO in step S142, the process branches to step S145 to set the output data of the gaming machine error state signal OFF. After step S144 or step S145, the process proceeds to step S146 to determine whether the door or frame is being opened. If the door or frame is being opened, the process proceeds to step S150 where the output data of the door / frame opening signal ON is set, the output data of the gaming machine error state signal ON is set in step S151, and the process proceeds to step S161. On the other hand, if NO in step S146, that is, if the door or frame is not open, the process branches to step S154 to set the output data of the door / frame opening signal OFF, and the process proceeds to step S161. In step S161, a start port signal editing process is performed. In step S162, a symbol determination number signal editing process is performed, and the process returns.

  FIG. 108 is a flowchart of the serial reception interrupt process of the game control apparatus according to this embodiment. When this routine is started, the register is first saved in step S6051, and the data in the serial reception buffer is saved in the reception command area in step S6052. When there is a unique ID retransmission request (transmission request command transmission) or reception completion notification (reception completion command transmission) from the payout control device, the game control device receives a serial reception interrupt and receives it at the serial reception buffer. The data (retransmission request command and reception completion command) is saved in the reception command area. In step S6053, the serial reception interrupt request is cleared, and in step S6054, the register is restored. Next, the process proceeds to step S6055, where the interrupt is permitted and the process returns. In this case, the interrupt is permitted in such a manner that the interrupt is permitted and the system waits for the next command reception. In this way, the process of receiving the command from the payout control device only once is performed. When the retransmission request command is received, a process for retransmitting the unique ID from the game control apparatus to the payout control apparatus is performed in the unique information retransmission process described later.

  FIG. 109 is a flowchart of the unique information retransmission process of the game control apparatus in this embodiment. This is the process executed in step S6011 in the timer interrupt process. When this routine is started, it is first determined in step S6061 whether or not a command has been received from the payout control device. In this case, when a retransmission request command with a unique ID is sent from the payout control apparatus, it is determined whether or not the retransmission request command has been received. If the unique ID retransmission request command from the payout control device has not been received, the routine is terminated and the process returns. On the other hand, if a retransmission request command is received, the process proceeds to step S6062 to clear the received command area. Since the retransmission request command is received once, it is cleared in preparation for the next reception. Next, in step S6063, it is determined whether or not the command received this time is a normal retransmission request command. If the command is not normal, the process returns. If it is a normal retransmission request command, the process proceeds to step S6064 to execute the unique information acquisition process (same as FIG. 88 of the twentieth embodiment). Thereby, the unique ID is retransmitted from the game control device to the payout control device in response to a normal retransmission request command.

According to the present embodiment (eighth embodiment), the wait time until it is determined that the response command is received in the determination in step S6004 in the main process shown in FIG. 103, and the retransmission request executed in the next step S6005. The timing and number of determinations vary every time due to changes in the communication environment, and are random. For this reason, the timing from the time when the random number circuit is activated in step S6001 until the start of the normal process (the process after step S16 of the main process) varies and becomes random even in the same pachinko machine. Therefore, it is possible to realize a gaming machine that can prevent a fraudulent act that predicts a random value and unfairly generates a big hit. Conventionally, as disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-040520, based on the value of individual identification information (ID), the start timing of normal processing at the time of power-up is varied for each gaming machine. Therefore, there is a gaming machine that tries to prevent fraud by making it difficult to predict the value of the random number counter. However, although the gaming machine disclosed in this document differs in the starting timing of normal processing between each gaming machine, the starting timing in each gaming machine is always constant and not random. However, it is not impossible, and the problem of cheating is inherent. However, in the present embodiment described above, since the start timing of normal processing is different every time even in the same pachinko machine as described above, a random value when starting normal processing is predicted from, for example, an ID. It is not possible to prevent fraud.
In the case of the present embodiment, in order to make the prediction of the random number value more difficult, (A) the communication speed between the game control device and the payout control device (external device side) is changed every time. Uses both electronic components with a large electronic constant variation in the communication circuit of both the game control device and the external device receiving device), and (D) both the external device receiving device (in this example, the payout control device). It is desirable to adopt a configuration such as a configuration having a function of causing a random delay with respect to a signal for performing bidirectional communication, or (E) a counter update speed of the random number circuit is set to be faster than a transmission clock.
"Example 29"

“Example 29: Main board (serial) -external device side; inspection output is redundantly ignored”
Next, Example 29 will be described with reference to FIG.
The present embodiment is a modification of the embodiments (the first embodiment, the second embodiment, and the fourteenth embodiment) in which the game control device outputs the main board unique ID by serial transmission without receiving the unique information from the payout control device. Among the game programs, main processing, special chart display processing, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), unique information signal editing processing, and unique information acquisition processing are different. And so on. However, the main process, special chart display process, error check process, and external information editing process (first half and second half) of the above game programs are the same as those in the embodiment 20 (FIGS. 82 to 86). The signal editing process is the same as that in Embodiment 24 (FIG. 98). Therefore, only the unique information acquisition process has a characteristic not found in other embodiments.

  Also, in this embodiment, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the external device side waits for the output control of the gaming machine state signal of the gaming machine state that has occurred later, and the waiting gaming machine state Individual identification information is output controlled in response to the signal, but for the inspection device side of the inspection organization, output control is performed by associating the individual identification information with only the gaming machine state signal that notifies the gaming machine state that has occurred previously. It is characterized in that In this embodiment (the same applies to Embodiments 30 to 32 to be described later), a configuration is assumed in which individual identification information or the like is transmitted to the inspection apparatus side by parallel communication through a different path from the external apparatus side. Yes.

  FIG. 110 is a flowchart for acquiring specific information of the game control apparatus according to this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. 43 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. In this example, after step S189, the process proceeds to step S3001, where it is determined whether or not the trial test is being output, and if the test is being output, the process returns. If not, the process proceeds to step S3002. In step S3002, the manufacturer code is read out and written in the trial test signal area. In the next step S3003, the product code is read out and written in the trial test signal area. In the next step S3004, the chip code is read out in the trial test signal area. Write, then return. Here, the test firing test signal area is, for example, an area in the user work RAM 603, which is equal to or greater than the total value of the capacities of each code (in this example, the manufacturer code is 3 bytes, the product code is 8 bytes, and the chip code is 4 bytes. Therefore, it is an area of 15 bytes or more. The test fire test output means that a test fire test signal is output to the inspection device side of the inspection organization (for example, the test fire test device 131 in FIG. 34). An ID (individual identification information) is also included.

In the case of the present embodiment 29 having the above-described game program characteristics (the same applies to embodiments 30 to 32 described later), any game machine state occurs, the output request flag is set, and the unique information acquisition process is performed. When it is executed, if the trial test is being output, steps S3002 to S3004 are not executed by the processing of step S3001, and the output of the individual identification information as the trial test signal is not executed. For this reason, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the individual identification information is output only for the pre-generated gaming machine state signal to the inspection device side of the inspection organization, In contrast, individual identification information is not output. This is because the output of the individual identification information to the external device side (serial communication) and the output of the individual identification information to the inspection device side (parallel communication) are significantly more output to the inspection device side (parallel communication). take time. For this reason, among the duplicated gaming machine states, when the output of individual identification information (serial communication) to the external device side corresponding to the preceding gaming machine state signal for the preceding gaming machine state has been completed (hereinafter referred to as the following) At the end of the preceding individual identification information output), the output of the individual identification information (parallel communication) to the inspection device corresponding to the pre-generated gaming machine state signal has not been completed yet. Thereby, in the timer interruption process immediately after the end of the preceding individual identification information output, the determination in step S2291 in FIG. 98 becomes NO, and the determination in step S2245 becomes YES by the output request flag of the post-generation gaming machine state, Even if result step S2248 (that is, the unique information acquisition process of FIG. 113) is executed, the determination result of step S3001 at that time is YES, and steps S3002 to S3004 are not executed. Moreover, the output request flag for the post-generated gaming machine state is cleared in step S2247 of FIG. Therefore, when the gaming machine state occurs in duplicate, the output of the individual identification information corresponding to the later-generated gaming machine state signal to the inspection device side is not executed. Thereby, the burden on the test firing test apparatus side can be reduced, and the efficiency of the test of the test firing test can be improved.
If the gaming machine status is duplicated, the post-generated gaming machine status signal is delayed for the external device side such as the management device in the same manner as in the embodiment 24. However, individual identification information is output.

A path for outputting the gaming machine state signal and unique ID to the external device side such as a management device and a card unit, and a gaming machine state signal and unique ID to the inspection device side (trial firing test device side) of this inspection organization. The route may be the same, but is preferably different. For example, the gaming machine state signal and the unique ID are output to the inspection device side (trial test device side) by parallel communication using the chip select signal (CS0 to CS13) of the output control circuit 612. However, the present invention is not limited to such a configuration, and there may be a mode in which output to the inspection apparatus side is also performed by serial communication.
"Example 30"

[Example 30: Main board (parallel) -external device side; output for inspection is ignored)
Next, Example 30 will be described with reference to FIG.
The present embodiment is a modification of the embodiment (the third embodiment, the tenth embodiment, and the fifteenth embodiment) in which the game control device outputs the main board unique ID by parallel transmission without receiving the unique information from the payout control device. Among the game programs, main processing, special chart display processing, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), unique information signal editing processing, and unique information acquisition processing are different. And so on. Further, in this embodiment, as in the case of the embodiment 29, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the individual identification information is only given to the preceding gaming machine state signal to the inspection device side of the inspection organization. It is characterized in that it is output. Therefore, the main process, special chart display process, error check process, and external information editing process (first half and second half) of the above game programs are the same as those in the 20th embodiment (FIGS. 82 to 86). The signal editing process is the same as in Example 25 (FIG. 101). Therefore, only the unique information acquisition process has a characteristic not found in other embodiments.

FIG. 111 is a flowchart of specific information acquisition processing of the game control device according to this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. In this example, after step S459, the same processing as steps S3001 to S3004 in FIG. 110 is performed in steps S3011 to S3014, and the process returns.
According to this embodiment, the same effect as that of the embodiment 29 can be obtained.
"Example 31"

"Example 31: Discharged board-main board (parallel)-external device; inspection output is ignored"
Next, the embodiment 31 is a modification of the embodiment 12 in which the game control device receives the payout unique ID from the payout control device and outputs the unique information by parallel transmission. ), Special figure display processing, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), unique information signal editing processing, and unique information acquisition processing are different, and the other configurations are the same as those in the twelfth embodiment. Further, in this embodiment, as in the case of the embodiment 29, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the individual identification information is only given to the preceding gaming machine state signal to the inspection device side of the inspection organization. It is characterized in that it is output. Therefore, in the above game program, the special chart display process, the error check process, and the external information editing process (first half and second half) are the same as those in the embodiment 20 (FIGS. 83 to 86), and the main process (second half). Is the same as that of the twenty-second embodiment (FIG. 93), and the unique information signal editing process is the same as that of the twenty-fifth embodiment (FIG. 101). Therefore, only the unique information acquisition process has a characteristic not found in other embodiments.

FIG. 112 is a flowchart of specific information acquisition processing of the game control device according to this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those in FIG. In this example, after step S2139, the same processing as steps S3001 to S3004 in FIG. 110 is performed in steps S3021 to S3024, and the process returns.
According to this embodiment, the same effect as that of the embodiment 29 can be obtained.
"Example 32"

“Example 32: Dispensing substrate—main substrate (serial) —external device; inspection output is ignored”
Next, the embodiment 32 is a modification of the embodiment 11 in which the game control device receives the payout unique ID from the payout control device and outputs the unique information by serial transmission. ), Special figure display processing, error check processing, external information editing processing (first half and second half), unique information signal editing processing, and unique information acquisition processing are different, and the other configurations are the same as those in the eleventh embodiment. Further, in this embodiment, as in the case of the embodiment 29, when the gaming machine state is duplicated, the individual identification information is only given to the preceding gaming machine state signal to the inspection device side of the inspection organization. It is characterized in that it is output. Therefore, in the above game program, the special chart display process, the error check process, and the external information editing process (first half and second half) are the same as those in the embodiment 20 (FIGS. 83 to 86), and the main process (second half). Is the same as that of the twenty-second embodiment (FIG. 93), and the unique information signal editing process is the same as that of the twenty-fourth embodiment (FIG. 98). Therefore, only the unique information acquisition process has a characteristic not found in other embodiments.

FIG. 113 is a flowchart of the specific information acquisition process of the game control device according to this embodiment. Steps having the same contents as those of the eleventh embodiment shown in FIG. In this example, after step S2043, the same processing as steps S3001 to S3004 of FIG. 110 is performed in steps S3031 to S3034, and the process returns.
According to this embodiment, the same effect as that of the embodiment 29 can be obtained.

Next, based on each of the above embodiments, the inventive concept extracted from each embodiment will be sequentially and collectively described below.
It should be noted that the concept of the embodiment here is only for Embodiments 1 to 32 that disclose the technology related to the “invention concept T1”.
<Invention Concept T1 Focusing on Specific Information Output Function of Each Control Device in Example 1>
The inventive concept T1 of the configuration focusing on the unique information output function of each control device alone (game control device or payout control device) in the first embodiment or the like is shown as follows.
In a gaming machine equipped with a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines storing individual identification information,
The arithmetic processing device for gaming machines is
A gaming machine state signal output control means for controlling the output of a gaming machine state signal in order to notify the gaming machine state that can be detected by the gaming machine arithmetic processing device to an external device side outside the gaming machine;
The gaming machine state signal output control means includes
A gaming machine comprising fraud possibility notification output control means for performing control to output the individual identification information to an external device side outside the gaming machine in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal.

<Invention concept 1 regarding control device>
The inventive concept 1 relating to the control device as a subordinate concept of the inventive concept T1 is shown as follows.
The control device is a game control device having a first arithmetic processing device (first arithmetic processing device for gaming machine) in which a game program for managing the progress of the game is stored and the game program is executed.
Thus, when the control device of the inventive concept T1 is a game control device, the following effects are obtained. In other words, the main board (game control device) is the board most likely to be fraudulent due to ROM exchange. Therefore, if the legitimacy can be immediately determined by transmitting the individual identification information, it is very effective for preventing fraud.

<Invention concept 2 regarding control device>
Inventive concept 2 relating to the control device as a subordinate concept of the inventive concept T1 is shown as follows.
The control device is a payout control device that stores a payout program for performing payout control of game balls and has a second arithmetic processing device (second arithmetic processing device for gaming machine) that executes the payout program.
Thus, when the control device of the inventive concept T1 is a payout control device, the following effects are obtained. That is, it is possible to immediately determine by sending the individual identification information whether or not fraudulent acquisition of a game ball has been performed by changing the payout control ROM.

<Invention concept Y1 focusing on the mediation function of the payout control device in the first embodiment etc.>
The inventive concept Y1 of the configuration focusing on the mediation function of the payout control device in the first embodiment etc. (the configuration in which the individual identification information is output to the outside from the game control device via the payout control device) is shown as follows. .
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that the external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

“Invention Concept A”
In the second embodiment, the transmission of the unique ID from the payout control device to the external device (for example, the management device) is performed in parallel.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that an external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
The gaming machine characterized in that the individual identification information output control means provided in the second arithmetic processing unit transfers (identifies) the individual identification information to an external device outside the gaming machine in parallel.
According to the concept of the present invention, output to an external device (for example, a management device) by parallel transfer (transmission) facilitates reception by the external device. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently notify the external device that the individual identification information or unauthorized modification has been performed.
In addition, it is more costly to provide a parallel transfer (transmission) circuit at the output stage of the payout control device, which is a frame element, than to perform parallel transfer (particularly transmission) at the transmission stage of the game control device.

“Invention Concept B”
In the first embodiment, the unique ID is serially transferred (transmitted) from the game control device to the payout control device.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that an external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
A gaming machine, wherein the transmission control means included in the first arithmetic processing unit serially transfers (transmits) individual identification information to the payout control device.

According to the concept of the present invention, since the serial transfer (transmission) function provided in the first arithmetic processing unit is used, there is no need to newly prepare a transfer (transmission) process as a program (for example, a game program). The program structure is made efficient.
In addition, compared with parallel transfer (transmission), the number of wirings is reduced, resulting in cost reduction.

“Invention Concept C”
In the fourth embodiment, when the previous value and the current value of the unique ID transmitted from the game control device are compared and matched, the matched unique ID is output to the external device.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that an external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
The second arithmetic processing unit includes an individual identification information reception storage unit that stores the individual identification information received by the reception control unit;
Individual identification information comparison and determination means for comparing and comparing the previous individual identification information stored in the individual identification information reception storage unit and newly (currently) received individual identification information;
A game characterized by the individual identification information output control means being in an active state and controlling the output of the individual identification information to an external device when the previous individual identification information and the current individual identification information are the same by the individual identification information comparison / determination means Machine.

  According to the concept of the present invention, when the value of the individual identification information accidentally becomes abnormal due to a communication failure between the game control device and the payout control device (for example, noise generated in the island), it is immediately determined as an illegality or a failure. You can limit the output so that it is not. In addition, when a truly abnormal value comes to be output due to fraud or failure (for example, radio wave, disconnection, poor contact), the individual identification information output control means becomes active because the abnormal value continues, There is an effect that an external device can record the abnormal value.

“Invention Concept D”
In the fourth embodiment, the payout control device outputs a unique information retransmission request signal for requesting the retransmission of the unique ID to the game control device. Resending.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that an external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
The second arithmetic processing unit requests the first arithmetic processing unit to retransmit the individual identification information when the individual identification information comparison and determination means causes the previous individual identification information to differ from the current individual identification information. Having an individual identification information retransmission request means,
The first arithmetic processing device retransmits individual identification information in response to a request for retransmission of individual identification information.
According to the concept of the present invention, an opportunity to recover a communication failure (for example, noise generated in an island) due to force majeure between the game control device and the payout control device can be created.

“Invention Concept E”
In the first embodiment, the gaming machine state signal of the game control device and the external information (prize ball signal) of the payout control device are relayed by the payout control device, and are collected by a harness between the payout control device and the external information terminal board.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that an external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
The transmission control means includes
In order to output the gaming machine state that can be detected by the first arithmetic processing unit to the payout control device, transmission control of the gaming machine state signal is performed,
The payout control device
A gaming machine comprising an output means for outputting a gaming machine state signal output from a gaming control device to an external device outside the gaming machine.
According to the concept of the present invention, when the gaming machine state signal of the game control device and the external information (prize ball signal) of the payout control device are relayed by the payout control device, and gathered by the harness between the payout control device and the external terminal board, Compared with the configuration using the relay terminal plate, the number of harnesses used is reduced, the cost is reduced, and the number of connection points is reduced, so that the number of processes can be reduced.
In addition, since the output of the individual identification information is output from the same board as the output of the conventional gaming state signal, there is no possibility of forgetting to connect only one when connecting to an external device.

“Invention Concept F”
In the first embodiment, a unique ID is serially transferred (transmitted) from the game control device to the payout control device, and the payout control device edits the unique ID by a payout program and outputs the unique ID to an external device (for example, a management device). ing.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that an external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
The second arithmetic processing unit (individual identification information output control means) edits or adjusts the timing of the individual identification information based on the reception of the individual identification information and outputs it so that it can be received by an external device outside the gaming machine. A featured gaming machine.

According to the concept of the present invention, since the second arithmetic processing unit can arbitrarily delay and output the time when the first arithmetic processing unit transmits the individual identification information to the payout control unit, Even when an output trigger (condition) of identification information occurs at the same time and communication is continued, it can be output in accordance with the convenience of the external device.
Since data processing (encryption) can be performed by the program of the second arithmetic processing unit, it becomes difficult to illegally obtain the individual identification information.
Since signal conversion (parallel conversion or the like) can be performed by the program of the second arithmetic processing unit, it is convenient for the external device to receive.
Since the comparison processing can be performed by the program of the second arithmetic processing unit, it is possible to take measures against a communication failure.

“Invention Concept G”
In the first embodiment, the unique ID is transmitted in correspondence with the gaming control apparatus outputting a gaming machine state signal to the payout control apparatus.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that an external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
The transmission control means transmits the individual identification information to the payout control device in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal.

Here, when the transmission control means controls the transmission of the individual identification information in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal, “corresponding” corresponds to the rising timing of the gaming machine state signal and the falling edge of the gaming machine state signal. Corresponding to the timing or during the output of the gaming machine state signal (level signal).
Specifically, when the gaming machine state signal is a front frame opening signal, it corresponds to the timing of opening the front frame, the timing of closing the front frame, or during the opening of the front frame.
According to the inventive concept, since the payout control device receives individual identification information that does not correspond to the gaming machine state signal or receives the gaming machine state signal, the individual identification information is not transmitted. If the individual identification information cannot be received, it can be recognized that an abnormality has occurred.

“Invention Concept H”
In the twenty-fourth embodiment, when the gaming machine state signal is duplicated, the game machine state that has been generated first is transmitted to the payout control device until the transmission control that associates the unique ID with the gaming machine state signal is finished. Waiting for the transmission control of the gaming machine state signal for transmitting the generated gaming machine state to the payout control device, the transmission control is performed in association with the unique gaming machine state signal.

In the above inventive concept H, signal output control to an inspection device (external inspection organization) that performs inspection by connecting to an inspection device connection terminal when a gaming machine state signal is duplicated is as in Example 29. In addition, it is preferable to control the output by associating the individual identification information only with the gaming machine state signal that outputs the gaming machine state that has occurred first. In other words, during inspections at inspection laboratories, such as ROM exchange is not performed, so even if the transmission timing of individual identification information overlaps, double information is transmitted to complicate the inspection. This is because the burden of inspection can be reduced.
This inventive concept can be expressed as follows.
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that an external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
The transmission control means
In order for the gaming machine states that can be detected by the first arithmetic processing unit to be duplicated and to be individually transmitted to the payout control device, a gaming machine state signal corresponding to each is generated. When transmission control is performed, the gaming machine state generated later is transmitted to the payout control device until the transmission control in which the individual identification information is associated with the gaming machine state signal transmitted to the payout control device is terminated. A gaming machine that waits for transmission control of a gaming machine state signal to be transmitted, and performs transmission control in association with the waiting gaming machine state signal in association with individual identification information.
According to the concept of the present invention, fraudulent notification can be performed in an easily manageable form without increasing the number of signal lines for outputting individual identification information.
Further, the cost can be reduced and there is no loss of signal.

“Invention Concept I”
In the first embodiment, the game control device includes an inspection device connection terminal. The inspection device connection terminal includes, for example, a photocoupler, and transmits various game information obtained from the game microcomputer to the inspection device. The cable is connected.
This inventive concept can be expressed as follows.
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that an external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
An inspection output control means for performing control to output the gaming machine state signal and the individual identification information corresponding to the gaming machine state signal to the inspection device side of the inspection organization;
The transmission control means
In order for the gaming machine states that can be detected by the first arithmetic processing unit to be duplicated and to be individually transmitted to the payout control device, a gaming machine state signal corresponding to each is generated. When transmission control is performed, the gaming machine state generated later is transmitted to the payout control device until the transmission control in which the individual identification information is associated with the gaming machine state signal transmitted to the payout control device is terminated. Waiting for transmission control of the gaming machine state signal to be transmitted, and controlling transmission corresponding to the individual gaming machine state signal corresponding to the individual identification information,
The output control means for inspection is
Gaming machine states that can be detected by the first arithmetic processing unit are generated in duplicate, and the gaming machine state that is generated in duplicate is individually output to the inspection device side of the inspection engine. A gaming machine characterized in that, when output control of a state signal is performed, output control is performed in association with individual identification information only for a gaming machine state signal that outputs a previously generated gaming machine state.

According to the concept of the present invention, a signal for notifying the possibility of fraud is transmitted to an external device (for example, a management device, a hall computer, etc.) without being reduced, so that accurate management during business can be performed.
Also, during inspections at inspection laboratories, such as ROM exchange is not performed, so even if the transmission timing of individual identification information overlaps, double transmission of information is required to complicate the inspection. The inspection burden can be reduced.
In order to perform a strict inspection completely, it is necessary to provide hardware and software for simultaneously outputting individual identification information corresponding to the number of corresponding gaming machine state signals, but this does not affect the game and Consuming limited hardware and software areas because of the possibility that the individual identification information will not change at the same time, hinders the interest of the game and goes against the original meaning of the game machine. Become.

Here, the background of the inventive concept will be described.
In order to introduce the gaming machine created by the present applicant to the market, inspection processing such as outputting inspection signals to the inspection apparatus of the inspection organization and inspection electronic circuit, etc. Are required separately from the game process for playing the game and the electronic circuit for the game related to the game process.
The inspection electronic circuit is disposed on the printed circuit board only during inspection, and when sold, the inspection electronic circuit and the corresponding inspection connector are not disposed on the printed circuit board. The process (inspection program) is not deleted, but is allowed to coexist with the game process (game program).
This is to ensure that the inspection organization is in conformity and not to obtain information that may be used for fraud. In other words, in order to ensure a state suitable for inspection, the existing program is left as it is, and the inspection electronic circuit and the inspection connector are not arranged so that signals that may be illegally used cannot be obtained. .
This “invention concept I” can enhance detection of the possibility of fraud with respect to a control device having an arithmetic processing unit, and can ensure the accuracy of the inspection in the inspection organization and increase the efficiency of the inspection.

“Invention Concept J”
In the first embodiment, the individual identification information sent from the game control device and the payout individual identification information of the payout control device are combined and output to the outside.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A game control device that manages the progress of the gaming machine, and a payout control device that performs control to pay out the game ball as a prize to the player based on the prize ball information from the game control device,
The game control device includes a first arithmetic processing device for executing a game program for managing games,
In the gaming machine provided with a second arithmetic processing unit for executing a payout program for paying out a game ball in the payout control device,
The first arithmetic processing unit includes:
An individual identification information storage unit for storing individual identification information that can be identified as the first arithmetic processing unit;
Transmission control means for transmitting the individual identification information stored in the individual identification information storage unit to the payout control device;
With
The second arithmetic processing unit includes:
Reception control means for receiving the individual identification information transmitted from the transmission control means;
Individual identification information output control means for performing output control so that an external device outside the gaming machine can receive the individual identification information received by the reception control means,
The second arithmetic processing unit is
A payout individual identification information storage unit that stores payout individual identification information that can be identified as the second arithmetic processing unit;
Having individual identification information synthesizing means for synthesizing individual identification information and payout individual identification information sent from the game control device;
The individual identification information output control means controls the output of the synthesized individual identification information synthesized by the individual identification information synthesis means.

According to this inventive concept, it is more costly to output individual identification information and payout individual identification information in a common harness than in parallel output in separate harnesses.
If the individual identification information or the payout individual identification information is simply output as it is, it is easy for an unauthorized person to obtain such information. Security will be improved.
Since the communication between the game control device and the payout control device is faster than the communication between the payout control device and the external information terminal board, the receiving process of the payout control device is completed in a short period of time, and a processing time for combining is secured. Can improve security.

Here, the background of “Invention Concept J” will be described.
In addition to checking the legitimacy of the game control device for the arithmetic processing unit, there is also a fraud in which the game processing unit of the payout control device is exchanged for a falsified product (falsified arithmetic processing unit) and unjustly pays out the game ball. Therefore, there is a need to confirm the validity of the arithmetic processing device, and the configuration and processing efficiency for outputting the unique ID output from the arithmetic processing device of the game control device and the arithmetic processing device of the payout control device are increased. Can solve the problem that is desired.
Note that the individual identification information of the game control device and the individual identification information of the payout control device may be output separately without being combined.

"Invention concept T3A"
In the twenty-fourth embodiment, control for resetting the communication circuit is performed while outputting individual identification information and an error release command to an external device side outside the gaming machine based on an operation signal by a predetermined operation input.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A gaming machine comprising individual identification information output confirmation control means for performing control to output individual identification information to an external device side outside the gaming machine based on an operation signal by a predetermined operation input.
Or
A gaming machine comprising communication error cancellation operation output control means for performing control to output an error cancellation command to an external device side outside the gaming machine based on an operation signal by a predetermined operation input.
Or
A gaming machine comprising a communication circuit reset operation control means for resetting (at least resetting or resetting and resetting) a communication circuit in an arithmetic processing unit based on an operation signal by a predetermined operation input.
Note that input means (such as a switch) for performing a predetermined operation input may be provided in the control device, or provided in another control device or power supply device that is electrically connected to the control device in the gaming machine. Also good. The error release command is a command including a command for resetting the communication circuit on the external device side.

According to the inventive concept T3A, the communication error can be canceled while the game is continued without turning off the power of the gaming machine or the control device, so that an effect of not distrusting the player can be obtained.
For example, there is a problem that when a communication error of individual identification information occurs with respect to a game hall management device as an external device outside the gaming machine, an error canceling means and a checking means are required. Since the transmission of individual identification information to the hall control (management device) or card unit (ball lending device) as an external device is unidirectional, it is not possible to determine whether the individual identification information can be correctly communicated on the gaming machine side, Manual reset is required. According to the gaming machine invention concept T3A, this problem can be solved. According to the concept of the present invention, while the game is continued without turning off the power of the gaming machine or the control device, the individual identification information can be sent to the external device side at any time by the operation of a store clerk or the like of the game store, and fraud confirmation can be performed. In addition, it is possible to reset only the communication circuit while continuing the game without turning off the gaming machine or the control device.

"Invention concept T3B"
In the twenty-fourth embodiment, control is performed to output an error release command and individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine based on an operation signal by a predetermined operation input.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
The individual identification information output confirmation control means comprises individual identification information output confirmation control means for performing control to output the individual identification information to an external device side outside the gaming machine based on an operation signal by a predetermined operation input.
Based on the input of an operation signal for outputting individual identification information, output confirmation information (for example, an error cancel command) indicating that individual identification information is output and individual identification information are output, and output confirmation A game machine characterized in that the capacity of the information for use is made larger than the capacity of the individual identification information (the command length of the output confirmation information is made longer than the command length of the individual identification information).

  According to the concept of the present invention, the output confirmation information (for example, error release command) and the individual identification information are output. For example, when the external device side receives the output confirmation information, the communication circuit on the external device side It is possible to perform processing such as resetting (and resetting as necessary) to cancel the error. Further, by shortening the length of the error cancel command to the limit, the amount of communication is reduced and the burden on the external device side can be reduced. It is also easy to determine whether the received information is an error cancel command (as described above, misunderstanding with the chip code is less likely to occur).

"Invention concept T3C"
In the twenty-fourth embodiment, when there is an operation signal based on a predetermined operation input, the output of the individual identification information during communication is stopped halfway, and the individual identification information is newly output to the external device side based on the operation signal. I have to.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A fraud possibility notification output control means for performing control to output individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal;
An individual identification information output confirmation control means for performing control to output the individual identification information to an external device side outside the gaming machine based on an operation signal by a predetermined operation input. When the output control means detects the operation signal for outputting the individual identification information while outputting the individual identification information, the output control of the individual identification information by the fraud possibility notification output control means is immediately stopped (reset). Then, the game machine characterized by starting control to output individual identification information.

  According to the concept of the present invention, correct individual identification information can be output immediately, so that an external device (for example, a game hall management device) can quickly determine whether or not there is a communication error, and also check the network connected to the management device. It can be done quickly.

"Invention concept T3D"
In the twenty-fourth embodiment, when the power switch is turned on with the RAM clear switch turned on, the volatile storage area is cleared, and when the power switch is turned on (while the game machine is operating), when the RAM clear switch is turned on, the individual identification information Is output to the external device side outside the gaming machine.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
Based on a predetermined operation input (for example, operation of a RAM clear switch), a clear signal (initialization switch signal) for clearing a volatile storage area (RAM) of the arithmetic processing device for gaming machines is generated, and the arithmetic processing device When the game program stored in the non-volatile storage area (ROM) is activated, when the clear signal is detected to be active, the volatile storage area is cleared, and after the game program is activated, the clear signal When the game machine is detected, the individual identification information output confirmation control means is activated to output the individual identification information to the external device side outside the game machine without clearing the volatile storage area. .
Note that an input means (for example, a RAM clear switch) for performing an operation for generating a clear signal may be provided in the control device, or another control device or power source electrically connected to the control device in the gaming machine. You may provide in an apparatus etc.

  According to the concept of the present invention, since the RAM clear switch is used in common, there is an effect that the cost is not increased as compared with the case where a separate operation means is provided for outputting the individual identification information. Further, since the function of the RAM clear switch is invalid during normal games, there is an effect that even if it is shared, there is no contradiction in operation.

"Invention concept T4A"
In the twenty-eighth embodiment, the communication speed is changed every time.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
In a gaming machine equipped with a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines storing individual identification information,
A counter circuit for generating a random value for determining whether or not to grant a privilege;
The arithmetic processing device for gaming machines is
After starting the operation, the counter circuit is activated and then provided with individual identification information initial output control means for bi-directional communication to notify the individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine. A gaming machine comprising communication speed changing means for changing the communication speed each time.
The communication speed changing means uses, for example, a non-volatile storage means (for example, a RAM supplied with a backup power source built in the arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines), and rewrites a numerical value once used for setting the communication speed, Change the speed, etc. to realize the next speed change.

  According to this inventive concept, the start timing of normal processing can be changed without incurring costs, and random numbers can be made more difficult to predict. This is because it is easy to change the communication settings.

"Invention concept T4B"
In the twenty-eighth embodiment, serial communication is used.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
The individual identification information initial output control means performs bi-directional communication by serial communication.
According to this inventive concept, the number of signal lines can be reduced, and the cost burden is reduced. In bi-directional communication using parallel communication, the main board and the payout board interrupt each other's progress of the program, which places a load on processing time and program capacity. Since there are many arithmetic processing units having a serial communication function, the processing time and the program capacity can be reduced by using internal communication registers, interrupts, and the like.

"Invention concept T4C"
In Example 28, an electronic component having a large electronic constant variation is used for the communication circuit.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
The control device is provided with a communication circuit for enabling communication of signals that are bi-directionally controlled by the individual identification information initial output control means with the outside of the control device, and uses electronic components having a large electronic constant variation in the communication circuit. A gaming machine characterized by that.
According to the concept of the present invention, analog variations occur, and therefore it is very difficult to predict a random value by electronic control. Since no extra parts are added and only a minimum number of regular parts for configuring the circuit are used, the cost is not increased. There is an advantage that parts are easily prepared.

"Invention concept T4D"
In the twenty-eighth embodiment, the receiving device on the external device side causes a random delay with respect to a signal for performing bidirectional communication.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A gaming machine characterized in that a receiving device (external device side) outside the control device is provided with delay means for generating a random delay with respect to a signal for bidirectional communication.
The delay means uses an electronic component having a large electronic constant variation in the communication circuit or creates a delay time using a random number generation circuit or the like.

  According to the concept of the present invention, by delaying the response on the receiving side at random, it greatly affects the delay in starting the normal processing on the transmitting side, so the random number is updated during that time, making prediction more difficult. Become. When an electronic component having a large electronic constant variation is used, it becomes an analog variation, so that it is very difficult to predict a random value by electronic control.

"Invention concept T4E"
In the twenty-eighth embodiment, the counter update rate is faster than the transmission clock.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
A counter circuit, wherein the counter update speed is set faster than a transmission clock used for bidirectional communication.
According to the concept of the present invention, a minute shift due to communication can be greatly reflected in the random number counter value, and it is difficult to predict the random number value.

"Invention concept T5A"
In Example 29, the output path to the external apparatus side is different from the output path to the test firing test apparatus.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
In a gaming machine equipped with a control device having an arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines storing individual identification information,
The arithmetic processing device for gaming machines is
A gaming machine state signal output control means for controlling the output of a gaming machine state signal in order to notify the gaming machine state that can be detected by the gaming machine arithmetic processing device to an external device side outside the gaming machine;
The gaming machine state signal output control means includes
A fraud possibility notification output control means for performing control to output the individual identification information to the external device side outside the gaming machine in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal and the gaming machine state signal;
An inspection output control means for performing control to output the individual identification information to the inspection apparatus side of the inspection engine in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal and the gaming machine state signal;
Including
The fraud possibility notification output control means includes
The gaming machine states that can be detected by the arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines are generated in duplicate, and in order to individually notify the gaming machine state that has occurred in duplicate to the external device side outside the gaming machine When performing output control of the gaming machine state signal, until the output control in which the individual identification information is associated with the gaming machine state signal that notifies the external device side outside the gaming machine of the previously generated gaming machine state, Waiting for output control of the gaming machine state signal for notifying the gaming machine state generated later to the external device side outside the gaming machine, and performing output control in correspondence with the individual identification information corresponding to the waiting gaming machine state signal And
The inspection output control means includes:
The gaming machine states that can be detected by the arithmetic processing unit for gaming machines are duplicated, and the gaming machine states that have been duplicated are individually notified to the inspection device side of the inspection engine. When controlling the output of the gaming machine state signal, the output control is performed in association with the individual identification information only to the gaming machine state signal informing the previously generated gaming machine state,
Output port (or chip select) of gaming machine state signal and individual identification information realized and output by the fraud possibility notification output control means, and gaming machine state signal and individual identification information realized and output by the inspection output control means An output port (or chip select) is provided separately from the gaming machine.

  According to the concept of the present invention, since the output destination is different, it can be output in a signal form as required. Since only the same signal can be output when output by signal branching, there is an advantage that the problem that an increase in signal lines or a reduction in information becomes necessary can be solved.

"Invention concept T5B"
In Example 29, parallel output is provided to the external device side, and serial output is provided to the test firing test device.
This is expressed by the following inventive concept.
The individual identification information realized and output by the fraud possibility notification output control means and the individual identification information realized and output by the test output control means have different output forms, and are output controlled by the fraud possibility notification output control means. The game machine is characterized in that the individual identification information is parallel output, and the individual identification information output by the output control means for inspection is serial output.

  According to the concept of the present invention, when the solid identification information is transmitted to the hall control or the like, it is possible to make the signal form easy to receive even if the communication specifications between the gaming machine manufacturers are not unified by setting them as parallel signals. In addition, it can be treated as an extension of the gaming machine status signal output conventionally. In addition, in the case of serial communication, a strict agreement between the gaming machine and hall control such as communication speed is required, and if the specifications differ between manufacturers, it will be very difficult to set up equipment in the hall. The concept of the present invention does not have this problem. In addition, the signal format at the inspection organization can be easily unified with specifications for all gaming machine manufacturers, so reducing the burden on gaming machine hardware (part mounting area, etc.) and software by making serial communication easy to send and receive. However, there is an advantage that information is easy to handle for the inspection apparatus.

Next, a modified example of the inventive concept T1 will be described.
Since this is an explanation of the inventive concept, the specific member numbers as in the examples are omitted. However, since it is a concept that is valid for the interpretation of each embodiment, it is summarized below.
The inventive concept T1 may be a modified example as follows.
"Modification 1"
In the inventive concept T1, as described in the above embodiments, the game control device detects glass frame opening detection means for detecting opening of the glass frame, front frame opening detection means for detecting opening of the front frame, and detects magnetic force. Magnetic force detection means, vibration detection means for detecting vibrations, detection signal from radio wave detection means for detecting radio waves, power-on signal for notifying that the power-on switch is turned on, first arithmetic processing device (game calculation) A signal line such as a RAM clear signal that informs that the switch is turned on to initialize all or a predetermined area of the volatile storage area of the processing device is connected, and these signals are input to the first arithmetic processing unit. Has been.
A switch for initializing the volatile storage area as described above may be provided on the game control device.
A signal that informs the input signal to the outside, a jackpot signal that informs the jackpot that occurs in the process of the game progress, a start port signal that informs the winning to the starter that is a condition for rotating the symbol, A symbol determination number signal that informs the symbol rotation by triggering rotation start or symbol rotation stop, a privilege state signal indicating that the game state is advantageous to the player (so-called probability change state, time-short state), etc. A signal notified to the outside is referred to as a gaming machine state signal.
Since the privilege state signal is generated after the end of the jackpot state, the privilege state signal is a signal that is output during the period of “a jackpot state + a state advantageous to the player”.
The payout control device is connected to detection signals from radio wave detection means for detecting radio waves, and these signals are input to the second arithmetic processing unit. The detection signal or the award signal indicating the number of payouts to the outside is referred to as a gaming machine state signal.
That is, the gaming machine status signal includes a bonus status signal, a jackpot signal, a start opening prize signal, a symbol determination number signal, a glass frame opening signal, a front frame opening signal, a power-on signal, a magnetic force detection signal for informing magnetic force detection, and vibration detection. A vibration detection signal for informing the user, a radio wave detection signal for informing the radio wave detection, a prize ball number signal, and the like.
Note that the power-on signal, the magnet detection signal, the vibration detection signal, and the radio wave detection signal may be ORed and output to the outside as one security signal.

  According to the inventive concept of “Modification 1”, the following effects are obtained. That is, the merit by ROM exchange is illegally making big hits and illegal acquisition of game balls, and the time for replacement is outside business hours or when the frame is illegally released during game play. Since the individual identification information is transmitted in correspondence with the gaming machine state signals related to these events, it is possible to immediately determine whether the ROM of the gaming machine that is in a state where fraud may have occurred is correct.

"Modification 2"
In the inventive concept T1, when the gaming machine state signal output control means of the arithmetic processing unit controls transmission of the individual identification information in correspondence with the gaming machine state signal, “corresponding” means the rise timing of the gaming machine state signal , Corresponding to the falling timing of the gaming machine state signal, or corresponding to the output of the gaming machine state signal (level signal).
Specifically, when the gaming machine state signal is a front frame opening signal, it corresponds to the timing of opening the front frame, the timing of closing the front frame, or during the opening of the front frame.
According to the inventive concept of “Modification 2”, the following effects are obtained. In other words, if the power is turned on during a game, there is a high possibility of fraud from the time the event started to occur, but immediately, when the game frame is released, it is closed and the game is resumed. Since the timing for knowing the sex differs depending on the event, using the output timing of the individual identification information according to the corresponding gaming machine state signal leads to efficient fraud determination.
The first embodiment described above is an example in which the output of individual identification information is started at the rise timing of the gaming machine state signal for all gaming machine state signals. It is configured to start outputting identification information.

“Modification 3”
In the inventive concept T1, the individual identification information (unique ID, ie, main board unique ID) includes at least an identification code for uniquely identifying the arithmetic processing device, or an identification code for uniquely identifying the arithmetic processing device. And a code for identifying the manufacturing company, an identification code for uniquely identifying the arithmetic processing device, a code for identifying the manufacturing company, and a code for identifying the model of the gaming machine. For example, in the first embodiment, at least an identification code (chip code) for uniquely identifying the arithmetic processing unit is included, and in addition to this, a code (manufacturer code) for identifying the manufacturer and a model of the gaming machine are included. A code (product code) for identification is handled as individual identification information (for example, this is the case in FIG. 27). The same applies to the payout individual identification information (payout unique ID).
According to the inventive concept of “Modification 3”, the following effects are obtained. That is, it is possible to make it difficult to illegally duplicate the ROM by transmitting an identification code for uniquely identifying the arithmetic processing unit.
In addition, the management of gaming machines in the hall can be facilitated by transmitting a code for identifying the manufacturer and the model of the gaming machine. In other words, management of installation locations (for example, placement of gaming machines for each model or manufacturer in amusement halls), registration of machines at the time of replacement of new machines, etc. (registration of numbers and arrangements for each model or manufacturer in the management device) ) Can be easily realized by the individual identification information sent from the gaming machine to the management device.

“Modification 4”
In the inventive concept T1, when the arithmetic processing unit outputs a power-on signal (for example, the above-described security signal) among the gaming machine state signals, the arithmetic processing unit corresponds to the power-on signal,
(A) an identification code for uniquely identifying the arithmetic processing unit as the individual identification information and a code for identifying the manufacturer, or
(B) outputting an identification code for uniquely identifying the arithmetic processing unit, a code for identifying the manufacturer, and a code for identifying the model of the gaming machine;
When a gaming machine state signal excluding a power-on signal (for example, the above-described frame opening signal) is output, the arithmetic processing unit is uniquely identified as individual identification information corresponding to the gaming machine state signal excluding the power-on signal. It is good also as a structure which has the individual identification information output control means which outputs the identification code for doing.
According to the inventive concept of “Modification 4”, by properly using the transmission form depending on the situation, the burden on the hall computer or the like (management device etc.) can be reduced and efficient business management can be performed rather than sending the maximum number of identification information at all times. .
"Explanation of symbols"

1 Pachinko machine (game machine)
4 Front frame 5 Glass frame 20 Game board 25 1st start prize opening 26 2nd start prize opening 2 (Fuden)
27 Variable winning device 41 Display device 55 External information terminal board 100, 800, 1000, 1040, 1050, 1060, 1100, 1120, 1200, 2000, 2100, 2200 Game control device 111, 811, 1001, 1041, 1051, 1061, 1101, 1121, 1201, 2001, 2101, 2201 Game microcomputer (game machine arithmetic processing device, game machine state signal output control means, first arithmetic processing device, individual identification information storage unit, transmission control means)
200, 860, 1020, 1045, 1055, 1065, 1110, 1125, 1210, 2010, 2110, 2210 Dispensing control device (dispensing control means)
201, 1021, 1046, 1066, 1111, 1126, 1211, 2011, 2111, 2111, payout microcomputer (game machine arithmetic processing device, gaming machine state signal output control means, second arithmetic processing device, reception control means, individual Identification information output control means)
211 Glass frame open detection switch 212 Front frame open detection switch 213 Overflow switch 214 Radio wave detection sensor 215 Dispensing ball detection switch 216 Shooting ball break switch 300 Production control device 500, 850 Power supply device 600A, 700A Game area 600B, 700B Information area 780 management device 551, 1112, 2220 card unit

  The embodiment disclosed this time should be considered as illustrative in all points and not restrictive. The scope of the present invention is defined by the terms of the claims, rather than the description above, and is intended to include any modifications within the scope and meaning equivalent to the terms of the claims.

1 Pachinko machine (game machine)
4 Front frame 5 Glass frame 20 Game board 25 1st start prize opening 26 2nd start prize opening 2 (Fuden)
27 Variable winning device 41 Display device 55 External information terminal board 6000, 6800, 6900 Game control device 6001, 6811, 6901 Game microcomputer (game operation processing device, first operation processing device, individual identification information initial output control means)
6010, 6860, 6910 Dispensing control device (dispensing control means)
6011, 6911 payout microcomputer (second arithmetic processing unit)
211 Glass Frame Opening Detection Switch 212 Front Frame Opening Detection Switch 213 Overflow Switch 214 Radio Wave Detection Sensor 215 Payout Ball Detection Switch 216 Shooting Ball Break Switch 300 Production Control Device 500 Power Supply Device 613 Random Number Generation Circuit (Counter Circuit)
6600A, 6700A Game area 6600B, 6700B Information area 780 Management device (external device)
6915 Card unit (external device)

Claims (1)

In a gaming machine comprising a game control device that manages the progress of a game, and a payout control device that performs control to give a game value to a player based on a command from the game control device ,
The game control device includes:
A game arithmetic processing means for executing a game program and storing game individual identification information is provided.
The payout control device includes:
A payout calculation processing means for executing a payout program for giving game value and storing payout individual identification information;
The gaming individual identification information includes first individual identification information and second individual identification information different from the first individual identification information,
The first individual identification information is configured to be readable by the game program through a predetermined area, while the second individual identification information is configured to be unreadable by the game program,
The individual identification information for payout includes third individual identification information and fourth individual identification information different from the third individual identification information,
The third individual identification information is configured to be readable by the payout program through a predetermined area, while the fourth individual identification information is configured to be unreadable by the payout program,
The game control device includes:
The second individual identification information can be output from a first inspection terminal provided on the game control device to an inspection device outside the gaming machine, and
The state of the gaming machine is configured to be output to an external device outside the gaming machine via an external connection terminal board having an external connection terminal as a gaming machine state signal,
The payout control device includes:
The fourth individual identification information is configured to be output from a second inspection terminal provided on the payout control device to an inspection device outside the gaming machine, and
It is configured so that information relating to payout can be output as a payout state signal to an external device outside the gaming machine via the external connection terminal board provided with the external connection terminal,
The second individual identification information is isolated and output from the gaming arithmetic processing means by a first isolation means provided in the game control device ,
The fourth individual identification information is output by being isolated from the calculation processing means for payout by a second isolation means provided in the payout control device,
Further, the gaming machine state signal and the payout state signal are isolated from the game arithmetic processing means and the payout arithmetic processing means by a third isolation means provided on the external connection terminal board and output. A gaming machine characterized by being configured as described above.

Images